TASK FORCE 134 DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP Page 7, TF 1

SECRET/REL TO USA and MCFI

TASK FORCE 134

DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP

Page 7, TF 1 – Detention Operations Policy

1. References

2. Purpose3. Overview

4. Applicability5. Dissemination

6. Violations7. Point of Contact

Page 7, TF 2 – Authority to Detain

1. UNSCRs/CPA Revised

Page 8, TF 3 – Treatment of Detainees

1. General

2. Humane Treatment3. Detainee Hunger Strike

4. Detainee Religious Activities5. Detainee Facility

6. Detainee Library7. Detainee Media

8. Inspection Program 9. Physical Security

10.31 E Correctional Specialist

Page 28, TF 4 – Detainee Abuse Investigation and Reporting

1. Actions in Event of Alleged abuse by Coalition Forces (CF)

2. Actions in Event of Observed Iraqi Abuse

Page 28, TF 5 – Detention Infrastructure and Minimum Standards

1. Facilities

2. Theater Internment Facilities (TIFs)3. Requirements

4. Open Air Media

Page 29, TF 6 – Processing Procedures

1. Assigning Internment Serial Numbers (ISN)

2. DRA Standard of Review3. Magistrate Call Review at TF

4. Major Operations Transfers (MOT) Packages5. Phone call

6. In-processing7. Hygiene


1


8. Biometrics

9. Computer Access10.Training

Page 33, TF 7 – Special Categories of Detainees

1. Female Detainees2. Juvenile Detainees

3. American Citizens (AMCITs)4. Third Country Nationals (TCN)

5. Members of the Media6. Military Intelligence Hold Detainees

7. Voluntary Internees

Page 38, TF 8 – Policy for Detainee Property Accountability

1. In-processing

2. Precautionary Statement3. Forms

4. Property Overview5. General Property Procedures

6. Detailed Intake Process for Detainee Property7. Detainee Consent to Release Property

Page 39, TF 9 – Record-Keeping and Accountability (TBP)

1. Commander Responsibilities2. Personnel Accountability Procedures

3. Detainee Asset Inventories (DAI)4. Additional Daily Reporting

5. Detainee Records and Files

Page 39, TF 10 – Segregation

1. Definition

2. Segregation by Detainee Classification3. Segregation Based on Health and Safety

4. Segregation for Security Reasons5. Segregation for Law Enforcement Purposes

6. Treatment While in Segregation7. Privileges for Segregated Detainees

8. Records

Page 47, TF 11 – Detainee Discipline Policies

1. General

Page 48, TF 12 – Use of Restraints

1. General2. Policy


2


3. Definitions

4. Escalation of Force

Page 51, TF 13 – The Combined Review and Release Board (CRRB), the Multi-National

Force Review Committee (MNFRC) and the Theater Internment Reintegration Center

(TIFRC)

1. Combined Review and Release Board

2. Multi-National Forces Review Committee (MNFRC)3. Theater Internment Facility Reintegration Center (TIFRC)

Page 64, TF 14 – Detainee Transfers and Release

1. General2. DCG-DO Approval for Detainee Transfer

3. Detainee Transfer Between Theater Internment Facilities (TIF’s)4. Duties and Responsibilities

5. Mode of Transportation Detainee Loading and Unloading6. Medical Procedures

7. Release8. Types of Releases

Page 73, TF 15 – Detainee Operations Rules on Use of Force (RUF)

1. Purpose and Scope2. Use of Force

3. Rules of Engagement4. Disturbance

5. Mass Non-Compliance6. Riot Control and Equipment Capabilities

7. Weapon Status8. Non-Lethal Weapons

Page 85, TF 16 – Detainee Death Reporting and Investigation

1. General2. TF 134 Responsibilities

Page 87, TF 17 – International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) Visit and

Procedures

1. General

2. ICRC Coordination

Page 91, TF 18 – Public Affairs

1. General

Page 92, TF 19 – Detainee Healthcare

1. General2. Training


3


3. Separation of Medical Care

4. Dignity and Respect5. Body Cavity Exams/Searches

6. Separation of Medical Care and Security Responsibilities7. Medical Personnel Defined

8. Medical Care for Interrogation Operations9. Priority of Care and Evacuation

10.Evacuation and Transfer11.Security

12.Detainee Patient Identification13.Compassionate Release

14.Alleged/Suspected Abuse15.Special Medical Ethics Considerations

16.Patient Privacy17.Deaths

18.TIF Medical Care19.TIF Medical Standards

20.TIF Emergent Care21.TIF In-patient care

22.Medical Records23.Detainee Transfers and Releases

Page 96, TF 20 – Interrogation

1. Interrogation Operations

Page 97, TF 21 – Visitation

1. General

2. Visitation Program3. Family Visits

4. Attorney Visits5. Detainee Appearing Before CCCI

6. Theater Internment Facilities7. CCI Liaison Office

8. Detainee family Photo

Page 103, TF 22 – J1- Personnel

1. Awards and Decorations

2. Approval Authority3. Submission Timeliness

4. Award Packet Content5. Narratives

6. Citations7. Mandatory Opening and Closing Sentences

8. DA FM 638 and CC FM 259. Service Award


4


10.DD FM 4187 Instructions for CIB, CMB and CAB

11.Leave and Pass Processing12. In-Out Processing

13.Evaluations14.Casualty Operations

15.Congressional Procedure

Page 127, TF 23 – J2 – Intelligence Conducting Counter-Insurgency Information

Operations in Theater Interment Facilities

For specific J2 information please contact the TF 134 J2 at SVOIP 242-7951.

Page 127, TF 24 – J3- Operations

1. Serious Incident Report2. Standing Commander's Critical Information Requirements (CCIRs)

3. Detainee Visitation Policy

Page 136, TF 25 – J4 – Logistics

1. Mission

2. Tasks3. Responsibilities

4. Additional Duties5. Checklist for establishing or preparing for surge operations

Page 141, TF 26 – J8 – Resource Management

1. General2. Procedures

3. Monthly Spending Plan4. Validation Board

Page 143, TF 27 – J8 – Resource Management – Management Internal Control

Program

1. General

2. Purpose3. General Guidance

4. Process and Limiting Factors

Page 143, TF 28 – 134 Effects – Theater Internment Reintegration Center (TIFRC)

1. Mission

2. Supporting Commands in TIFRC Services3. TIFRC Services Concept of Operations

Page 146, TF 29 – Theater Detainee Reporting Center (TDRC)

1. General2. Procedures


5


3. Reports

4. Status Worksheets5. New Captures

6. National and Foreign Fighters7. Final Checks

8. Posting and E-mail Procedures9. Detainers

10.Mobile Internment Serial Number Assignment (Jump Team)

Page 154, TF 30 – Joint Interrogations Debriefing Center (JDIC)

1. Military Intelligence Hold Procedures

2. Combined Review and Release Board (CCRB) and MI Hold3. Multi-National Forces Review Committee (MNFRC)

4. CCCI and MI Hold

Page 158, TF 31 – Release Operations Center

1. General

2. Mission3. Legal Process

4. Release Operations5. Detainers

6. Movement Operations

Page 165, TF 32 – Inspector General (IG)

1. Overview

2. IG Responsibilities

Page 166, F 33 – Medical

1. General

2. Dispensing Routine Medications3. Pharmacy Support

4. Sick Call5. Detainee Treatment and Contact

6. Diabetic Care Team7. MEDEVAC Escort

8. Weapons and Use of Force9. Hospital Guard

10.Weapons11.Manning Requirements

12.Detainee Suicide Watch13.Outpatient Wound Care Standards and Procedures

Page 186, TF 34 – Definitions


6


Page 194, TF 35 – Acronyms

Page 199, TF 36 – References

TF 37 – Combined Annexes

Page 201, J3 - Annexes

1. CCIR2. Notification Matrix

3. Spot Report Activity Titlesa. Processing Spot Reports

b. Spot Report (8-Liner)c. Blue Spot Report

d. Red Spot Report4. IED Post Patrol Debrief (64-Liner)

5. Red Cross Message6. Detainee Release Process

7. Commanders SITREP8. Battle Damage Assessment

9. Weekly (CG) SITREP10.Suspense Roster


7


Detainee Operations Standard Operating Procedures 25 FEB 08

TF 1 – Detention Operations Policy

1. (U) References. Refer to parts TF 30 Definitions and TF 31 Acronyms.

2. (U) Purpose. Establish procedures and guidance governing all Task Force 134 Detention Operations in the Iraq Theater of Operations (ITO).

3. (U) Overview. In Accordance With (IAW) US Law, the US Armed Forces are operating

within the Multi-National Force-Iraq (MNF-I) to contribute to the maintenance of the security and stability in Iraq. Detention Operations within MNF-I include the temporary detention of

persons where necessary for imperative reasons of security. Implied within, all US Forces personnel are duty bound to guarantee the humane treatment of detained personnel before,

during and after their release, repatriation, and/or transfer to Iraqi control (for release or prosecution) at the earliest opportunity. In order to successfully accomplish this complex

task, Commander’s with detention responsibilities have develop procedures and published guidelines governing the detention of persons for imperative reasons of security, consistent

with national and international law and, the safety of the Iraqi people.

4. Applicability. This policy applies to all TF 134 personnel and their successors, to MP North and South units and subordinate personnel. This SOP does not affect existing

agreements and arrangements regarding the transfer of detainees/internees and does not apply to members of the Mujhadeen e-Khalq (MeK) (a.k.a. People’s Mujhadeen of Iran or

PMOI) located at Camp Ashraf or those persons located at the TIPF in Ashraf. This SOP remains in effect unless superseded or revoked.

5. Dissemination. This SOP requires widest dissemination and appropriate implementation

at all levels of command that conduct detention operations from point of capture, during transfer operations, and through release or repatriation.

6. Violations. Commanders are responsible for ensuring that all detention operations are

conducted in accordance with this policy and applicable national and international law. Suspected or alleged violations shall be reported through the chain of command to the Task

Force 134 Commander, investigated, and if appropriate, referred to competent authority for criminal investigation and disposition. Commanders will report through operational

channels the final disposition of cases involving violations of this policy. Suspected or alleged violations may also be reported through other appropriate military officials, such as

criminal investigators, Inspectors General, Chaplains, or Judge Advocates.

7. Points of Contact. Point of contact for this SOP is TF 134 J3 and Battle Desk, DSN 318-242-0106.


8


TF 2 – Authority to Detain

1. (U) UNSCRs/CPA 3 Revised. Pursuant to UNSCRs 1546, 1637, 1723, 1790, and CPA

Memorandum Number 3 (Revised), MNF-I is authorized to detain individuals for imperative reasons of security. Detention operations are designed and conducted to support the

security and stability of Iraq.

a. (U) Acting under Chapter VII of the United Nations Charter, the United Nation Council unanimously adopted resolution 1790 (2007), deciding further that the mandate would be

reviewed at the request of the Government of Iraq (GOI) no later than 15 JUN 08. The mandate would be terminated earlier if GOI requested the Council to do so. This resolution

is set to expire 31 DEC 08, if not extended. The GOI has officially stated this will be the last request to extend the resolution.

2. UNSCR 1546 (2004) and its annexed letters, reaffirmed by UNSCR 1637 (2005),

UNSCR 1723 (2006) and UNSCR 1790 (2007), authorizes MNF-I to undertake a broad range of tasks to contribute to the maintenance of security and take all necessary measures

to contribute to the maintenance of security and stability in Iraq, including “internment where this is necessary for imperative reasons of security.” This “necessary for imperative reasons

for security” standard derives from Art 78 of GC IV and was inserted at the request of the US.

a. (U) UNSCR 1546 authorizes the continued detention of persons detained before 28

June 2004, if such detention continues to be necessary for imperative reasons of security.

b. (U) CPA Memorandum Number 3 (Revised) also provides authority for MNF-I forces to apprehend “criminal detainees.” Criminal detainees are persons suspected of having

committed criminal acts, but who are not considered imperative threats to security. These persons should be handed over to GOI as soon as reasonably practicable, but may be held

by MNF-I at request of GOI. If MNF-I retains custody then procedural protections are set forth in CPA Memorandum Number 3 (Revised).

c. (U) The assumption of authority by the Iraqi government and dissolution of the CPA

on 28 Jun 04 did not mark the end of hostilities and thus did not trigger a requirement to release either EPWs per Art 118 of GC III or security internees per Art 133 GCIV.

d. (U) Any person detained prior to 28 Jun 2004 who has been determined to be an

EPW or protected person under GCIII or GCIV and who continues to be detained, will retain that status and continue to merit relevant protections until release by MNF-I.

TF 3 – Treatment of Detainees


9


1. General

Detention operations will be conducted in accordance with UNSCRs 1546, 1637, and 1723,

CPA Memoranda No. 2 and No. 3 (revised), US law, and applicable international law to ensure humane treatment of all detainees and to ensure all detainees are released,

repatriated, or transferred to Iraqi control (for release or prosecution) at the earliest opportunity consistent with the security requirements of MNF-I and the safety of the Iraqi

people. Coalition forces shall protect detainees from physical harm, insults and public curiosity.

a. All detainees will be treated with respect and without discrimination against gender,

race, nationality, religion or political opinion. Acts of violence and physical or mental torture are expressly prohibited. Outrages against a detainee’s personal dignity, particularly,

humiliating and degrading treatment, are also prohibited. Commanders at all levels are responsible for ensuring proper handling and treatment of detainees.

b. Persons qualifying as prisoners of war will receive protections under Geneva

Conventions Relative to the Treatment of Prisoners of War (GPW), 12 August 1949.

c. Persons detained before 28 June 2004 who meet the requirements for “protected person” status will receive protections under Geneva Convention Relative to the Protection

of Civilian Persons in Time of War (GC), 12 August 1949.

d. Persons detained after 28 June 2004, will be treated in accordance with U.S. obligations under the Law of Armed Conflict (LOAC) and the principles of the Geneva

Conventions.

2. Humane Treatment

a. Detainees will be treated humanely, the Detainee Treatment Act of 2005 and DOD Directive 2310.1E (Sept. 5 2006). All personnel involved with detainees will ensure that

persons detained by US Forces are provided with humane treatment consistent with Geneva Conventions which afford basic human dignity and fair treatment at all times.

b. DOD Directive 2310.1 provides that all persons captured, detained, interned, or

otherwise held in U.S. Armed Forces custody during the course of conflict will be given humanitarian care and treatment from the moment they are detained at Camp

Remembrance II until final release or repatriation.

c. The inhumane treatment of detainees is prohibited and is not justified by the stress of combat or with deep provocation. Inhumane treatment is a serious and punishable violation

under international law and the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ).


10


d. All Service members conducting detainee operations at Camp Remembrance II will

ensure all detainees are treated with respect for their person, their honor, their family rights, their religious convictions and practices, and their manners and customs.

e. US Forces shall protect detainees from physical harm, insults, and public curiosity

and will treat detainees without discrimination against gender, race, nationality, religion, or political opinion. Acts of violence and physical or mental torture are expressly prohibited.

Acts against personal dignity, in particular humiliating or degrading treatment is also prohibited. Soldiers at all levels are responsible for ensuring proper handling and treatment

of detainees.

f. Commanders at all levels will ensure that all detainees are accounted for and humanely treated, and that collection, evacuation, internment, transfers, release, and

repatriation operations are conducted per this regulation.

g. All detainees will be respected as human beings. The following acts are prohibited: Murder, torture, corporal punishment, mutilation, the taking of hostages, sensory

deprivation, collective punishments, execution without trial by proper authority, and all cruel and degrading treatment.

h. Detainees shall be afforded the following:

(1) Adequate clothing

(2) Three meals a day with a minimum intake of a total of 2500 calories

(3) Protection from the elements

(4) Protection from attack (indirect and direct fire)

(5) Medical screening for general health and treatment of wounds, injuries, and

illnesses.

(6) Two hours of open air exposure per day

(7) Free exercise of religion, consistent with requirements of detention.

i. The text of the Geneva Convention, its annexes, and any special agreements, are available from the detainee library. Additionally, Geneva Convention signs are posted in

each compound.

j. All reports of inhumane treatment or detainee abuse will be reported immediately.

k. The TIF Commander will ensure the health and well-being of all detainees in theater internment facilities is monitored and appropriate medical care/intervention is provided. All


11


US personnel involved with these procedures will also ensure persons detained by US

Forces are provided with humane treatment consistent with the Geneva Conventions which afford basic human dignity and fair treatment at all times.

3. Specific Responsibilities

a. Detainee Medical Task Force: Monitor the physical condition of detainee(s) in a

hunger strike and provide updates to the TIF Commander and DCG-DO. Provide medical treatment and intervene to provide non-voluntary life-sustaining measures with the approval

of the DCG-DO. Terminate hunger strike procedures, when directed.

b. Detainee Medical Task Force Mental Health Team: Evaluate the mental health status of detainee(s) in a hunger strike. Build profiles of the detainee’s behavior and consult with

medical and custodial staff. Conduct behavioral interventions to convince the detainee to end the strike and resume eating

c. Brigade Commander: Provide a SPOT report to the DCG-DO and update reports as

appropriate.

d. TIF Commanders: Ensure the welfare, security, and custodial control of detainee(s). Monitor and record all activities (food/water intake, statements, and behavior) of detainee(s)

in a hunger strike. Provide a daily SPOT report to the Brigade Commander.

4. Hunger Strike

a. A detainee is considered to be on a hunger strike when he refuses to eat for 72 hours (nine consecutive meals. Detainees who eat portions of their meals are not considered to

be on a hunger strike. (Note for Protected Persons at Camp Ashraf the standard is seven consecutive meals.)

5. Detainee Religious Activities

a. General. Subject to security considerations and camp discipline, detainees will be

authorized to participate in social, intellectual, and religious activities:

(1) Introducing political overtones or furthering enemy propaganda through these activities will not be tolerated.

(2) Compound Guards will report detainees using political overtones or propaganda

using the DIMS Observation Report.

(3) Compound Bilingual Bicultural Advisors (BBAs) will report such compound atmospherics to the OIC.

(4) Detainees will practice religious activities in their individual living areas.


12


(5) If a tent or facility is used for religious purposes it will maintain a dual roll status. (i.e. sleeping area, holding area, etc.) due to the limited space for operations.

(6) The Koran will be treated with dignity and respect while being searched. When

the Koran must be placed on the ground, all efforts will be made to use a prayer carpet or another realistic item as a buffer. Guards should use an Arabic linguist or interpreter to

ensure the detainees do not misunderstand actions taken during searches related to the Koran.

(7) Interference with detainee religious practice is discouraged unless the detainee is

interfering with the good order and discipline of the camp, posing a threat to himself or another detainee, threatening a guard or other staff member or destroying property.

Detainees’ religious practices must be respected and understood in order to better provide care, custody and control of the detainee population.

6. Religious Practices

a. Detainees may exercise their religion within the bounds of the detention facility in a

manner consistent with the articles of the Geneva Convention to the extent allowed by military necessity.

b. Fasting is permissible if the detainee’s health is not compromised.

c. If guards observe fasting detainees, they should report the ISN fasting in DIMS and

track by zone which detainees are suspected to be fasting.

d. Personnel will be respectful to detainee religious practices.

e. Religious practices that are extremists-based, including Esaba Courts, are not permissible because they violate the good order, discipline, and security of the facility.

7. The Muslim Prayer

a. Muslim detainees pray up to five times daily according to a specific prayer

schedule.

(1) Shia detainees will pray three times daily.

(2) S5/IO will provide a specific prayer schedule for the entire facility for planning purposes.

(3) The Muslim prayer requires the detainee to wash before prayer.


13


(4) The Muslim prayer requires the detainee to pray toward the direction of Mecca,

Saudi Arabia.

b. The Muslin prayer requires a clean place if possible. Detainees are provided a prayer rug for this purpose.

c. It is preferable according to Islamic doctrine that the Muslim prayer is prayed in

congregation. This aspect of prayer is accommodated based on operational and security conditions of the camp.

8. Muslim - Friday Prayer Service

a. According to Islamic Law, the weekly Friday Prayer Service is traditionally held on

Fridays during the noon (2nd) prayer time.

b. The congregational Friday Prayer service includes a message or sermon and shortened noon prayer. The Friday Prayer Service can be led by any male Muslim

knowledgeable in the requirements of conducting the Friday Prayer.

c. The Muslim Friday Prayer Service is accommodated by providing a clean open area. In addition, Muslim detainees will be provided the opportunity to perform the Friday Prayer

Service to the extent allowed by military necessity.

9. Muslim Fasting

a. Ramadan

(1) A month long fast in which a Muslim abstains from food, drink, and sexual relations, smoking, and in general taking anything in to the body from the hours of dawn

(time of the first prayer) until sunset (time of the 4th prayer). Ramadan is the ninth lunar month of the Islamic calendar.

(2) Muslim detainees are provided a pre-dawn meal to be served prior to the time of

the 1st daily prayer at dawn.

(3) Efforts will be made to provide dates and milk/yogurt for Muslim detainees to break their fast at the time of the 4th prayer at sunset.

(4) Muslim detainees are served a full meal following sunset.

(5) There are several days of prescribed fasting based on prophetic tradition. These

days are recommended based on Islamic law and include:

A. Post Ramadan: Six days of the post lunar month of the Islamic calendar (Shawwal). This lunar month (30 days) immediately follows the holy month of Ramadan.


14


Some Muslim detainees may desire to fast these six consecutive days immediately

following the Muslim Eid Al-Fitr holiday (east of breaking the fast which occurs the first day immediately following the completion of Ramadan). Muslim detainees will not fast on Eid

Al-Fitr.

B. Mondays and Thursdays

C. The 9th and 10th days of the first lunar month of the Islamic calendar (Muharram).

D. The first nine days of the twelfth lunar month of the Islamic calendar (Dhul

Hijjah). These are the nine days immediately preceding Eid Al-Adha (Feast of sacrifice) holiday.

(6) Muslim detainees desiring to maintain this practice of fasting these prescribed

days are accommodated in the same manner as in accommodating a day of fasting in Ramadan.

b. Muslim Holiday – Eid

(1) Islam has two major religious holidays: Eid Al-Fitr and Eid Al-Adha.

(2) Eid Al-Fitr celebrates completing the month long fast of Ramadan.

(3) Eid Al-Adha commemorates the sacrifice of Abraham and occurs the 10th day of

the 12th lunar month of the Islamic calendar which is approximately 69 days following Eid Al-Fitr.

(4) On both Eid days, an Eid prayer service is held in the morning after sunrise but

before the second – noon prayer. The Eid prayer service is congregational and consists of a group prayer followed by a message or sermon.

(5) The Eid prayer service is accommodated in the same manner as in

accommodating the Friday Prayer Service. Efforts will be made for Eid holiday meals with traditional Arabic sweets are provided to detainees on the day of Eid- Al-Fitr and Eid AL-

Adha. Islamic tradition also encourages Eid holiday meals in the three days following Eid Al-Adha. Detainees will not fast on Eid days.

c. Muslim - Dietary Practices

(1) Meals and food provided to Muslim detainees will strive to meet standard

according to Islamic guidelines.

(2) Muslim detainees will not be served pork, alcohol, any food which contain by products there of.


15


d. Muslim - Wear and Appearance of Clothing

(1) Islamic guidelines for clothing and dress require that Muslim detainees be covered with specific limits of physical bodily exposure.

(2) Muslim detainees will be provided clothing that at a minimum covers the body

from the navel to the knees.

e. Muslim - Showers and Hygiene

(1) Islamic law establishes limits to exposing areas of ones body to another, male or female.

(2) Detainee showers will allow the Muslim male detainee enough privacy to ensure

that his genitals and/or area between the navel and the knees are not exposed to another individual.

(3) All detainee showers will allow the detainee complete privacy from members of

the opposite sex.

(4) Islamic guidelines for health and hygiene dictate the practice of shaving the body hair of armpit and pubic areas.

(5) Religious Accommodation: Any other religious faith traditions will be considered

on a case-by-case basis and will be provided for appropriately, as safety allows.

f. Muslim - Religious Items

(1) The S5/IO Section BBAs will provide or oversee the supply of specific items of Muslim items to facilitate worship and religious practices and can include but are not limited

to:

A. Koran

B. Prayer cap

C. Prayer beads

D. Islamic prayer oils

(2) The religious support team will work with S-4 if these items are needed and will be handed out

A. New prayer beads will have the tassels cut and the ends burned.


16


B. Requests for special items must be made through DIMS.

C. Prayer oils will be ordered by S-4

1 Sandalwood, white in color

2 Egyptian Musk, yellow in color

10. Islam

a. Do not disrespect the Koran (let it touch the floor, kick it, step on it, etc.)

b. Muslims wash their hands before touching the Koran; non-Muslims should minimize touching a detainees Koran, however, when it needs to be handled, it should be done so

respectfully.

c. Disrespecting the Koran could lead to a lack of cooperation from the detainees and could provoke a violent reaction from detainees.

d. Friday is the Islamic holy day; prayer time is most sacred on this day.

e. Do not talk, play loud music in front of, or otherwise interrupt detainees during

scheduled prayer time or the call to prayer.

f. Interrupting detainees during prayer time is considered inappropriate and they are unlikely to respond. However, detainees may be interrupted during personal prayer time for

military necessity.

(1) Do not mock a detainee’s prayer

(2) Do not eat or drink in front of detainees during the Islamic month of Ramadan

(3) Do not ask about female members of a Muslim’s family including their names.

(4) Do not use the left hand to give a detainee food. Muslims use their left hand to clean themselves and it is culturally inappropriate to offer food with the left hand.

(5) Do not relate terrorism to Islam. It is inappropriate to equate any religion to such

activity.

(6) Do not point a finger at detainees as it is considered very disrespectful and derogatory.

(7) Avoid using foul language as it displays a lack of composure.


17


(8) Female guards and interpreters should not insist that the detainees make eye contact with them during interactions. Close contact with unrelated females is culturally

inappropriate.

(9) Detainees might cover their eyes or not talk to female guards. This is not disrespectful, but is modesty.

(10)Communicating through an interpreter

A. Interpreters are tasked to facilitate the communication process between camp

personnel and the detainees. Interpreters will relay detainee questions/requests to a Compound NCO or other authority as appropriate for follow up.

B. Direct your statement to the detainee and then pause for the interpreter to

translate.

C. Avoid using slang. Slang is difficult to translate and loses its meaning.

h. The Christian Prayer

(1) Prayer is an important element in the development of the Christian detainee.

(2) The Christian detainee should be allowed to pray daily.

(3) The Christian chaplain can be used to provide additional information on the impact of prayer for the Christian detainee.

11.Catholic & Christian Holidays

a. Christianity has two major holidays: Christmas and Easter.

b. Some groups also celebrate Pentecost Sunday (40 days after Easter)

c. Christian sacraments can include: confession, Eucharist and anointing.

d. The Roman Catholic and some other traditions also celebrate Ash Wednesday (40

days before Easter), Lent (between Ash Wednesday and Easter) and Advent (4 Sundays before Christmas).

e. Catholic Sacraments include: Reconciliation of Penitent (Confession), Eucharist, and

Anointing of the Sick.

f. Catholic Holidays


18


(1) January 1 – the solemnity of Mary, Mother of God

(2) Thursday of the sixth week of Easter – the solemnity if the ascension

(3) August 15 – the solemnity of the assumption of the Blessed Virgin Mary

(4) November 1 – the solemnity of All Saints

(5) December 8 – the solemnity of the Immaculate

g. Christian detainees should be allowed to celebrate these special days in accordance

with their personal faith.

12.Detainee Dining Facility

a. The Detainee Dining Facility (D-DFAC) will prepare and deliver three (3) meals a day for all detainees based on a master menu with a minimum intake of 2,500 calories.

Preparation of the menu will include the following:

(1) The food ration will be sufficient in quality, quantity, and variety to maintain good health, and prevent weight loss and nutritional deficiencies.

(2) The customary diet of the detainee will be considered.

b. During widely recognized religious observances and detainee fasting (Ramadan),

modifications will be directed and implemented as appropriate.

c. When detainees refuse the inspected food as a whole, the Compound Shift Leader (CSL) will ensure it is recorded in DIMS and report it to the chain of command. If the

detainees declare a voluntary fast or a hunger strike, TIF Operations Officer will initiate Hunger Strike. .

d. Compound Guards will follow the advice of the Medical Staff regarding special

dietary requirement and perishable food.

e. MARC meals, in lieu of hot meals, are issued for meal shortages, medical reasons, or a disciplinary measure. Withholding/denying meals from detainees will not be used as a

form of punishment.

13. Detainee Library

a. The detainee library will provide the detainees with books, reading materials, and educational materials that will help occupy detainees and improve their literacy.


19


b. The detainee library at Task Force 134 Detainee Operations will be operated and

supervised by the Information Operations (IO) section.

c. Detainee family members may bring 2 books to reception that will be emplaced in the detainee library for all detainees after screened by J2 and BBAs. This procedure is

designed to improve reading throughout with books more accessible to the population, build detainee library through donations, and positively engage and influence families.

d. Forms. See Forms and References folder

(1) Library Request Form

(2) Library Log

(3) Detainee Book Blacklist

e. Requesting Books

(1) Normal check-out procedures will be through a Library Request Form and a list of

materials allowed for check-out. Detainees will request forms from the compound guards. On a compound’s designated request day, a representative from IO will go to the compound

to collect each zone’s request forms.

(2) The detainee will be allowed two (2) selections per request, one primary and one alternate. The detainee will only receive one book. This is to increase the chance that the

detainee will receive a book.

(3) Books are loaned for two (2) weeks at a time.

(4) A list of materials the detainees can check-out will be kept and safeguarded in the following locations:

A. Each detainee chief.

B. Each compound CP.

C. Each Zone Shack.

D. The detainee Visitation waiting room.

(5) If the material is available, the request will be processed and annotated in the

Library Log.

(6) If the material is unavailable, the request slip will be marked accordingly and the detainee zone chief will be notified that the book is not currently in the library.


20


f. Distribution. If the material is available, it will be brought to the compound with the request slip dated for return. It will be the responsibility of the IO representative and

Compound BBA to distribute the material throughout the compound to the detainees. The IO representative and Compound BBA are responsible for ensuring that all material is returned

on time before any additional books are issued out.

g. Returning Books

(1) The Library NCO will keep a record of the request with the return date in the Library Log. The library staff will return to the compound on the scheduled days to retrieve

material due to be returned.

(2) If the detainee fails to return, destroys or loses material given to them, he will lose all privileges to the library for one two week book cycle.

(3) When a detainee changes compounds, he will take the library book with him. If he

is released, the detainee zone chief will collect any books the detainee was assigned and return them to the Library NCO.

h. Book Procurement

(1) Persons or organizations may donate new or unmarked used books individually

or in collections, to the TIF library.

(2) The J5/IO Section will submit requests for additional books depending on the expansion of the facility through both J4 and IO.

i. Family Members Donating Books

(1) If a visiting detainee’s family brings books to Visitation, the books are collected by

a guard and then bagged IAW Reception SOP. The ISN is written on the bag holding the book.

(2) The family and the detainee are informed through a translator or BBA that the

books will remain in the camp library for all detainees to benefit, but their detainee will have the first read.

(3) The J5/IO section will input the name of the book, the ISN, and date of delivery

into the book tracker spreadsheet that will be used to track the book through the approval process. Books will be logged into this spreadsheet to track what detainees are receiving

and what books are not approved.

(4) The J2 linguists will use the screening criteria provided by the J5/IO section in order to approve or disapprove books for detainees. After this initial J2 screen, J5/IO BBAs


21


will review any flagged books to ensure that the books are not extremist writings.

(5) Approved Books: Books that are conducive to the good morale, welfare of the

detainee that encourages learning, and positive interaction in society.

A. These books will be emplaced in the detainee library.

B. The book will then be given to the detainee whose family donated the book to the library.

C. The procedure for this book is then the same for any other book in the library

once the detainee’s two week period of possession is complete.

D. The approved book will be delivered by the compound BBA and the library NCO.

E. Unapproved Books: Books that are extremists in nature politically or in religion

and serve to compromise the security of operations.

F. These books will not be placed in the detainee library, but will be placed on the Detainee Book Blacklist. This list contains books that will not be allowed to enter the

detainee library and the detainee compounds. This list will be in the possession of the J2 linguists who screen the books in order to facilitate the process.

G. Books that are extremist or radically political in nature will be gathered and

forwarded to an appropriate entity as authorized.

j. Juvenile Detainee Library

(1) During Juvenile Education, each detainee may select one (1) book to take back to his respective compound.

(2) The Library NCOIC or IO guard will annotate each book number, detainee ISN,

and date which the book was taken on a library request form.

(3) The detainee will return the book in two weeks or less. When the book is returned, the date which it is returned will be annotated on the library request form. d. The

detainee will not be allowed to borrow a new book from the Detainee Library until he has returned the old book.

14. Detainee Media

a. Upon release, detainees should be prepared to integrate back into society. To help

achieve this goal, newspapers, local Iraqi radio, and DVDs are made available. These allow


22


detainees to stay aware of national and local events and serve as a distraction to the

detainees and help make them more compliant. The S5/IO is the TF 134 proponent.

b. Soldiers should be vigilant in observing detainee reaction to media. Some detainees will want to destroy radios, TVs or DVD players in response to programming. This kind of

activity should be reported.

c. If Soldiers have questions regarding media, they can direct these concerns to their compound BBA, the IO NCOIC, or the IO OIC.

d. Newspapers

(1) Upon receipt of approved newspapers from Task Force 134, IO will have 48

hours to disseminate newspapers to the detainees.

(2) Although already viewed by, IO BBAs will review newspapers for content. A summary of these newspapers will appear in the daily IO SITREP.

(3) Any articles found in the newspaper containing material that may cause a

disturbance will be removed by the BBAs and reported to higher.

(4) When the newspapers have been reviewed by the BBAs, IO will divide them between compounds 1-4 and the hospital; this distribution will be tracked by IO.

(5) Upon delivery to the compounds, the Compound BBA will distribute them

throughout the detainee population.

(6) Following delivery, Compound BBA will assess the affects of the newspapers within 48-72 hours.

e. DVDs

(1) Upon receipt of approved program DVDs from Task Force 134, IO will have 48

hours to disseminate to the detainees.

(2) Although already viewed by, IO BBAs will review DVDs for content.

(3) Any content found in the DVDs that may cause a disturbance will result in them not being distributed by IO.

(4) Upon completion of DVD screening, IO will divide the DVDs between Compounds

1-4. IO will keep a log of the distributed DVDs.


23


(5) Upon delivery to the compounds, the Compound BBA will distribute DVDs equally

throughout the zones. Zone representatives will maintain accountability of DVDs and control their use during authorized viewing times.

(6) Viewing times are set by IO; currently the hours are 1800-2200.

(7) The Compound NCOIC will have overall accountability of DVDs while the material

is in the compound.

(8) If at any time the detainees demonstrate odd or unruly behavior as a result of watching DVDs, the Compound NCOIC or Shift Leader will notify IO immediately.

(9) IO will collect used DVDs from compounds when new DVDs are delivered and

retain them in their archives.

f. Radios

(1) Radios will be positioned to ensure positive control of tuning by the guard force.

(2) Only pre-approved stations designated by will be listened to by the detainee population.

g. Inspection Programs

(1) The DCG-DO is the lead for detention operations in the ITO and has the primary

responsibility for the OIP. The DCG-DO has initiated a theater wide detainee assessment program composed of specially selected and skill qualified individuals who will conduct

regular inspections of all internment facilities in the ITO. These inspections will examine, but will not be limited to, the care; custody and control of detainees, ensuring applicable

laws, regulations and policies are followed. The detainee assessment team will complete detailed inspection checklists for each area at all facilities in the ITO and report the results

to the DCG-DO and the respective units for immediate corrective action and follow through.

(2) TF Commanders will establish Organizational and Command Inspection Programs (OIP/CIP) designed to evaluate all facets of detainee operations. These

inspections will ensure persons detained by US Forces are provided with humane treatment consistent with laws, regulations, procedures, policies and directives, which afford basic

human dignity and fair treatment at all times.

(3) TF 134 TIFs will operate permanent detention facilities in a manner that ensures humane treatment and that provides appropriate access to detainees (e.g. by International

Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC), family, Iraqi ministries) unless reasons of imperative military necessity require such access to be temporarily restricted.

h. Physical Security


24


(1) Physical security plays a part in every task performed within the TIFs. These policies and procedures will assist in preventing a number of threatening situations.

(2) Physical security measures are the preventive steps which protect the security

interest. These various measures are redundant, but failure of one or more parts can be catastrophic. Physical barriers are only intended to slow a detainee or an intruder. Physical

Security measures include, but are not limited to:

A. Compound guards, Compound Shift Leader (CSL), and Compound NCOICs’ vigilance

B. Catwalk Guards’ vigilance

C. Immediate Response Force (IRF) patrols

D. Military Working Dogs (MWDs) presence

E. Physical barriers to prevent intrusion and escape

F. Badge systems for controlled access and egress

G. Securing containers and facility structures

H. Locking devices, restraint equipment, and close confinement areas

I. Security lighting

J. Video Recording and surveillance equipment

K. Facility hardening to improve the custody and control of the detainees

(3) Forms: See Forms and References folder

A. Compound Inspection Checklist

B. DA Form 1594 Daily Staff Journal

(4) The on-duty guard force will inspect the perimeter fencing and gates of their

assigned compounds. IRF personnel will inspect the perimeter fencing and report to the DOC for input into DIMS Blotter.

(5) The guard force will conduct the following actions that improve physical security.

They are identified by who is primarily responsible; however, all military personnel assigned to TF 134 will report any violations.


25


(6) Military Working Dogs: MWDs should be employed to enhance security measures and to deter against facility disturbances and escape attempts.

i. 31E Correctional Specialist

(1) TF 134 will provide a detention facility correctional specialist (31E) in each TIF to

serve as the facilities’ confinement subject matter expert and to provide guidance to the facility commanders where needed. Correctional specialists may occasionally be rotated by

TF 134 to observe/assist in inspections and to provide coverage during emergency leave. Facility correctional specialists will primarily serve in an advisory capacity.

(2) The correctional specialists are a tool to enhance the facilities’ operational

procedures. They will be used to advise in cases where certain procedures are in question and on all training within the detention facility.

(3) The primary responsibility of the facility correctional specialist is to advise, train,

and mentor facility staff in maintaining custody and control within the facility. Subsequent duties and responsibilities are to assist the TIF BN CDR and S3 in all aspects of detention

operations. The goal is to ensure that the facility is operating IAW the specific TIF SOP, AR 190-8, FM 3-19.40, Geneva Conventions and all subsequent policies and procedures.

Facility correctional specialist will

A. Ensure all detainees are treated humanely and with dignity and respect.

B. Oversee all aspects of the custody and control of detainees.

C. Ensure that all facility staff fully understands their task and purpose within the facility.

D. Not become part of the manning.

E. Report directly to TF 134 Detainee Operations J3 on matters that can not be

resolved through local channels.

F. Build a positive, cohesive working relationship with all staff within the facility.

G. Meet with the TIF BN CDR and S3 at least once a week to discuss any issues that may have arisen through the week.

H. Be on-call or available to assist the TIFs as the subject matter experts within

the corrections field.

I. Work closely with the TIF BN CDR and S3 to ensure the appropriate oversight is given to personnel the TIF BN CDR and S3 assess as requiring additional focus or

training.


26


J. Conduct a bi-monthly inspection utilizing a locally produced checklist.

K. Conduct quality control inspections on all documents to ensure they are

properly filled out, on the spot corrections will be made or retraining when needed.

L. Not make any changes within the facility outside the guidelines of current policy and procedures, unless it is for the safety of the facility staff or detainees.

M. Review and improve the facility SOPs to ensure all applicable policies and

regulations are adhered to.

N. Oversee training on detention operations and assist in improving the facility training program encompassing (at a minimum) the Training Support Package #3 from

USAMPS.

O. Create pre-service training for newly assigned personnel.

P. Report observations and recommendations for facility operational improvements to the TIF BN CDR, S3, and TF 134 Detainee Operations Abuse Reporting

Section.

Q. Report all issues which violate the specific TIF SOP, Geneva Conventions, UCMJ and any other regulation or policy to the TIF BN CDR and S3, if not handled locally

they will report it to TF 134 Detainee Operations Abuse Reporting Section.

(4) Facility Inspection

A. The correctional specialist is required bi-monthly to conduct an inspection utilizing a locally produced checklist. The purpose of the bi-monthly inspection is to assist

the facility staff on improving their operational procedures.

B. The checklist will entail the following areas at a minimum; (1) Doctrine, Plans, Policies and Directives, (2) Accountability and Documentation, (3) Detainee Transfer and

Release, (4) Staff Training and Development, (5) Emergency and Safety Procedures, (6) Detainee Holding Areas, (7) Special Housing Unit Procedures, (8) Force

(5) Protection/Physical Security

A. The checklist once completed will be forwarded to the TIF BN CDR and S3

NLT the 15th of the month.

B. A signed copy will be retained locally within the facility for historical purposes and future reference.

C. The inspection results will be discussed with the TIF BN CDR and S3.


27


D. The correctional specialist will provide whatever assistance is necessary in

order to fix the discrepancies annotated.

(6) Facility Training Requirements: Correctional specialist will coordinate with TIF BN S3 to ensure that all training conducted within the facility is documented. Training will be

conducted at a minimum for all newly assigned SM(s), SM(s) that require retraining, and refresher training as necessary.

(7) The correctional specialist will coordinate with TIF BN S3/BN CDR on detention

operations training. They will insure that all the training has been successfully completed and documented. Correctional Specialist will be responsible for the following:

A. 24 each Critical Task training: These 24 each critical tasks represent the

minimum number of 31E MOS related tasks and other recommended supporting task trained to facilitate the effective transfer of detainee operations during a rotating of forces

without degradation of operational capabilities. Additional recommended task for training are listed within paragraph number five.

B. Sustainment Training: Conducted for personnel assigned to the TIF quarterly

and based on inspection results, battalion guidance or any other training deemed necessary by correctional specialists or battalion leadership. Quarterly training will be conducted and

planned in coordination with training officer so as not to impede the normal operating procedures of the facility.

C. On-the-job Training (OJT) and checklist: All newly assigned SM(s) will be

required to complete an OJT Checklist once the 24 each Critical Task Training has been completed. The time period for OJT will be determined by the correctional specialist. There

should be a minimum of five days of OJT. During this period all SM(s) will rotate throughout the facility IAW the OJT checklist. Once trained in a specific are the Shift NCOIC will initial

and date the form. Once the OJT checklist is completed it will be verified and approved by the correctional specialist.

D. Memorandum for Record (MFR): An MFR will be kept on file for all SMs that

successfully complete the training. This MFR will be maintained by the correctional specialist and copies furnished to unit first sergeant and TIF BN training officer. The MFR

will also used for historical data and inspections as necessary.

E. Attendance Rosters: Attendance rosters will be routinely checked by the correctional specialist and used for historical data and inspections as necessary.

F. Training Schedule: A training schedule will be posted at least one week prior

to the start of training. The schedule will include all training classes, class locations and times, required equipment and should also include the OJT Schedule.

(8) Guard Mount Training: Guard mount training will be observed by the correctional

specialist and TIF Duty Officer. Guard mount training will be conducted daily and focus on,


28


but not limited to, the following areas:

A. 24 each Critical Tasks and Additional Recommended Tasks

B. Evidence Collection, Crime Scene security

C. Cultural Awareness

D. International Humanitarian Law

E. Use of Force, Priorities of Force

F. Rules of Engagement

G. Standards of Conduct

H. Daily Detention Operations Procedures

I. Detainee Abuse Identification and Reporting

J. Specialized training as specified

(9) Non 32E MOS Military Police Pre-Deployment Training Tasks Set and Additional

Recommended Task.

Non 31E MPs Pre-Deployment Training Task Set

1. Account for Detainees 191-3410

2. Communicate with Detainees 191-3411

3. Perform Security and Control Activities in an Internment Facility 191-3412

4. Forced Cell Move Procedures within Detainee Operations 191-3413

Student Handout 1 – Forced Cell Briefing

Student Handout 2 – Equipment List

5. Control Contraband Control within an Internment Facility 191-3414

Student Handout 1 – Search

6. Restrain a Detain 191-3415

7. Close Confinement Operations 191-3416

8. Perform Duties as Compound Guard 191-3417

9. Apply Priorities of Force 191-3418

10. Perform Duties as a Tower Guard 191-3420

11. Perform Duties as a Visitation Guard 191-3421

12. Conduct Detainee Escorts 191-3422

Student Handout 1 – Smart Card 4


13. Main Gate/ Sally Port Procedures within Detainee Operations 191-3423



29



14. Geneva Conventions (Human Treatment of Detainees) 191-3424

Student Handout 1 – Culture Card Front

Student Handout 2 – Culture Card Back

15. Introduction to Detainee Operations 191-3425

16. Meal Procedures within Detainee Operations 191-3426

17. Employ Non-Lethal Weapons Capabilities During

Disorders/Disturbances within Detainee Operations

191-3427

Student Handout 1 – Appendix A

Student Handout 2 – Appendix B

Student Handout 3 – Appendix C

Student Handout 4 – Appendix D

Student Handout 5 – Appendix E

Student Handout 6 – CAL Training


18. Use of Emergency Action Plans within Detainee Operations 191-3428

19. Effective Report Writing (OR, DR & DA Form 2823) in Detainee

Operations

191-3429

20. Participate in Riot Control Formations 191-3430


21. Use a Riot Baton and Shield 191-3431


22. Employ Use of OC within Detainee Operations 191-3432

Student Handout 1 – Employ OC


23. In-Process and Release a Detainee 191-3433


24. Conduct Transfer Operations 191-3434



(10) Additional recommended tasks include.

A. Cultural Awareness (Islam and Iraq)

B. Interpersonal Communication (IPC) SkillsC. Maintain Operations Security (OPSEC)

D. Behavioral Health Sciences (BHS) trainingE. Civil Disturbance (CD) training

F. Segregation MeasuresG. Storage of Evidence

H. Identification of Suspicious ActivitiesI. React to Direct and Indirect Fires

TF 4 – Abuse Investigation and Reporting


30


1. All allegations of detainee abuse will be reported immediately using the SIR format IAW AR 190-40, Serious Incident Report, 09 February 2006, and in established SOPs through

operational channels or chain of command to the DCG-DO.

2. Individuals who believe, for whatever reason, the incident should not be reported through channels may report directly to the DCG-DO.

3. The DCG-DO will report all allegations of abuse to the Criminal Investigations Division

(CID).

4. The DCG-DO staff will also report these cases to the SJA, MNF-I for follow through and tracking.

5. All abuse allegations will be investigated by CID or a service equivalent with reports

forwarded to the SJA, MNF-I.

6. All updated reports and follow on information related to cases under investigation will be coordinated with the SJA, MNF-I.

TF 5 – Detention Infrastructure and Minimum Standards

1. Facilities. Commanders will maintain at least the minimum standards for detention set forth in the Geneva Conventions. Detainees must have sufficient space/adequate room to

stand, sit, and sleep. Considerations of health and welfare for long term detention must be applied when designing and constructing buildings housing multiple detainees. Facilities

will be constructed with due consideration of anti-terrorism and force protection requirements.

2. Theater Internment Facilities (TIFs). TIF’s must provide adequate daylight, water,

sewage and power for long-term detention operations. Each living area must be afforded daylight and be environmentally controlled with adequate heating and air conditioning.

External power supplies are preferred but should have generator back up. Water supplies should be backed up with a three-day supply in case of emergency or interruption.

Showers, toilets and living areas will be clean and accessible to all detainees in an efficient manner for servicing and long-term use. Commanders at all levels should make reasonable

accommodations in consideration of the detainee's cultural and religious needs.

3. Commanders will ensure that detainees also receive the following:

a. Adequate clothing.

b. Three meals a day with a minimum caloric intake of a total of 2,500 calories.


31


c. Protection from the elements.

d. Protection from attack (indirect and direct fire, improvised explosive devices).

e. Medical screening for general health and treatment for wounds, injuries and illnesses.

f. Two hours of open air exposure per day.

4. Open Air Media. All scheduled television recordings will be reviewed and approved by

personnel designated by DCG-DO. Limited radio and television services will be made available to detainees for educational purposes and to improve morale and discipline in the

TIFs. Only pre-approved radio station broadcast will be aired to detainees.

TF 6 – Processing Procedures

1. Assigning Internment Serial Numbers (ISN).

a. (U//FOUO) All detainees will be issued an ISN as soon as possible, normally within 14 days, unless an exception is approved by the appropriate commander. The 14-day

“clock” begins from the date of capture if captured by MNF-I units or MNF-I units conducting combined operations with Iraqi forces. However, if Iraqi forces capture an individual while

not conducting combined operations with MNF-I units, but then transfer custody to MNF-I forces, the 14-day clock shall not begin until MNF-I units take the detainee into custody.

b. (S//NF) As an exceptional measure, if CDR MNF-I or CDR MNC-I determines that it

is not practicable for MNF-I units to assign an ISN within 14 days of gaining custody he, or CDR MNC-I, may approve a delay of assignment of an ISN for a period up to 21 days from

the day of gaining custody. All extension requests must include a recommendation from the Major Subordinate Command (MSC) commander or his designee and must be received by

the MNF-I or MNC-I SJA, as appropriate, after staffing through MNC-I and TF-134 no later than Day 10. As such, subordinate commands must plan accordingly when they submit

requests. Special operations units (e.g. CJSOTF) will submit their ISN extension requests to CDR MNC-I via their chain of command.

c. On 1 June 07, CDR MNF-I delegated authority to delay assignment of ISNs up to 21

days to commanders of the following divisions: MNF-W, MND-B, MND-C, MND-N. SECDEF stipulated that the authority of division commanders to delay ISN assignment will

terminate on 30 Nov 2007 and the authority to delay ISN extension will revert to CDR, MNC-I in accordance with paragraph E6.2b.

d. Any delay beyond 14 days will be reported to CDR MNC-I for reporting to

USCENTCOM via CDR MNF-I.


32


e. (S//NF) CDR, USCENTCOM or his Deputy Commander may approve a request for

extension of up to 30 days from the day of gaining custody upon receipt of a written request with supporting justification from CDR MNF-I or his designee.

f. (S//NF) Any delay in the assignment of an ISN will be authorized only upon a

determination by the appropriate commander that such delay is a measure necessary to the maintenance of security and stability in Iraq, e.g. that such delay is necessary to address a

security threat and may prevent further loss of life.

g. In order to facilitate tracking of detainees at the MSC level, the entity assigning ISNs shall notify the appropriate MSC concerning ISNs assigned to detainees sent to the TIF by

the respective MSC.

2. DRA Review at Temporary Holding Facility. A DRA is defined as the Judge Advocate or legal officer holding the authority to review detention cases and who shall make

recommendations pertaining to release or continued detention to the first O-6, or his designee, in their operational chain of command. The DRA shall formulate his

recommendation based upon a thorough review of all accompanying documentation from the capturing unit and all available military intelligence reports. Time Limit for Initial DRA

Review. At a minimum, a DRA shall conduct a review within 7 days of the detainee’s

induction into the temporary holding facility. The first O-6, or his designee, in the

operational chain of command determines that further detention is warranted then the detainee shall be transferred ultimately to the TIF. The detainee must be accompanied by

sufficient documentation demonstrating the individual’s internment is necessary for imperative reasons of security to Coalition Forces or the security and stability of Iraq.

Unless an extension is granted, in all cases detainees must arrive at the TIF no later than 1800 of Day 14.

3. DRA Standard of Review. When determining a detainee’s status, the standard of review

is whether there are reasonable grounds to believe that the detainee poses a threat to security or stability in Iraq. Reasonable grounds consist of sufficient indicators to lead a

reasonable person to believe that detention is necessary for imperative reasons of security, e.g., that the person poses a threat to MNF-I or Iraqi security forces, or to the safety of

civilians in Iraq, or that the person otherwise poses a threat to security or stability in Iraq.

The fact that a person may have intelligence value, by itself, is not a basis for

detention.

4. Magistrate Cell (MAGCELL) Review at TIF

a. Review Process. A MAGCELL is defined as the cell at the TIF that reviews detention

cases and makes recommendations pertaining to expedited release or continued detention. Upon detainee arrival at the TIF, the MAGCELL will review each case file for legal

sufficiency as soon as practicable but in any case no later than 7 days after induction into the TIF. The MAGCELL will also screen each detainee in accordance with the Global

Screening Criteria delineated in Joint Staff MSG 032132Z MAR 04 and evaluate the threat


33


the detainee poses. TF 134 shall determine the nature of the metric used to quantify a

detainee’s threat level.

b. Operational Considerations. Major Operation Transfers (MOTs).

(1) Notice. If an operation at the brigade or regimental level (or higher echelons) may result in an unusually large number of detainees or present other unusual operational

challenges to the processing of detainees (“MOT situation”), the appropriate division staff representative shall contact MNC-I SJA in advance for guidance and coordination with

MNF-I and TF 134.

(2) Direct Application of the Geneva Convention IV Standard in MAGCELL

Determination. MAGCELL Review is required within 7 days of arrival at the TIF. In MOT situations, CDR, MNF-I may require direct application by Magistrates of the Geneva

Convention IV standard, as articulated in Pictet's Commentary to Article 42, in the initial review.

(3) To justify recourse to [internment] the State must have good reason to think that the person concerned, by his activities, knowledge or qualifications, represents a real threat

to its present or future security.

A. This is in fact the same standard applied in non-MOT situations (“imperative

reasons of security,” see Geneva Convention IV, Article 78 and UNSCs 1546 and 1637), except that in non-MOT situations, "good reason" is equated with a documentary quantum

of evidence. In MOT situations, "good reason" or “imperative reasons of security” can consist of the location of capture, the operational context as described by the MND

Commander in the MOT request, and the "activities, knowledge or qualifications" of the detainee that represent a real threat to security. In another MAGCELL Review to be held 90

days after a detainee is inducted into the TIF, the standard shall be indirectly applied, using the documentary quantum of evidence that is typically equated with "good reason" or

“imperative reasons of security”. Under no circumstances may individuals be detained who do not qualify as threats to the security and stability of Iraq as described in paragraph E2.2.

(4) MOT Request. A request to require direct application of Geneva Convention IV

standard shall include, at a minimum, a statement from the division commander describing the operation, its expected duration, and the anticipated operational challenges it will

present to the processing of detainees, as well as an endorsement from the unit’s judge advocate. CDR, MNC-I will endorse the request, with DCG-DO coordination, and forward to

CDR, MNF-I for approval.

(5) Individual MOT Packages. Each individual MOT package shall contain, at a minimum: (1) a statement from a Judge Advocate indicating whether he/she believes

sufficient cause exists to recommend a MOT transfer in this case and (2) a statement from the BDE CDR recording why he believes this particular detainee poses a threat to the

security and stability of Iraq and to the on-going operation and that further evidence is not currently available to document "good reason" due to operational conditions.”.


34


(6) Phone call. Each TIF detainee will be given the opportunity to make a phone call,

subject to security restrictions, as soon as practicable after JIDC screening. A log will be maintained of each detainee’s telephone call to include the person contacted, telephone

number, and duration of the call. The facility commander may also authorize other telephone calls by detainees to their attorneys or family members. All telephone calls will

be monitored by an interpreter for security purposes.

(7) In-processing. Upon receipt of a new detainee at the TIF, a thorough review of the capturing unit's detainee record will be conducted to ensure the coalition apprehension

form, sworn statements and evidence documentation is properly accounted for and secured for further processing. Sworn statements and the coalition apprehension forms will be

screened to ensure accuracy and completeness prior to accepting a detainee. At a minimum, in-processing will include: a search of the of the detainee, removal, examination

and proper disposition of property, recording of capture tag numbers, positive identification of detainee with full name, date, place and circumstances of capture, the assignment of an

ISN and the issuance of property receipts; photographing, fingerprinting and iris scans; inventory, storage and security of personal property (use DA 4137). Units are not

authorized to conduct body cavity searches without first gaining the approval of the DCG-DO. See Paragraph E19 (Detainee Healthcare) for further guidance on detainee body

cavity searches.

(8) Hygiene. In-processing will also provide for personal hygiene allowing for showers, shaving and haircuts; a medical evaluation inspecting for illness or injury,

evacuation of those requiring further treatment, immunizations, weighing and the creation and maintenance of detainee medical records; the issuance of personal items to include

toilet paper, soap, toothbrush and toothpaste, clothing; and the issuance of the individual ISN bracelets. Each TIF detainee will be given the opportunity to make a phone call within

72 hours of arrival at the TIF.

(9) Biometrics. Capture biometric data on all detainees/internees processed through internment facilities to the extent possible at each level. BHAs, DHAs, RDFs, and TIFs,

within their capabilities, will digitally photograph, fingerprint, obtain iris scans and obtain personal identifying information on each detainee in accordance with SOPs. Information will

include: full name, tribal name, gender, date of birth, race, hair/eye color, build, markings or tattoos, description of the offense, place of birth, height, weight, ethnicity, religion, marital

status, identification numbers (capture and facility), capture Date Time Group (DTG), capturing unit, place of capture, documents, circumstances, weapons, other equipment, and

camp name. A hardcopy of the photograph is to be provided in the detention review file for that detainee.

(10) Computer access. TF 134 will ensure that each camp has SIPR connectivity

and provide the support necessary to ensure the timely and accurate uploads of BATS and Detainee Information Management System (DIMS) data, as well as ensure their ability to

check repository databases. MSCs and detention facilities will enroll all persons detained into BATS and, at a minimum, conduct a name and retinal check against the main data


35


repository. TF 134will safeguard, maintain and account for all BATS equipment devices

issued and report through operational channels when equipment becomes unavailable, broken, lost or stolen.

(11) Training. Coalition units are to conduct training for all leaders down to and

including platoon leader/senior NCO on the collecting, storing, and releasing of evidence and the proper completion of the Coalition Provisional Authority (CPA) Forces Apprehension

Form and completion of the sworn statement form (DA Form 2823).

TF 7 – Special Categories of Detainees

1. Female Detainees

a. Detention of females represents unique challenges due to the cultural sensitivity and

increased demands on the detaining facility. Task Force 134 is responsible for the proper treatment and reporting of female detainees within facilities in accordance with MNF-I policy

and all applicable national and international law. Deliberate correspondence between Task Force 134 units and MNC-I Division Holding Facilities remains the most effective means of

allowing sufficient lead time for arrivals of female detainees.

b. Commanders are responsible for ensuring that all detention operations are conducted in accordance with this policy, MNF-I Policy and applicable national and

international law. Suspected or alleged violations shall be reported through the chain of command to Deputy Commanding General- Detention Operations (DCG-DO), via /J3,

investigated, and if appropriate, referred to competent authority for criminal investigation and disposition. Commanders will report through operational channels the final disposition

of cases involving violations of this policy. Suspected or alleged violations may also be reported through other appropriate military officials, such as criminal investigators,

Inspectors General, Chaplains, or Judge Advocates.

c. Guards shall handle female detainees in a manner that reflects the cultural sensitivities. Guards will display respect and courtesy toward female detainees and protect them from

hostile and humiliating acts at all times. Leaders at all levels will ensure that those personnel assigned to search female detainees are adequately trained in search

techniques.

d. Female detainees will be under the direct supervision of at least one female guard at all times.

e. During in-processing only facial photos will be taken. Compound V administrative

personnel will fill out scars, marks and tattoos for each female entering Compound V and note condition of the female detainee with any bruises, scars, or significant markings.


36


f. Female detainees will be separated completely from male detainees during all stages

of the detention process in Compound V. Female detainees will have separate billets, toilets, shower facilities or sufficient blackout procedures to ensure complete separation at

all times. Females will remain out of visual contact of all male detainees at all times, to include movement to water points and hygiene facilities.

g. Two female guards will perform a strip search to ensure detainee has no contraband

before entering Compound V. The search will be conducted out of sight of adult male detainees and employ only search techniques listed below in order of preference. A Female

Guard with witness present or female medical personnel with a witness present. The Compound V Commander may authorize alternate methods of search if required under the

circumstances.

h. If security requires a physical search, Compound V guards shall employ the following search techniques.

(1) Use gloved hands

(2) Avoid fingertip contact with genitalia, buttocks and breasts

(3) Use knife-edge hand or back-of-the-hand techniques to search sensitive areas

(4) Avoid removing the headgear of female detainees and use “pat-down” techniques

as opposed to the “crunch” method during manual searches of the head and neck.

i. All females will provide a urine sample for pregnancy testing. If a pregnancy is

discovered, the Compound V Commander will direct all further disciplinary activity. NOTE:

Guards will NOT use Non-Lethal (NL) ammunitions or weapons on pregnant

detainees.

j. Female Juveniles defined as persons who have not yet reached 18 years of age, will

be in-processed and cared for in accordance with the rules for female detainees set out above. Female juveniles will be housed with the adult female detainee population.

(1) In addition to the requirements found in AR 190-40, reports will also be submitted

to meet the Commander’s Critical Information Requirements, Friendly Forces Information Requirements (FFIR) for Detainee Operations and upon arrival or report of planned transfer

of a Female detainee to Facility.

(2) All initial reports of female detainee arrival will be immediately submitted to J3 telephonically.

2. Juvenile Detainees


37


a. A Juvenile is a child who is at least 9 years old but is younger than 18 years old.

Juveniles, or those suspected of being juveniles, will be detained in an area separate from adults.

b. No child under the age of 9 will be detained as a security internee without

immediately notifying the DCG-DO. If a child’s age is in question, the detaining unit will immediately seek assistance from medical authorities to determine the child’s age. If a

detaining unit suspects that a child under the age of 9 yrs old poses a security threat, they will immediately seek guidance from the DCG-DO.

c. Juvenile detainees shall be segregated from adult detainees. When possible, a

juvenile detainee who is detained with a parent should be segregated with the parent.

3. American Citizens (AMCITs)

a. The term AMCIT applies to U.S. citizens or individuals claiming to have been born in, or to be a national or resident alien of, the United States (i.e., including all dual U.S.

citizens), regardless of other nationalities or citizenship. The triggering event for all DoD reporting and processing requirements regarding AMCITs is “capture and detention.

b. A putative AMCIT will be processed as a security internee, including timely

notification to the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC). If reasons of imperative military necessity require limiting ICRC access as a temporary measure, formally

notify the Under Secretary of Defense for Policy through USCENTCOM and the MNF-I SJA.

c. When an AMCIT is detained, a DSB must be convened to determine the AMCITs

status. The DSB is convened by CDR MNF-I and consists of 3 US military officers, following procedures consistent with Army Regulation 190-8, Section 1-6, and the "Global Screening

Criteria for Detainees."

d. TF 134 will provide the President of the Board with all information available

concerning the circumstances of the AMCITs initial detention. TF 134 will provide an intelligence assessment of the AMCIT, and will request and provide the DSB with a

USCENTCOM C2X vetting. The Board may not make a recommendation as to status until the President of the Board receives the CENTCOM C2X vetting. Each detainee shall be

given at least 3 days notice of the DSB, to include the reason for detention and the unclassified factual basis to be used by the Board to determine the detainee’s status. In

addition, the detainee will be notified of the following rights:

(1) The right to be present at all opens sessions of the Board.

(2) The right to testify or not to testify.

(3) The right to a personal representative to assist the detainee at the hearing if the personal representative is reasonably available.


38


(4) The right to present evidence, including the testimony of witnesses who are reasonably available.

(5) The right to examine and cross-examine witnesses.

(6) The following procedures apply at Board hearings:

A. All relevant evidence, including hearsay evidence, is admissible. The Board

hearing is not adversarial. A recorder may present evidence to the Board. Witnesses will testify under an oath or affirmation to tell the truth.

B. The Board's decisions are determined by a majority of voting members.

C. The board determines the detainee’s status as follows:

1 Enemy Combatant. For purposes of the war on terrorism an enemy

combatant includes but is not limited to an individual who is a member or agent of Al Qaeda, the Taliban, or another international terrorist organization against which the United States or

its Coalition partners are engaged in armed conflict.

2 Security Internee. An individual detained because there exist reasonable grounds to believe he or she poses a threat to security or stability in Iraq. Reasonable

grounds consist of sufficient indicators to lead a reasonable person to believe that detention is necessary for imperative reasons of security, e.g. that the person poses a threat to MNF-I

or Iraqi security forces, or to the safety of civilians in Iraq, or that person otherwise poses a threat to security and stability in Iraq.

3 Innocent Civilian. An individual who should be immediately released

because there are no reasonable grounds to believe that he or she poses a threat to security or stability in Iraq; detention is not necessary for imperative reasons of security, e.g.

the person does not pose a threat to MNF-I or Iraqi security forces, or to the safety of civilians in Iraq, or is otherwise not a threat to security and stability in Iraq.

e. (S//NF) Findings of the Board. The President of the Board must submit the findings

and recommendations of the Board to MNF-I SJA within 28 days of the AMCITs capture and detention. MNF-I SJA will forward the findings and recommendations of the Board with

supporting documentation to CENTCOM SJA for transmission to the Under Secretary of Defense for Policy, through the Director, Joint Staff. All appropriate intelligence and law

enforcement background checks must be completed prior to deciding to release any detained AMCIT. MNF-I shall ensure USCENTCOM vets each AMCIT under consideration

for release prior to any decision to release. If the CDR, MNF-I orders the release of an AMCIT, TF 134 will notify CENTCOM, through operational channels, of the intent to release

72 hours prior to the release date. All releases will occur after coordination with GOI.


39


f. Post-DSB Reviews of the Detention of an AMCIT. All detained AMCITs shall have

their cases reviewed at least every 6 months to determine if they continue to pose a threat to the security and stability of Iraq. AMCIT cases may not be reviewed through the same

process as other detainees.

g. Access to Detainees who are US Nationals. CDR MNF-I is the approval authority for USG investigative agency requests for access. CDR USCENTCOM is the approval

authority for all other requests for access to AMCIT detainees. Notice shall be provided to USCENTCOM of any telephone calls made or received by AMCITS while in DOD control.

4. Third Country Nationals.

a. TF 134 Legal staff will maintain rosters of all detained TCNs. These rosters will be

updated daily. The DCG-DO is the release authority for TCNs, subject to authorities reserved by the Secretary of Defense. Internment facilities will report daily on changes,

additions or deletions, to the TCN population by name from their respective facility.

b. TCNs will also be accounted for in the NDRS and BATS systems with all applicable data. Tracking will be recorded for the disposition of all TCNs. The Intelligence Community

(IC) will coordinate directly with the DCG-DO to provide necessary intelligence information and prevent an unintended release. The DCG-DO will also maintain records of TCNs

recommended for release as well as historical records for same.

c. TF 134 Legal staff will maintain systems to ensure information is readily available on each TCN to facilitate considerations for release. Prior to release, the Task Force Legal

Staff will ask TCNs to complete a TCN Detainee Release Questionnaire to determine if the detainees have any specific fears of persecution if released in their home country or in Iraq.

d. Immediately report to MNF-I through operational channels, all HVDs, AMCITS and

TCNs that are detained. All further notifications will be through MNC-I to MNF-I. Requests for release of TCNs shall be forwarded through operational channels to the DCG-DO staff

for review and further processing to CDR, USCENTCOM.

5. Members of the Media

a. If a detainee is determined or suspected to be a member of the media, the capturing unit will immediately notify the DCG-DO via a SIR. The SIR will include name, date,

circumstances of capture, capturing unit and current detention location.

b. If imperative reasons of security exist to continue detention, the detainee will be transferred to a TIF within 72 hours. Once at the TIF, JIDC will immediately conduct

interrogation and debriefing interviews and transmit an initial report to the DCG-DO within 6 days of capture.


40


(1) Processing and interrogation of the individual will be expedited. Within 48 hours,

a determination will be made whether sufficient evidence exists to continue detention.

(2) At the TIF, the media member will be in processed and issued an ISN. A MAGCELL review will be conducted. The JIDC will also commence with their interrogations

upon the detainee’s arrival. If it is determined that the detainee should be detained, notification of the reason for detention and right of appeal will be provided.

(3) If the media member is a TCN, procedures for processing TCN’s will apply.

6. Military Intelligence Hold Detainees

a. JIDC, or similar intelligence unit, has a reasonable belief that a detainee possesses

information which represents a real threat to the security or stability of Iraq, it may request that a detainee’s release be delayed for so long as is required to fully exploit that detainee.

b. MI hold is an exceptional measure and should only be used where continued

detention is reasonably likely to produce meaningful intelligence.

c. All MI holds continuing for 30 days or longer shall be reviewed by the DCG-DO or his designee and again every 30 days. Any request to maintain a MI hold for longer than 30

days shall include a detailed summary of the intelligence provided by the detainee and the prognosis for future interrogations.

d. If the JDRC, CRRB, MNFRC, or another entity tasked with reviewing the continued

detention of detainees, recommends that a detainee who is on MI hold be released, the JIDC or another equivalent organization shall, if necessary, ensure DCG-DO is provided

with information detailing the need to continue the MI hold and postpone the detainee’s release. No person may be detained unless they pose a threat to the security and stability of

Iraq.

7. Volunteer Internees

a. Temporary Detainees who do not wish to be released may request to become voluntary internees. The request must be approved by DCG-GO. Upon approval of the

request the voluntary internee will be transferred to the TIF.

b. Voluntary internment will normally be limited to situations of protecting the prospective internee from imminent danger. A person requesting voluntary internment may

be interned with the approval of the DCG-DO. An ISN will be assigned to ALL voluntary internees. Voluntary internees will be released by order of the DCG-DO upon the internee’s

request.


41


c. Temporary Detainees and Voluntary Internees will receive the same protections and

entitlements as security internees but may be interned under more favorable conditions as the situation dictates.

d. A request for voluntary internment does not preclude a detainee being processed

and treated as a security internee should evidence arise showing the detainee to meet security detention criteria. In the event such evidence materializes, the DCG-DO will be

immediately notified. The DCG-DO will then determine the detainee’s internment status.

TF 8 – Policy for Detainee Property Accountability

1. Detainee Property

a. In-processing of the detainee and the detainee’s property occurs simultaneously.

This section is for in-processing of the detainee’s property. Any reference to in-processing of the detainee is for understanding and clarification of the property intake process; this

SOP does not supersede detainee in-processing procedures. These procedures apply to all assigned, attached and/or operationally controlled personnel working for the United States

Army at the TIF.

b. Precautionary Statement. The individuals housed and detained at Theater Internment Facilities (TIF) are not prisoners and the TIFs are NOT an Army Correctional Facilities

governed by AR 190-47, Army Correction System. The Civilian Detainee (CI) detained at the TIF and any personal property is handled IAW AR 190-8, Enemy Prisoners of War,

Retained Personnel, Civilian Detainees and Other Detainees. Those detained at the TIF are to be treated humanely, with due respect, and afforded the rights and privileges afforded

their status by the Geneva Conventions at all times.

c. Forms. Use these forms to accept custody of captives/detainees and to account for property taken from captives during processing. These forms are also used: when

accepting captives or transferring them, to MI control medical channels, or to other detention facilities. For detainee transfers give the escorts copies of the applicable forms

and retain or forward one copy to the TIF Operations Section. (These forms establish positive accountability of captives/detainees and their property and can be used later to

substantiate proper care and treatment.) Give captives copies of receipts for property that is seized.

(1) DD Form 629, Receipt of Prisoner or Detained Person

(2) DD Form 1131, Cash Collection Voucher

(3) DA Form 1130-R, Statement of Prisoner’s Personal Deposit Fund Account and

Request For Withdrawal of Personal Funds


42


(4) Form 1131-R, Prisoner’s Cash Account Personal Deposit Fund

(5) Form 1132-R, Prisoner's Personal Property List--Personal Deposit Fund

(6) Form 1133-R, Personal Property Transmittal Slip Personal Deposit Fund

(7) Form 2677-R, Civilian Detainee Identity Card

(8) DA Form 2823, Sworn Statement

(9) DA Form 3161, Request for Issue or Turn-In

(10)DA Form 4137, Evidence/Property Custody Document

(11)DA Form 4237-R, Detainee Personnel Record

d. Property Overview. When the detainee arrives at the TIF In-Processing Holding Area

(IHA) the individual has, in most cases, already been in the custody of U.S. Forces for a period of time at a BHF or DHF prior to transfer to a TIF. The TIF is not routinely taking and

storing “evidence”. The Iraq court does not require the physical object as evidence in its criminal proceedings. The Iraq court uses photographs taken at the capture site as

evidence. It is important to understand that the TIF is not storing “evidence”, but rather taking “personal property” of detainees into care for safekeeping. There is no requirement

for “chain of custody” documentation (DA Form 4137) to satisfy the evidence requirements for court exhibits. The DA Form 4137 is used in detainee operations when some or all of

the detainee’s property is removed from IHA property control by another military organization such as JIDC or MI. The DA Form 4137 will track the property until it is

returned to IHA property control OR a determination is made that the property is of military intelligence value. If the property is returned designated as military property it will be

immediately reclassified as “confiscated” and turned in thru supply channels using DA Form 3161. Types of Property: Property is classified into three types:

(1) Rejected Property consists of items the TIF will not accept from capturing units.

These include weapons, explosives, pyrotechnics, vehicles, sealed containers of any sort which may not be opened and inventoried, as well as any other item deemed to present

undue safety conditions into the IHA.

(2) Retained Property is property which the prisoner is permitted to keep. Examples of this type property are health and comfort items, rank and national insignia, identification

cards and tags, religious medals, personal jewelry, and items of personal sentimental value such as photographs. It also includes such military items as protective masks, helmets, and

eating utensils (less knives and forks). The Facility Commander at the TIF has written policy which must be referred to concerning retained property. The Facility Commander, by policy,

has ordered certain personal property impounded for the safety of the other detainees or MP guards.


43


(3) Impounded Property consists of items taken from the prisoner that will later be returned to him, usually upon his release. This would include such items as Cameras,

Radios, Currency, and Negotiable instruments. Any item in this-category that is seized must be receipted for. A copy is provided to the prisoner.

(4) Confiscated Property is property that has been seized without any intention of its

return. Normally, it will consist of military items. Examples include weapons, ammunition, maps, communications equipment and documents and items of intelligence value. Property,

including documents, that has been confiscated must be inventoried and turned in thru supply channels for final disposition.

e. NOTE. Currency is only confiscated on a commissioned officer’s order (IAW AR

190-8), and must be accounted for on DD Form 1131, U.S. currency or DA Form 1132-R for foreign currency.

2. General Property Procedures

a. The following information and procedures govern the receipt, storage, issue,

safeguarding, and accountability of all detainee property upon arrival or release at the Internment Facility. All detainee property will be properly accounted for from the point of

capture to return to the detainee upon the detainee’s release or other disposition IAW SOP.

b. Prior to arrival at the TIF IHA for in-processing, the capturing unit should have inventoried, documented, and properly secured the detainee’s personal property. The

appropriate form for this process is DA Form 1132-R. Rejected Property as described above shall be disposed through the appropriate channels by the capturing unit, as it will not

be accepted by the TIF.

c. The detainee property is inventoried by the detainee with the help of a translator and documented, according to category, on the proper form. The property will be turned into the

property room marked with the detainee’s name and ISN number. A copy of all forms will be placed in the detainee's file; a copy of the DA Form 1132-R will be put in the detainee’s

impounded property container.

d. If property is to be removed from the IHA property custodian by MI, JIDC, or any other military entity, the items to be taken will be issued and receipted using DA Form 4137.

A DA Form 4137 will accompany the removed property until the property is returned to the IHA property custodian. Property returned to storage for safekeeping will be annotated on

the DA Form 4137 and placed in the Detainee’s file; if the property has been determined to be military in nature or other otherwise confiscated the IHA property custodian will accept

the property, place the DA Form 4137 in the detainee’s file and update DA Form 1132-R.

e. Property is retained, impounded, or confiscated. Property to be impounded is listed on DA Form 1132-R, using supplemental sheets if necessary. If the property is to be


44


retained by the detainee it is listed on DA Form 2823 (sworn statement) and returned (after

the in-processing is completed) to the detainee. Property to be confiscated is listed on DA Form 3161, Request for Issue or Turn-In, to account for confiscated items that will be turned

in and disposed of thru supply channels. Property, including documents, that have been confiscated should be inventoried and listed on this form.

f. Currency is always impounded; detainees are not permitted to possess currency. If

the currency is U.S. currency it is documented on DD Form 1131, cash collection voucher, to be turned in to finance IAW DFAS-IN 37-1 (AR 37-1 is obsolete). If the currency is

foreign the detainee is given the opportunity, asked, if he/she wants the foreign currency converted to the U.S. dollar equivalent (upon release the detainee will be issued the U.S.

dollar equivalent). If the detainee desires conversion the currency is documented on DD Form 1131 and turned in to finance IAW DFAS-IN 37-1; if the detainee does not want the

foreign currency converted it is stored for safekeeping (valuables are stored separately from other property) and returned to the detainee upon release, unless it is otherwise disposed of

by consent of the detainee (property including valuables may be released to next-of-kin or bona fide family member by consent of the detainee).

g. The Detainee is given a copy of DA Form 1132-R prior to transfer from the IHA to a

camp.

h. Detailed Intake Process for Detainee Property

(1) Retained Personal Property

A. Retained property is that which the prisoner is permitted to keep. Examples of this type property are health and comfort items, rank and national insignia, Identification

cards and tags religious medals, personal jewelry, and items of personal sentimental value such as photographs. It also includes such military items as protective masks, helmets, and

eating utensils (less knives and forks).

B. Detainees at the TIF are not permitted to retain personal effects that have been impounded by order of the Facility Commander. The Facility Commander has issued

a policy which impounds all personal effects which create a risk to the safety of other detainees or to the camp guards at the TIF. The detainees are allowed to retain only those

items identified by policy of the Facility Commander as retained personal property. Any national identification card will not be taken from the detainee at any time, unless another

durable (laminated) form of identification is provided, which includes particular and specific information that identifies the detainee from all others.

C. The Facility Commander may receive personal effects that a detainee is

permitted to retain, but which wishes stored. Once received, the item(s) will be processed in the same manner as the detainees impounded property.

(2) Impounded Personal Property


45


A. An inventory of personal effects that have been impounded will be entered on

DA Form 1132-R. On DA Form 4237-R, at item 35, enter “AR 37-36 superseded by

DFAS-IN 37-1; personal property listed on DA Form 1132-R.” The DA Form 1132-R will

be inventoried by the detainee or with assistance of an interpreter, and signed by the officer

in charge or his or her authorized representative and a copy given to the detainee.

B. The Detainee may be transferred to other facilities within the theater. The Detainee’s impounded property will be maintained for safekeeping at R-II. R-II is the

designated central in/out processing center and all detainees will return to R-II for out-processing prior to release.

C. Impounded Currency and Negotiable Instruments

1 The Facility Commander will impound all currency and negotiable

instruments found on detainees. Detainees are not allowed to possess any currency or negotiable instruments while in U.S. custody. The property custodian will maintain records

of all moneys owed to detainees. A copy of DA Form 1132-R is given to the detainee as the receipt for currency.

2 The Facility Commander, or designee, will complete, DA Form 4237-R

(Detainee Personnel Record), DA Form 1132-R (Prisoner's Personal Property List-Personal Deposit Fund), or a suitable local form for each detainee that had currency and negotiable

instruments impounded. The required information includes:

(a) Name, rank, and unit of individual issuing receipt.

(b) Name of detainee, internment serial number, and country served.

(c) Country and amount of currency in foreign currency denominations and U.S. dollar equivalency if readily available.

(d) Description of negotiable instruments including country of origin and

amount in currency of country of origin.

(e) Signature of issuing officer and detainee.

3 The Facility Commander, or designee, will store all negotiable instruments for safekeeping in accordance with AR 190-8 (Enemy Prisoners of War--Administration,

Employment, and Compensation). Valuables are stored for safekeeping separate from other personal property. The facility Commander may set forth policy establishing a specific

time frame by which the separation of valuables must be accomplished, thus allowing sufficient time to effect the transfer of detainee property to a family member through the

visitation process.


46


4 Upon detainee request, convert currency in the possession of the

individual to U.S. Dollars and annotate the conversion on the detainee’s DA Form 1132-R. If detainee does not request conversion of the foreign currency to U.S. currency, hold the

currency in safekeeping with other valuables belonging to the detainee. To accomplish the conversion, complete a DD Form 1131 (Cash Collection Voucher), for all moneys

converted. The commander will include on the DD Form 1131:

(a) Receiving office voucher number.

(b) Receiving unit or detainee facility of assignment.

(c) Printed name, rank, title, and signature of receiving officer.

(d) Name and Internment Serial Number of each detainee.

(e) Listing of currency units impounded.

5 Amount of U.S. dollar equivalency

(a) The Facility Commander, or designee, will report the capture of personnel who possess large sums of Allied/U.S. currency or negotiable instruments to

appropriate intelligence authorities. The military police brigade commander will appoint an investigating officer to determine if the detainee has a legal claim to the items. By SOP

“large sums of Allied/U.S. currency or negotiable instruments” is defined as five thousand dollars ($5000.00) or more.

(b) Pending the investigation the Allied/U.S. currency will be turned in to

finance using DD Form 1131. The Finance officer will deposit moneys for which an investigation is being conducted into Deposit Fund Account 21X6500. If the investigation

determines the detainee has legal claim to the currency the amount will be listed on the detainee’s DA Form 1132-R; if the investigation determines the detainee does not have

legal claim to the currency or it was gained by illegal conduct. The Facility Commander will, by memorandum, confiscate the currency.

(c) When the investigation is completed, the detainee facility commander

will forward to the field site/FAO a copy of the completed investigation. A written request to transfer the amounts held in suspense will accompany the completed investigation. Also

transfer any U.S. or Allied negotiable instruments for which the investigation showed no legal claim.

(d) Enter copies of the investigation and disposition reports/papers into the

detainee’s personnel record.

(e) POC for the Finance Accounting Officer is located on Camp Liberty at the Main Finance Office 242- 4629.


47


6 Confiscated Personal Property:

(a) Confiscated property is property that has been seized without any intention of its return. Normally, it will consist of military items. Examples include weapons,

ammunition, maps, communications equipment and documents and items of intelligence value. The Facility Commander or designee coordinates with MI or JIDC teams to

determine which confiscated items have intelligence value. Items of intelligence interest will be receipted to the appropriate agency upon request using DA Form 4137. Once

determined to be of no further intelligence value the personal items are returned to the property custodian. Confiscated items of economic value will be receipted to the proper

agency.

(b) Confiscated items of economic value will be receipted to the proper agency for disposal by supply action using DA Form 3161. The confiscated items are not

U.S. military property and are not to be annotated on or added to the unit property book

7 Confiscated Weapons and Ammunitions Disposal Procedure. Weapons and ammunitions are ALWAYS confiscated property. Exceptions to this rule must be made

by the first General Officer in the Detention Operations chain of command. Weapons and ammunitions must be disposed of by coordination with Explosive Ordinance Disposal

(EOD). EOD is located at Camp Liberty. The point of contact is the EOD S-3 at

242-4191/318-550-4323.

8 Detainee Consent to Release Property:

(a) A detainee may consent to the release of impounded property,

including currency, stored for safekeeping to family members. To release impounded property, the person identified by the detainee on DA Form 1133-R to receive the property

must be a family member. The Form indicates “sent to you” however, the impounded property is only to be turned over to the designated family member when personally present

for visitation purposes, and after the identified family member has signed the acknowledgement on the DA Form 1133-R. AND the detainee has dated and signed the

bottom of the 1132-R acknowledging return of the property.

(b) At no time will the following items be released to families:

(1) Weapons

(2) Ammo

(3) VBIED, IED, or bomb making material

(4) Counterfeit money


48


(5) Contraband

(6) Cell phones

(7) Evidence or potential evidence

(8) Anti CF/IG literature/propaganda

(9) Drugs

(10) Alcohol

(11) Medications not prescribe to an immediate family member

(12) Maps

(13) Stolen property

(14) Unsanitary or bug infested clothing

(c) At visitation, the designated family member must produce a valid

identification before property will be released to the family member. The family member and detainee will sign DA Form 1133-R at visitation which identifies the property to be released,

the person to whim it is released to and an acknowledgment that the detaining authority is no longer responsible for the property that is to be released. If either party refuses to sign

the form, the property will not be released.

(d) Return of Personal Property at Time of Release. A detainee upon release is to have all impounded personal property, including currency returned. The

detainee will inventory the personal property with the property custodian or designee and when satisfied the detainee will date and sign the bottom of DA Form 1132-R

acknowledging return of the property and relieving the property custodian of responsibility.

(e) Unclaimed / Abandoned Personal Property

(1) Many times the detainee is being released from internment he/she does not want to recover the personal property that has been stored. The detainee does

not want the personal property returned upon release; this is unclaimed or abandoned personal property. If the detainee indicates a desire to be released without recovering the

personal property or has been released for 120 days or more without requesting the property be returned then the facility commander, by memorandum, may declare the

property abandoned and dispose of the property thru proper procedure.

(2) If unclaimed/abandoned property was received prior to June 28, 2004 (date of Iraq sovereignty) and has economic value the property is disposed of by


49


DRMO (Defense Remarketing Utilization Office) located at Anaconda. If DRMO, by written

notice, declines receipt of the property then that property may be disposed of by order of the facility commander.

(3) If unclaimed/abandoned property was received after June 28, 2004

(date of Iraq sovereignty) and has economic value the property is disposed of by MNSTC-I (Multi-National Security Transition Command – Iraq) located in the International Zone,

Baghdad. If MNSTC-I, by written notice, declines receipt of the property then that property may be disposed of by order of the facility commander.

(4) If a detainee dies or escapes and has personal property in storage

for safekeeping the ICRC will be notified of the detainee’s status and the presence of personal property in storage. The ICRC will take possession of the personal property by

use of DA Form 4137 for return to the detainee’s next-of-kin. If the ICRC declines, in writing, possession of the personal property then that property may be disposed of by order

of the facility commander.

(5) Civilian Detainee Identity Card. Any national identification card will not be taken from the detainee at any time, unless another durable (laminated) form of

identification is provided, which includes particular and specific information that identifies the detainee from all others. Samples of such identification are the DA Form 2677-R as well as

the Detainee Identification Bracelet. Notation thereof will be made under item 36 of DA Form 4237-R. All identity cards will be weatherproof, and the detainee will be allowed retain

this identity card at all times.

TF 9 – Record Keeping and Accountability

To be published.

TF 10 – Segregation

1. Segregation refers to removing a detainee from other detainees and their environment for legitimate purposes unrelated to interrogation, such as when necessary for the

movement, health, safety, and/or security of the detainee, or the detention facility or its

personnel. Segregation is not an interrogation approach and is fundamentally

different from “separation” as defined in references (ii) and (jj).

2. Segregating by Detainee Classification

a. Factors to Consider. Detainees will be segregated taking into consideration such factors as security, safety, legal status, medical requirements, age, and gender. Unless

they have other family members in the same internment facility, juveniles will be segregated from the rest of the detainees subject to reasonable security concerns.


50


3. Segregating Based on Health and Safety.

a. Protective Custody for the Safety of the Detainee. At the request of the detainee, or for his own safety, protective custody may be ordered only by the Camp Commander.

Segregation is a measure of last resort, when alternate means of resolving the situation the situation are not available. Should segregation be deemed necessary for greater than 30

days, Camp Commanders shall request permission in writing, to include supporting justification to DCG-DO.

b. Segregation for Suicide Prevention. A detainee designated as a suicide risk will be observed on a 24 hour basis. Suicide risk detainees will be tracked with a DD Form 509

and checked on an irregular schedule with no more than 15-minute intervals. Cell assignment will be the segregation cell nearest to the guard desk. If more cells are

required, cell selection should be those cells nearest the guard desk/post. Detainees on suicide watch will have the following items taken from their possession: boot/shoe laces,

belt, razor, fingernail clippers, matches, cigarettes, brassieres (Females), panty hose (females), barrettes (females), and any other item that may be used for self harm. The

removed items will be inventoried, placed in a paper bag marked with the protected person’s name and ISN, sealed, and stored in the segregation block storage. Should

segregation be deemed necessary for greater than 30 days, TIF Commanders shall request permission in writing, to include supporting justification, to TF 134 Commander DCG-DO.

4. Segregation for Security Reasons. Normally, segregation for any reason may not exceed 30 days. TIF Commanders who deem that a detainee must be segregated to

ensure camp security and good order may authorize segregation for up to 30 days. Should segregation be deemed necessary for greater than 30 days, TIF Commanders shall request

permission in writing, to include supporting justification, to DCG-DO.

5. Segregation for Law Enforcement Purposes

a. Detainees in the custody of MNF-I are often investigated as criminal suspects. To prevent suspects in the same investigation from coordinating stories or from learning

counter-investigation tactics from other internees, law enforcement personnel may need to segregate detainees under investigation from the general population. This form of

segregation is solely to be used for the investigation of alleged crimes by law enforcement and is unrelated to intelligence interrogations or the technique of separation discussed in

MNF-I Policy 07-01 (Interrogation Policy), dtd 01 Feb 07.

b. Credentialed law enforcement personnel, including counterintelligence (CI) special

agents and federally certified polygraphers, may request that a TIF Commander place a criminal suspect in segregation for no more than 15 days.

(1) The law enforcement or CI agency will submit a request to the TIF Commander for an internee to be placed in law enforcement segregation. The request will describe the

nature of the investigation and why segregation is essential to the successful investigation of pertinent events.


51


(2) JDIC and Strategic Debriefing Element (SDE) will be copied on the request and

the response to ensure proper coordination of limited Special Housing Unit (SHU) cells.

6. Treatment While in Segregation. Detainees in segregation at all levels will receive the

following minimum basic requirements: 2 hours per day of physical exercise, access to approved books and writing material to write letters to family, and the ability to send and

receive letters and Red Cross messages.

7. Privileges for Segregated Detainees. No privileges will be revoked or restrictions be

imposed without clear documentation. No segregation measures will remove or limit the minimum care, custody and control measures for the humane treatment of detainees IAW

the Geneva Conventions. Specific restriction and authorization instructions are based on classification. Additional instructions will be included in part I, DD Form 509-E. When

authorized items are removed for custody and control reasons, an Observation Report will be submitted to the TIF Operations Center.

8. Records. A record of detainees segregated for more than 30 days shall be maintained by the commander of the detention facility and MNF-I SJA and shall be open to inspection

by representatives of the Protecting Power.

TF 11 – Detainee Discipline Policies

1. Procedures and practices will ensure humane treatment consistent with laws, rules, regulations and policies which afford basic human dignity and fair treatment. Successful

accomplishment of the mission requires some detainees be disciplined in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

2. No detainee will be denied the basic requirements as outlined in the Geneva

Conventions. However, commanders at all levels may use disciplinary techniques to maintain good order and discipline. To facilitate this objective, commanders will ensure that

orders are decisive, clear, concise, reasonable, capable of being obeyed, and given in an understood language. Commanders will promptly take disciplinary action when detainees

refuse to obey orders or to violate camp rules. Commanders will maintain humane, firm control of detainees by establishing daily and periodic routines and responses that are

conducive to good detainee discipline and control.

3. Under the provisions of AR 190-8, Enemy Prisoners of War, Retained Personnel, Civilian Detainees and other Detainees, 1 October 1997, paragraph 1-5(3), the punishment of EPW,

CI and RP known to have, or suspected of having committed serious offenses while in detention will be administered IAW due process of law and under legally constituted

authority per the GPW, GC, the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ) and the Manual for Courts Martial (MCM).

TF 12 – Use of Restraints


52


1. General. Leaders at all levels will advise subordinates on the proper and humane use of the restraint chair. It is the responsibility of all leaders to identify and report any suspected

cases of detainee abuse. In no case shall disciplinary penalties be inhumane, brutal, or hazardous to the health of internees. Account shall be taken of the internee’s age, sex, and

state of health. The duration of any single punishment shall not exceed a maximum of 30 consecutive days, even if the detainee is answerable for several breaches of discipline

when his case is dealt with, whether such breaches are connected or not. Identification by tattooing or imprinting signs or markings on the body is prohibited. Prolonged standing and

roll calls, punishment drill, military drill and maneuvers, or the reduction of food rations are prohibited.

2. Policy. Use of the Restraint Chair is strictly prohibited except under the following three

(3) circumstances:

a. To assist medical personnel in providing treatment to a detainee who has refused medical treatment;

b. To prevent the detainee from inflicting serious self-inflicted injury.

c. The CCTL may authorize the use of the restraint chair, upon his determination that

other forms of restraint such as hand and leg irons will prove inadequate, to transport a noncompliant detainee to the SHU, hospital or to a different security level.

3. Definition of Restraints.

a. Humane Restraint Chair. Military issue restraint chair which is used to temporarily

restrain a detainee so as to prevent him from inflicting injury on himself or engaging in conduct that endangers his own health or well being.

b. Serious self-inflicted physical injury. Conduct by a detainee that if not interrupted is

likely to cause death, loss of sight, broken bones, concussion, excessive loss of blood, or permanent damage to vital organs.

c. Five-Point Restraint. This technique uses 4 standard flex-cuffs attached to the wrists

and ankles and a fifth flex-cuff connecting all the flex-cuffs together. When performed properly the detainees arms are in front and the detainee will be placed in a horizontal

position on the ground.

d. Double Litter Restraint is PROHIBITED. This technique is performed by placing a

detainee on a litter or back-board and positioning of a second on top of the detainee in a

sandwich type configuration. Generally straps or rope are used to secure the litters or backboards around the detainee.


53


e. The restraint chair will only be used as a last resort when all other methods of control

are inadequate and pose an unacceptable risk of serious injury to the detainee or guard force.

f. The restraint chair is never to be used as a form of discipline or punishment. The

restraint chair is a tool available to personnel entrusted with safeguarding and maintaining the well being of detainees. Some examples of behavior that is causing or likely to cause

serious self-inflicted physical injury (i.e., cutting himself, beating his head against the cell ingesting toxic material). To prevent or minimize imminent or actual serious self-infliction of

injury or harm the detainee may be placed in the restraint chair IAW the procedures of this policy.

4. Escalation of Force

a. Escalation of Force Measures. When a guard force member observes a detainee

engaging in behavior that is causing or is likely to cause serious self-inflicted physical injury:

(1) The detainee will be WARNED that if he does not stop the behavior immediately, he may be physically restrained.

(2) If the detainee does not immediately stop the behavior, the guard force member

will contact the Compound Control Team Leader (CCTL) for assistance by the most expedient means without losing sight of the detainee.

(3) When the CCTL arrives at the location of the disturbance and the detainee is still

engaging in behavior that is causing or is likely to cause serious self-inflicted physical injury, the CCTL will WARN the detainee to immediately stop the behavior or he WILL be placed in

a restraint chair to prevent or minimize injuries.

(4) If the detainee does not regain control and continues the behavior that is causing or is likely to cause serious self-inflicted physical injury, the CCTL may order the detainee to

be immediately placed in the restraint chair IAW the procedures of this policy.

(5) When it is necessary to prevent imminent serious self-inflicted injury, or self-inflicted injury is in progress by a detainee, a restraint chair is authorized. The restraint

chair is only to be used as a means of regaining control of a detainee that is inflicting or attempting to inflict serious physical injury to their person.

(6) The restraint chair will be employed only for as long as necessary for the detainee

to regain control of himself and the detainee is no longer a threat to himself. The restraint chair will only be employed for a maximum of two (2) consecutive hours, unless extended

by proper authority.

(7) While the detainee is in the restraint chair he will be medically screened by a medic or CLS every 15 minutes. The detainee shall be immediately removed from restraint


54


if, in the opinion of the screening medic or CLS, continued restraint presents a serious

hazard to the detainee’s current physical health. The medic or CLS will document all observed injuries.

The Compound Control Team Leader is authorized to place a detainee in the restraint chair.

The CCTL will, within ten (10) minutes, report the use of the restraint chair up through the chain of command for approval by the senior officer on duty at the TIF Headquarters. At

any time during this reporting process an intermediate leader may order the removal of the detainee from the restraint chair.

(8) A detainee will not be placed in the restraint chair for more than two (2) hours at

any one time unless the time is extended by order of the TIF commander. The TIF commander may only authorize one (1) additional hour in restraint. After two hours in

restraint the detainee must be released from the restraint to evaluate the need for continued restraint. The detainee will be released and monitored for fifteen (15) minutes. If the

detainee has regained control and is no longer behaving in a manner likely to cause and is not threatening to resume harming himself, he will not be returned to the restraint, even if

approval for further restraint has been received from the TIF commander.

(9) Anytime the restraint chair is used, it will be documented on the blotter report and in DIMS.

(10) While in the restraint chair, the detainee will be constantly monitored by the

guard force and will be medically evaluated every fifteen (15) minutes. All medical observations will be logged in the blotter, detainee medical file and in DIMS.

b. The restraint chair and five-point restraint will not be used as a form of discipline or

punishment. Restraints should only be used as a last resort and only for the reasons outlined above. This policy does not prevent a guard force member from taking immediate

actions to stop serious self-inflicted physical injury or injury to others.

(1) Violations of this policy may be punishable under the UCMJ.

(2) This policy will be posted in every TIF operations center and reviewed at guard mount.

TF 13 – Combined Review and Release Board (CRRB) and Multi-National Review

Committee (MNFRC) and Theater Internment Facility Re-Integration Center (TIFRC)

and Joint Detention Review Committee (JDRC)

1. Combined Review and Release Board (CCRB), MNFRC, and JDRC, in General

a. In accordance with the principles of Article 78 of the Geneva Conventions, the purpose of the Combined Review and Release Board (CRRB) and the Multi-National Force


55


Review Committee (MNFRC) is to identify detainees who pose a security threat to the

government or people of Iraq or the Multi-National Forces (MNF) and continue their internment while also identifying those detainees who are not a security threat and who

should be released from detention. The goal is not to determine the guilt or innocence of a detainee. Certain detainees may be referred to a judicial process where they will be tried

under Iraqi law for crimes they may have committed. CRRB and MNFRC are completely separate from the criminal process.

b. CRRB and MNFRC are part of a larger detainee operations system within Task

Force-134 (TF-134). TF-134 includes the detention facilities, the Magistrate's Cell, CRRB, MNFRC, and the Criminal Court of Iraq Liaison Office (CCCI-LO). For the detainee, the

process begins when he is transferred from the field-level detention facilities to the Theater Internment Facilities (TIFs). His case is then reviewed by the Magistrate's Cell to determine

whether continued detention is appropriate, and if so, whether the detainee should be referred to the criminal prosecution process of CCCI-LO, or referred to the CRRB. The

CRRB and MNFRC are the largest review organizations in TF-134; they offer reviews for the vast majority of all MNF detainees. The CRRB and MNFRC decide whether a detainee

continues to pose an imperative threat to the security of MNF or the Iraqi government or people, based on the available evidence and/or intelligence and makes a recommendation

to the Release Authority (RA), of either continued internment or release. The RA is the Deputy Commanding General for Detainee Operations. All CRRB and MNFRC decisions

are recommendations to the RA and are not final until the RA acts upon them.

c. This is a multi-review system. In the first review, the CRRB conducts a review of a detainee's case file as soon as possible after capture. The CRRB board is comprised of

U.S. and Iraqi members. The CRRB recommends whether the detainee’s appeal should be granted (release the detainee) or denied (continue interning the detainee). All detainees

recommended to CRRB receive an automatic review.

d. The MNFRC conducts subsequent 6-month reviews. At these reviews, detainee cases that were voted for continued internment by CRRB or a previous MNFRC are re-

examined every 6 months from the date of the detainee’s last CRRB or MNFRC. The MNFRC is composed of U.S. members. At the MNFRC hearing the detainee is provided the

opportunity to be present and to discuss matters of his case with the committee. At the conclusion of the hearing, a recommendation is made to the RA based upon 3 options: 1)

Release with Pledge, 2) Unconditional Continued Internment, or 3) Continued Internment with Voluntary Participation in the TIFRC (TIF Re-Integration Center).

e. Release with Pledge involves a detainee pledging before an Iraqi judge that he will

not be involved in further misconduct, a violation of which is a misdemeanor under Iraqi law.

f. If the MNFRC makes a recommendation for continued internment, the committee may also recommend the detainee for participation in the TIFRC (TIF Re-Integration

Center). The TIFRC is implemented under the cognizance of the TIF Commander. Detainee participation in the TIFRC is completely voluntary. At the TIFRC, detainees will


56


participate in long-term education and valuable job training programs in a less restrictive

environment whereby they are prepared for possible release and re-introduction into Iraqi society. Detainees must have exercised exemplary behavior while interned to be

considered for approval.

g. Members of both the CRRB and MNFRC play a critical role in the system. They provide the due process review by assessing the evidence and intelligence and deciding

whether the detainee is a continuing threat to the security of MNF or the government or people of Iraq. Factors that CRRB/MNFRC members may consider include:

(1) The acts or circumstances leading to the detainee’s apprehension.

(2) Source intelligence for the apprehension.

(3) The reliability of the source that provided the intelligence.

(4) Detainee’s past and present affiliations, either with the former regime or a

present anti-Iraqi government group.

(5) Number and type of weapons involved or seized during apprehension.

(6) Potential for future criminal misconduct if detainee is released.

(7) The presence of other persons also detained at the same time.

(8) Detainee’s ability to influence others in his community.

(9) Detainee’s behavior and cooperation while at the detention facilities.

(10) The age/gender of the detainee.

(11) Any statements by the detainee expressing guilt and/or denying the accusations.

2. Multi-National Review Committee (MNFRC)

a. Paths to the CRRB. Cases generally arrive at the CRRB-Liaison’s Office (CRRB-LO)

through one of three paths and are then handled as described below.

(1) Magistrate Cell (MAG Cell)

A. The CRRB-LO provides the initial appellate review of determinations by the MAG Cell that an individual is a security threat and as such needs to be detained in the

theater internment facility. To carry out this process, MAG Cell personnel compile files on each security detainee and ship these files to the CRRB-LO.


57


B. Upon receipt of the shipment notice from the MAG cell, CRRB attorneys edit/review the MAG Cell case summaries (which are available on the TF-134 network

computer drive) for the files en-route to the CRRB-LO and then forward the case summaries to CRRB linguists for translation to Arabic.

C. The cases coming from the MAG Cell make up the majority of the docket for each weeks’ boards.

(2) CCCI Liaison’s Office

A. The CCCI-LO transfers files to the CRRB-LO when: (a) a case is not going to

be prosecuted at CCCI (non-referral); (b) a case against a detainee is dismissed (dismissal); or (c) the detainee has been convicted (conviction). When the CCCI-LO

transfers such cases to the CRRB-LO, a CRRB attorney reviews each file and recommends action according to the guidelines discussed below.

B. Non-referrals ≤ 6 months from date of capture: these cases should be

docketed for a CRRB.

C. Non-referrals > 6 months from date of capture: these cases should be forwarded to the detainees’ location (Camp Bucca or Camp Cropper) for a “fast track”

MNFRC.

D. Dismissals: these cases should be forwarded to the detainees’ location (Camp Bucca or Camp Cropper) for a Fast Track MNFRC.

E. Convictions: these cases should be forwarded to (a) the detainees’ location

(Camp Bucca or Camp Cropper) for a MNFRC if the conviction was disapproved OR (b) to TF 134 Legal Headquarters if the conviction was approved.

(3) TF 134 Legal Headquarters (Camp Victory): cases disapproved for expedited

release may be forwarded to the CRRB-LO from Camp Victory. These cases should be handled the same as those coming directly from the MAG Cell (see above).

b. File Preparation

(1) When a file arrives at the CRRB-LO, CRRB paralegals remove certain classified

material from the main 6-part folder and place it in a special folder (i.e., “green folder”). The green folder is removed from the 6-part folder during the board, but is placed back in the 6-

part folder at the conclusion of the board.

(2) Once the linguists have translated the summaries for each of the files into Arabic

(see above), CRRB paralegals ensure that the English and Arabic summary is placed at the

front of each case file before the file is taken to the board.


58


3. Board Day

a. Board Composition:

(1) The CRRB typically consists of two boards, made up of three or more members,

one CRRB attorney, and one linguist. While an odd number of members is not required, it is desirable as it prevents tie votes. When tie votes do occur, one American officer (in the

grade of O-4 or higher) reviews the file and casts the tie-breaking vote.

(2) When practical, each CRRB should be made up of American and Iraqi members. Each board is scheduled to have a majority of Iraqi members (currently two Iraqi members

per board) when possible. However, where there are insufficient Iraqi members to hold the majority, or the Iraqi members are unable to attend, the boards may proceed in their

absence (assuming that there are sufficient members to hold a board).

(3) The Iraqi representatives are provided by the Ministries of Justice, Interior, and Human Rights.

(4) The MNF-I Representatives (O-4 and above) are provided by MNF-I and/or MNC-

I. The number to be provided by each organization within MNF-I or MNC-I is set forth in a quarterly FRAGO.

b. Board Location, Time, Set-up:

(1) The boards are generally held on Sunday, Monday, and Tuesday.

(2) The American members commence promptly at 0900. The Iraqi members start

as soon as they arrive at the board rooms, generally by 0930.

(3) The Boards meet in the building next to the fire station and across from the Embassy Estates trailers across the street from the north gate of the Embassy.

c. Board Process:

(1) All panel members have the opportunity to review the detainee’s file.

(2) The detainees are not present, but they may submit written matters.

(3) All members of the panel are permitted to ask questions and discussion among

the members is encouraged.

(4) After reviewing the file, each member casts his/her respective vote (for continued internment or release) on a written ballot.


59


(5) The CRRB panel vote is a recommendation; the final release authority rests with

DCG of Detainee Operations.

4. MNFRC Board and Hearing Processes

a. Composition. The members of the committee consist of three US members, one O-4 or higher, one O-1 to O-3 or higher, and one E-7 or higher. Members from the Government

of Iraq may join the MNFRC committee at a later date and participate in the same manner as occurs with CRRB. An interpreter will be available when the detainee is present.

b. The committee reviews the detainee's file outside the presence of the detainee. The

file may contain a number of classified and/or sensitive items. A case summary may or may not be included in the file. If a case summary is present, the committee may use it as a

guide, but should review the information independently to develop a better picture of the overall case. Upon completion of the file review, the committee should generate a brief

synopsis of the case against the detainee (or use the case summary, if provided - reminder: only releasable information may be read to the detainee, under no circumstances should the

committee reveal or discuss any item not pre-approved for release to the detainee). The committee president should also query the other committee members for any questions to

be asked of the detainee.

c. After all the questions are formulated and the committee is ready, the detainee will be called into the room. The detainee will be informed of the committee process and the

purpose of the committee. The committee president will inform the detainee of the alleged misconduct with which the detainee is associated or which evidence suggests he

committed. The committee will also have access to documentation of the detainee’s behavior and actions while interned at the TIF. The detainee will be given an opportunity to

address the committee; however, the detainee will not have access to the file. The committee president should query the other committee members before dismissing the

detainee to ensure all questions have been satisfactorily answered. Once all committee members are satisfied, the detainee will be dismissed and the committee will vote.

d. The MNFRC members may consider many factors when reviewing the detainee’s

case, to include, but not limited to, the acts or circumstances leading to the detainee’s apprehension, the detainee’s past and present affiliations, the detainee’s potential for future

criminal misconduct, the detainee’s ability to influence others in his community, the detainee’s behavior and cooperation while interned, the age and gender of the detainee,

and any statements by the detainee expressing guilt or denying the accusations.

e. After fully discussing his case, the detainee will be dismissed and the committee will vote. The detainee will be advised at a later date whether he is recommended for release

with conditions, continued internment, or continued internment with possible participation in a vocational skills training program.


60


f. The detainee will be advised of the committee process, and will be sworn in. The

committee president will inform the detainee of the detainee’s alleged misconduct, and the detainee will be given an opportunity to address the committee.

g. During this hearing:

(1) The detainee may be present during all open sessions of the hearing; however, if

the detainee becomes disorderly, he will be removed from the hearing and the committee will continue.

(2) The detainee may speak if he desires to do so. However, if the detainee speaks,

he must be truthful. The detainee may not be compelled to speak.The detainee may present relevant evidence.

(3) If witnesses are called by the committee, the detainee may ask them relevant

questions, so long as he is respectful.

5. Joint Detention Review Committee (JDRC) Process

a. Paths to the JDRC. In determining which cases are due for a JDRC review, the JDRC attorneys will prepare an Application for Continued Internment. This document will

be prepared two months in advance of the upcoming board (i.e., the attorneys will prepare an application in January for those detainees who are due for an 18-month review in

March). The attorney will then email the application to the TF-134 Legal HQ JDRC Attorney, who will get the application signed by the DCG of Detainee Operations. Every

month, the JDRC attorneys will compile a list of which detainees are due for an 18-month review (measured from the time of the detainee’s capture). The JDRC attorneys will then

send this list to the JDRC paralegal, who will send the list as a request out to the various file managers throughout TF-134.

b. File Preparation

(1) JDRC attorneys edit/review the MAG Cell case summaries (which are available

on the TF-134 network computer drive) for the files to ensure that all information reported is accurate and then forward the case summaries to JDRC linguists for translation to Arabic.

(2) When a file arrives at JDRC, the JDRC paralegal will remove certain classified

material from the main 6-part folder and place it in a special folder (i.e., “green folder”). The green folder is removed from the 6-part folder during the board, but is placed back in the 6-

part folder at the conclusion of the board.

(3) Once the linguists have translated the summaries for each of the files into Arabic, JDRC paralegals ensure that the English and Arabic summary is placed at the front of each

case file before the file is taken to the board.


61


c. Board Day

(1) Board Composition

A. The JDRC consists of members from the following organizations with full

voting privileges: one (1) representative from the Ministry of Interior, one (1) representative from the Ministry of Human Rights, one (1) representative from the Ministry of Defense, two

(2) representatives from the Ministry of Justice, one (1) representative from the Office of the Prime Minister, and three (3) officers from Multinational Force with a rank of O-5 or above.

There must be a quorum present (at least six members present), three of whom must be Iraqi members. A tie vote constitutes a recommendation that the application be denied and

the security detainee be released.

B. The MNF-I Representatives (O-5 and above) are provided by MNF-I and/or MNC-I. The number to be provided by each organization within MNF-I or MNC-I is set forth

in a semi-annual FRAGO.

b. Board Location, Time, Set-up

(1) The boards are generally held on Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday.

(2) The American members begin arriving at 0900 to begin reviewing files. The Iraqi members start as soon as they arrive at the board rooms, generally by 0945.

(3) The Boards meet in the building next to the fire station and across from the

Embassy Estates trailers across the street from the north gate of the Embassy.

c. Board Process

(1) All panel members have the opportunity to review the detainee’s file.

(2) The detainees are not present, but they may submit written matters.

d. Conducting the JDRC

(1) The JDRC attorneys will coordinate necessary transportation for and escort of the Iraqi members and ensure that room is set up for the meeting.

(2) The JDRC attorneys will ensure each member has an opportunity to review each

file. All members of the panel are permitted to ask questions and discussion among the members is encouraged.

(3) After reviewing the file, each member casts his/her respective vote (for continued

internment or release) openly in the board.


62


(4) During the JDRC, the JDRC attorney will record the final member vote.

(5) The JDRC panel vote is a recommendation; the final release authority rests with

DCG of Detainee Operations.

6. Theater Internment Facility Re-Integration Center (TIFRC)

a. The Commanding General, Task Force 134 will continue to be responsible for all aspects of detention operations conducted at the theater level. In order to ensure efficiency

of command, he has developed the following lines of operation to ensure success.

(1) TF MP. This TF is responsible for Command and Control of Detention Operations for all Theater Internment Facilities (TIFs), Theater Internment Facilities

Reintegration Centers (TIFRCs); and Command and Control of the Protected Persons mission (Camp Ashraf) ISO and MNF-I. Provide security for the Central Criminal Court of

Iraq (CCCI) and the Iraqi High Tribunal, while providing support to the Iraq Ministry of Justice as required. Fully integrate Iraqi Correctional Officers and authority of all TIFs to the

Government of Iraq ISO UNSCR 1637 and 1723.

(2) Rule of Law (ROL). The Rule of Law LOO works in coordination with the MNFI TF Rule of Law to ensure that legal actions involving detainees are in accordance with Iraqi

Law and changes implemented by operational units for evidence collection are conducted by Iraqi Judicial Investigators at the point of capture. Once this is completed, all information

will be transferred with the detainee to the TIF for in-processing. At the end of the process, Rule of Law has worked, in coordination with the High Chief Justice, to ensure that

detainees eligible for parole understand that going back to the insurgency is a violation of Iraqi law.

(3) TF Legal. This task force works directly with the capturing units, the Judicial

Investigators and Central Criminal Court of Iraq to determine if evidence obtained at the point of capture is sufficient to bring criminal charges against the detainee in a criminal

court. The TF advises and oversees the entire process to include oversight of an Administrative Panel that notifies the detainee of his disposition, e.g., Release, Parole,

CCCI referral, TIFRC referral or confinement at Camp Bucca. TF Legal will also assist the TIFRC commander with the administration of Detainee Periodic Review Panels, to ensure

that the detainee’s rights under due process are protected throughout his time in detention. At the point that a detainee is eligible for parole, TF Legal will assist with the scheduling of a

hearing before an Iraqi Judge at one of the TIFRC for execution of parole at the point that a detainee is eligible for parole.

(4) Iraqi Correctional Officers (ICO) Line of Operations. Long Range Plans will have

ICOs facilitating day-to-day detainee operations but under U.S. supervision and managed by the ICO Line of Operations Program Manager. This individual will be responsible for

coordination with the Ministry of Justice for the recruiting, vetting and training of Iraqi’s in the area of corrections. In addition to basic training, ICOs will be selected for placement as ICO


63


NCO’s and lieutenants, Assistant Wardens and Wardens in the facilities. Facilities will be

initially staffed with core ICOs from Camp Cropper for the Baghdad area and a strong recruitment drive will be conducted to secure ICOs from the Al Anbar province. Training will

be conducted by U.S. forces in accordance with standards that have been previously agreed to between the U.S. and Ministry of Justice. Initial requirements for TIFRC

Constitution have identified the need for a 600 – 900 man guard force consisting of guards, NCOs, and lieutenants. For TIFRC Taji the initial requirement is for a guard force of

approximately 2000 personnel. Coordination with the Ministry of Justice is on-going and will be addressed through continued dialogue and engagement with key MOJ personnel.

(5) Health Services. Adequate health and dental care will continue to be provided to

all detainees in accordance with international laws, regulations and standards for care. The Medical TF assigned to will execute overall coordination over all medical facilities operated

in support of detention operations and in coordination with Medical Task Force 3. All efforts to contract medical coverage will be made to reduce RFF possibility.

(6) Dean of Programs. The Dean of Programs is responsible for the execution of all

services related to detainee rehabilitation and reintegration. This person will coordinate closely with the TIFRC Commander to ensure that services available to detainees are

provided in accordance with a published Plan of the Day and that each service area, e.g., basic education or vocational training has a detail program of instruction that accounts for

detainees’ time outside of their cell. The Dean of Programs will be assisted by a Local National Deputy Dean. The long-term vision is to transition this program to this individual

and allow for a full Iraqi team of administrators and supervisors overseeing the detainee rehabilitation program.

7. TIFRC Concept

a. Proposes to transform the Detainee Management Process from a warehousing

detention center into a rehabilitation and reconciliation center. This transformation will provide a highly structured environment that provides for the security of the detainee, safety

and reduced risk to U.S. and Coalition Forces, and Iraqi Correctional Officers (ICOs).

b. Detainees will be managed and processed through a Program of Instruction to facilitate rehabilitation with the opportunity for parole based on Iraqi law. The centralized

management of detainees will be decentralized through the establishment of Regional Theater Internment Facility Reintegration Centers (TIFRC) located in North, South, Central

and Western Iraq. A separate facility will be constructed for juveniles to be located in Baghdad will continue to screen and hold those detainees that are not reconcilable.

Irreconcilable detainees will be isolated and incarcerated in a manner that is identical to what currently exists within the Iraqi Correctional System.

c. By offering a highly structured environment, coupled with a path to reconciliation and

reintegration within Iraqi society, we believe that: we can assist in rebuilding Iraq and return


64


a detainee that is no longer a security threat to U.S. and Coalition Forces and the

Government of Iraq. The TIFRC will provide the following:

(1) Detainee In-Processing and Biometrics Collection

(2) Detainee Health Services

(3) Rule of Law “Due Process”

(4) Basic Education – Accredited by Iraq Ministry of Education

(5) Readings and Studies of the Koran

(6) Vocational Education – Accredited by Iraqi MoLSA

(7) Family Visitation and Outreach Program

(8) Guarantor Registration Service

(9) Judicial Parole

(10) Prison Work Program

d. This program provides an end-to-end process for detainee management and rehabilitation. The optimal environment will hold detainees for no more than one (1) year,

with periodic reviews conducted before an Administrative Hearing Officer to evaluate progress and whether or not the detainee continues to be a security risk.

e. MND Commanders have been allowed to remove a critical component of their

counterinsurgency process by removal of detainees from the battle space and warehousing at Camp Bucca. By not having immediate access to detainees, the commander has lost

valuable access to information on the insurgent’s social network and immediate feedback on intelligence information derived through interrogation. Placing a TIFRC and the detainee

back into the commander’s area of operations will increase his knowledge of the insurgency, factors and methods of insurgent recruiting and the ability to plan for, execute

and defeat the insurgency and AQIZ. The Commander or his representative will also be a voting member of the Review Process and the determination on whether or not the detainee

continues to be a security risk and eligible for parole.

f. TIFRC is inherently designed to be transitioned to the Government of Iraq. All positions and services designed within the TIFRC have been done with the clear goal of

turning over the entire operation to the Ministry of Justice and the Iraqi Correctional System. With the exception of Camp Bucca and potentially the facility located in the Al Anbar

province, these facilities have been designed for conversion to prisons.


65


g. Current detention operations are not assisting local commanders in executing their

counterinsurgency operations. Detainees are being removed from the battlefield and isolated away from the point of capture at Camp Bucca. This denies the local commander

access to the detainee for intelligence purposes allowing the insurgents to recruit, train and employ better fighters once released from detention. Due to these observations, the

Commanding General, Task Force 134 proposes to change the manner in which detainee operations are conducted, putting the detainee back into the area of capture and allowing

the operational commanders the ability to develop more robust and complete counterinsurgency campaigns.

h. Task Force 134 transitions current theater detention operations from large,

centralized, communal facilities to regional, celled, reintegration centers. Change detention operations at Bucca by creating a highly-structured environment for detainee rehabilitation

and reintegration back to Iraqi society. The final end state is to transition Regional TIFRCs to the Ministry of Justice Prison System.

(1) Government of Iraq understands why detainees are held by U.S. and Coalition

Forces.

(2) Detainees understand “Due Process” and why they are being retained by U.S. and Coalition Forces and what conditions must exist prior to being released and

reintegrated back into Iraqi society.

(3) All TIFRCs operations are conducted by Iraqis under U.S. supervision until directed to transfer complete control to the Government of Iraq.

i. Detention Lines of Operation

(1) Detainee Management. Detainee management will continue to incorporate ICOs

into day-to-day operations at the TIFRC. ICOs will perform all aspects of detainee management under supervision. This will allow for turn-over of the operation, to the MOJ

when directed.

(2) Detainee Health Services. Detainees’ will continue to receive the proper standard of care in accordance with MNF-I and international standards under the Geneva

Conventions. The detainee will be evacuated to an appropriate facility for medical care and then returned to the TIFRC when emergency services are required that are not available at

the TIFRC.

(3) Rule of Law. Currently, military operations against insurgents are not resulting in a high percentage of convictions through the Central Criminal Courts of Iraq (CCCI). Many

problems are encountered at the site of capture, compounded by the fact that the detainee is an Iraqi and was captured by U.S. or Coalition Forces. With the support of the GOI, Iraqi

Judicial Investigators will be relocated to the company level in all operational battalions. These Judicial Investigators will accompany these companies on military operations,


66


making it possible to collect evidence and statements at the point of capture to assist in

making the determination of whether or not sufficient evidence exists to allow formal charges to be brought against the detainee via the Central Criminal Court of Iraq. The

detainee will be processed through the system and if the Division Commander in the region of capture believes that sufficient information or actions have warranted transfer to the

TIFRC, the detainee will be processed and issued an Internment Serial Number (ISN). All detainee property and evidence will be forwarded to the both the Joint Debriefing

Interrogation Center (JDIC) for exploitation and to the magistrate’s cell for legal review and drafting of charges, if CCCI is viable. The detainee will be notified of an administrative

hearing date, assigned a BBA to act as his translator, shown the Administrative Hearing Room and shown a film to explain the process. At the Administrative Hearing, headed by a

U.S. Field Grade Officer, the detainee will be allowed to hear the charges brought against him and offer statements for consideration before the Administrative Hearing Officer. At the

conclusion of the Hearing, the detainee will be notified of one of five potential decisions:

A. Release

B. Parole with Guarantor

C. Referral to CCCI

D. Referral to TIFRC

E. Referral to Camp Bucca

j. If the detainee is sent to the Camp Bucca TIF or a regional TIFRC, the detainee will be periodically evaluated through the use of a Detainee Report Card. During this

evaluation, the detainee will be allowed to appear before the TIFRC panel. At the conclusion of the panel he can receive the following recommendations:

(1) Release

(2) Parole

(3) Referral to CCCI for violation of crime while in the TIFRC

(4) Remain in TIFRC and advance to the next phase of rehabilitation

(5) Referral to Camp Bucca for long term detention

k. When detainees are recommended for parole, they will be required to secure a

Guarantor. The Guarantor will co-sign with the detainee in front of an Iraqi Judge who will impose the conditions of parole and require both the detainee and the Guarantor to sign the

parole documents. A violation of the conditions of parole will result in the violation of an


67


Iraqi misdemeanor and subsequent incarceration at an MOJ Corrections Facility awaiting

trial.

l. Basic Education. The minimum education standards set by the Ministry of Education is for all Iraqi citizens to have attained a 5th grade education. All detainees will be tested to

ensure that they meet this standard. Based on the scores and other assessments, the detainee will be placed in the appropriate class. Classes will be conducted Saturday through

Thursday, with detainees either attending morning or afternoon sessions. Basic Education will be provided to the detainees in Phase II and Phase III of detention. Progress and

achievement to obtain the goals set in his educational program is an element in the detainee’s progress report that is evaluated by the MND Commander and his staff during

periodic review.

m. Education Management. Regional TIFRCs will hire and use Iraqi National teachers for all periods of instruction. All detainees will be provided course materials and supplies.

All course materials and supplies will be issued to the detainee upon entry into the classroom and returned at the conclusion of all classes. A 100% inventory of all materials

will be completed prior to the movement of detainees into the class area and prior to returning to their cells.

n. Education Curriculum. The following subjects will be taught in the basic education

courses:

(1) Reading in Arabic

(2) Writing in Arabic

(3) Arithmetic

(4) Civics

o. Juvenile Education. A juvenile program is currently in execution. The program will transition to the new facility once it is operational. As with the Adult Education Program,

juveniles that are sent to the MNFI as security risks will undergo an education level assessment. Juvenile detainees will be scheduled to attend basic, mid and upper level

education classes, leading to a certificate of completion of 5th Grade issued by the GOI Ministry of Education.

p. Readings and study of the Koran. All detainees will be evaluated on their knowledge

of the Koran by qualified religious instructors. Instructors will be local nationals if available, but at a minimum possess a thorough understanding of the Koran and Hadith. The

evaluation will assist in making a determination of the detainee’s Islamic ideology, e.g., moderate Sunni or Takfiri. A program of religious instruction will be developed based on

evaluation with the goal of informing the detainees as to the correct meaning and path of Islam. A Phase I and Phase II program, as detainees make progress; the detainee will be


68


allowed to move forward along the path to reconciliation. Periodically, throughout the

rehabilitation and reintegration process, the detainee will continue to be evaluated for his religious ideology.

(1) Vocational Education. A limited vocational education curriculum will be offered in

all TIFRCs. The curriculum will be coordinated with the Ministry of Labor and Social Affairs to ensure that detainees are offered training that could lead to employment in their province.

(2) Training in these job skills should provide employment opportunities in the

specific industry segment. When possible, detainees that obtain proficiency in a skill will be provided a certificate of completion issued by GOI MoSLA. This certificate will provide the

detainee with the opportunity of employment through MoLSA Employment Centers located in key metropolitan areas throughout Iraq.

q. Family Visitation and Outreach. Detainees are currently isolated from their family

which is counter to their culture and feeds into the insurgent’s recruitment strategy within the current TIF communal compounds. To correct this deficiency, has identified the need to

integrate the family into the rehabilitation and reintegration process. Family visitation and outreach centers will be developed to allow for weekly visitations by the family. The family

will be advised of the rehabilitation process and how they can assist their family member become eligible for parole or release. Incorporated in the Family Visitation Center will be

themes and messages that stress the reason for U.S and Coalition Force involvement in Iraq and the benefits of a strong, democratic GOI. Lastly, family members will be offered

basic medical and dental services on a case-by-case basis.

r. Guarantor Registration Program. As discussed previously, detainees are provided progress reports periodically. The detainee will be present at the Progress Review and be

able to interact with the Review Board. When the detainee is no longer considered an “Imperative Security Risk to U.S. and Coalition forces or the Government of Iraq”, the

Review Board will make a recommendation as to the disposition of the detainee. In those instances where a detainee is recommended for Parole, the detainee will be advised to

obtain a Guarantor from his tribe, preferably the Tribal Sheik. The Tribal Sheik will be required to register with the MNF-I DCG for Detention Operations. The Guarantor and the

detainee will then appear before an Iraqi Judge and agree to the conditions of parole. The Guarantor will be advised that he could be prosecuted for violation of the terms of the parole

for failure to ensure compliancy on the part of the detainee for the parole period specified.

s. Parole. When parole is recommended by the Review Board, both the detainee and the Guarantor will appear before an Iraqi Judge to be administered the conditions of his

parole and the requirement to have both the detainee and the Guarantor sign the Parole document. The detainee and the Guarantor will both understand the liabilities for parole

violation and that if detained again by U.S. or Coalition Forces, the detainee will have violated the terms of his parole under the Iraqi Penal Code and prosecutable under the

Central Criminal Court of Iraq. At the conclusion of this process, the detainee will be released from the TIFRC.


69


t. Prison Work Program. This initiative is required to ensure that the detainees remain compliant throughout their period of detention. This is requirement is derived from lessons

learned from the last time the U.S. executed large-scale detention operations – Koje Do. At Koje Do, the analysis indicated that many of the tensions could have been lowered if the

detainees had been employed in some sort of prison work program. The TIFRC Prison Work Program will follow two tracks – Track (1) Consists of manual or physical labor or that

part of the detainee population that can work in a physically demanding activity; and a work program for those that are elderly, injured or physically limited in their ability to perform

outdoor activities. At present, the current concept is to have the majority of the population work in a Cinder Brick Manufacturing program for resell through an Iraqi National

businessman. Track (2) consists of making carpets or other less demanding activities and again sold to a distributor. Detainees will be paid in accordance with AR 190-8 at the rate of

$1.00 per hour.

TF 14 – Detainee Transfer and Release

1. General. TIF commanders will ensure proper documentation of these operations for

positive control and historical record are maintained. All US personnel involved with these procedures will ensure persons detained by US Forces are provided with humane treatment

consistent with the Geneva Conventions which afford basic human dignity and fair treatment at all times.

a. Transfers Requiring Approval of DCG-DO

Commanders will ensure transfer and release procedures and resulting actions must

be documented in writing. Transfers of High Value Detainees and High Value Criminals from one theater level facility to another, transfers to or from the Iraqi Government (IG) or to

other Agencies outside the command and control (C2) of MNF-I must be approved in writing

by the Deputy Commanding General, Detainee Operations (DCG-DO). Any detainee held

at the HVD/HVC facility at Camp Cropper must have approval of the DCG-DO to be

transferred.

b. Capturing units are required to deliver captured detainees to a Brigade Holding

Facility (BHF) NLT 24 hours of capture. BHFs may hold detainees for no more than 3 days (72 hours). Division Holding Facilities (DHFs), may hold a detainees for an additional

eleven (11) days for a total of up to fourteen (14) days total (from time of capture), with an extension to no greater than twenty-one (21) total days with the written approval of the

CDR, MNF-I. Unless a waiver is granted all detained must be turned over to R-II, or another authorized TIF, and issued an ISN NLT their 14th day of capture.

c. Once an individual is transported to the receiving IF (BHF, DHF or TIF) by the

capturing unit, the Detention Review Authority (DRA), a military magistrate, will make an initial status determination based upon a thorough review of all accompanying


70


documentation from the capturing unit and all available military intelligence reports. This

status determination is made within the first seventy-two (72) hours from the individual’s arrival to the IF. The capturing unit must provide sufficient documentation that the

individual’s internment is necessary for imperative reasons of security to Coalition Forces or the security and stability of Iraq. Once the first seventy-two (72) hours has been exhausted

facility personnel will highlight for expedient release review, and forward the individual’s packet with all/any available apprehension documentation to the DRA. TIFs will not accept

custody of detained individual that do not have sufficient documentation. The TIF personnel may assist the unit with current custody of the individual with the completion of the proper

paperwork, but will not accept custody of the individual until the proper documentation is completed.

d. In accordance with Article 78, GC, the military magistrate notifies each Security

Detainee in writing of their status and the basis for internment. Security Detainees are afforded the right to appeal their status determination and concomitant order of internment

under Article 78, GC. If a detainee exercises this right by providing a written statement of appeal, typically in their native language, the statement will be translated into English and

included in the Security Detainee’s case file for consideration by subsequent competent review authorities.

2. Detainee Movement for Transfer between TIF’s

a. Transfer of detainees between TIFs is primarily accomplished by air movements

called Detainee Air Transfer (DATs). The movement of detainees to the airfield from the TIFs for the DAT movements is accomplished by bus. Each DAT has differences

depending on where they originate and end. This SOP outlines the essential steps and recommended procedures for successful completion of the movement.

b. The primary consideration when planning and conducting detainee transfer

missions is the security of the Soldiers conducting the mission and the security of the detainees that we are charged with transferring. Detainees must be treated

firmly and fairly and with dignity and respect throughout each transfer.

c. Resources. The following is a list of the minimum equipment needed and guidance on its use:

(1) Flexicuffs

(2) Flexicuff Cutters

(3) Tasers

(4) Taser holsters

(5) Shotgun


71


(6) LTL ammunition

(7) Blindfolds

(8) Hand and Leg Irons

(9) Hand Cuff Keys

(10) Latex (rubber) Gloves

(11) Garbage Bags

(12) MREs

(13) Hand Sanitizer

(14) Flashlight

(15) Medical Records and Detainee Medication

3. Personnel Requirements and Responsibilities:

a. Officer in charge (OIC). The OIC is responsible for planning each mission from receipt of the detainees to the hand-off to another unit. The OIC ensures all US Soldiers,

Detainees, and other assigned personnel are safe and treated with dignity and respect in accordance with all appropriate laws, regulations, and SOP’s.

b. NCOIC. The NCOIC is responsible for ensuring all personnel assigned to the

mission perform their assigned duties and for the accountability of all personnel, equipment, and detainees.

c. Guards. Guards are separated into two categories: Bus Guards and Air Guards. If

the mission and available manpower permit one solider may be assigned both duties.

d. Bus Guards. Bus guards must ensure each bus is searched prior to the loading of any detainees. This search must be thorough and systematic. The entire interior from top

(the overhead compartment) to bottom (under each seat) must be searched. Searches will begin at the back of the bus and work forward. After the interior is searched, the exterior

will be searched. This includes the storage compartments underneath the bus. Searches must be systematic to ensure nothing is missed. The Bus Guards must look for anything

that: (1) could be used to facilitate an escape, such as a cuff key; (2) anything that could be used as a weapon, such as a screwdriver; or (3) any form of contraband. Items such as

small sharp instruments (tacks, nails, handcuff keys etc…) are very small and could easily be hidden in an ashtray or between seat cushions. The Bus Guards performing the search


72


must also ensure that the curtains are drawn on the windows to prevent observation of the

detainees from personnel outside the bus and to prevent detainees from looking outside. The Bus Guards must also ascertain if the WC is operational and if the bus has operational

air conditioning. Once a bus has been searched, it will be loaded with water, MARC Meals (if applicable), man pack radio, personal gear and personal protective equipment (PPE).

Water (5 box minimum per bus) and MARC meals will be placed under the bus. The bus number will be posted in the upper right corner of the right front window (near the front exit

door). Bus guards must know how to open and close both doors on the bus in the event of an emergency.

e. Air Guards. Every C-130 flight will be composed of a minimum of six guards, one

medic and one interpreter. All guards will remain in IBA throughout the flight. There will be three guards in the front and three guards in the rear of the aircraft. Four of the guards will

have Tasers available and one will have an M4 in amber status. The other guard will have a M9 in amber status. The rules for the detainees on the aircraft are essentially the same

as rules on the bus. There are no latrine facilities available, blindfolds remain on throughout the flight and the detainees remain silent.

f. Search Teams. Search teams can also have other assignments as manpower

allows. Every detainee must be searched prior to being loaded onto a bus or aircraft for transfer. Like all searches, it too must be thorough and conducted in a safe and systematic

manner. Detainees will be lined up prior to being loaded for transfer and called forward from the holding area to have their ISNs verified. After having his ISN verified and checked

off the manifest, each detainee will have leg and hand restraints applied. Every detainee and their personal effects will be thoroughly searched. The search will be conducted from

head to toe, front and back. Arms, legs, pockets, waistband and footgear will all be searched. All documents, photos and Korans must be searched. Every reasonable attempt

is to be made to have assigned interpreters search the detainees Koran. TF 134 personnel must wear gloves when searching the Koran. The Koran will not be placed on the ground or

floor or moved away from the detainee. Searchers must check the application of all detainees’ restraints. Properly fitted restraints allow one (1) finger to slide between the

restraint and the detainee’s skin. Adjustments to the fit of the restraints, if necessary, will be made at this point. Each searcher must maintain positive control over the detainee being

searched at all times. Avoid placing yourself in a vulnerable position or unnecessarily exposing yourself to a detainee. Maintain situational awareness at all times. Do not allow

detainees to move about freely, especially behind you. Never move among a group of detainees without adequate over watch. Once a detainee is searched, he must be placed in

groups of five and then guided to the door of the bus or aircraft for loading.

(1) Detainees may keep the following items:

A. One Koran, without unauthorized writing

B. Photos labeled with his ISN or with the detainee in the photo


73


C. Official documents, such as trial documents, labeled with ISN

D. Personal letters labeled with ISN

(2) Detainees may not keep the following items:

A. Contraband

B. Anything that can be used as a weapon or to facilitate an escape

C. Blankets, towels or prayer rugs

D. Medication other than a prescribed inhaler. Mark any medication discovered

with the detainee’s ISN and gives it to the medic.

E. Excessive clothing. (i.e. extra jacket, wrapped in blanket, towels, etc.)

F. Cigarettes

G. Food

H. Any item being used for other than it’s manufactured purpose

g. Security Teams. The Security Teams provide over watch of the detainees when being loaded onto busses and during transfer from Bus to Aircraft. The security team will be

deployed in two rings of security. The inner ring is manned by personnel with LTL weapons facing inward. This team provides over watch for the search teams and processors. Each

member of the security element must position himself so that he/she has an unobstructed view of the detainees. He/she must also be familiar with his/her weapon and the Rules of

Engagement (ROE). The outer ring is armed with lethal weapons and concentrates on ensuring no unauthorized vehicles or persons approach the processing/transfer areas. The

larger the number of detainees the larger the security element must be.

h. Medical Teams. Every movement of detainees will have a medical team to coverthe following requirements.

(1) Doctor, PA, or Nurse (1). Must draw medical records and medications for every

detainee and accompany them to the transfer site for medical hand over and act as the leader of the medical team. They are responsible for the care and medical needs of the

detainees during the transfer.

(2) Medic assistant (1). Acts as the direct assistant to the Doctor, PA, or Nurse. Handles what ever medical and administrative needs are assigned to them by the medical

team leader.


74


(3) General Medics. The number of medics required is determined by the number of

aircraft being flown. There will be 1 medic on every aircraft while in transit with detainees. They are responsible for the medical care of the detainees while being moved.

(4) Processing Team. This team is responsible for all non medical paperwork,

accountability, and property (if any) of each detainee during all transfers and hand offs.

4. Loading Detainees

a. Busses. The NCOIC of the bus guard will count each detainee as they enter the bus. Two Soldiers on the bus with Non-lethal capability will assist the detainees up the stairs of

the bus and place them in a seat. The NCO in charge of each bus will maintain over watch from inside the bus during the loading process. The detainees should be loaded from rear

to front leaving an adequate buffer between guards and detainees. There will always be at

least three (3) rows of seats between the guard force and the nearest detainees. Juveniles

and detainees with special conditions will be placed toward the front of the bus as

well. Once the bus is full (typically forty (40) detainees) the detainees are counted and all

sensitive items accounted for (weapons, radios, etc). The bus can then be driven to the staging area.

b. Aircraft. Each aircraft is loaded 5 detainees at a time from front to back. The

detainees face to the rear of the aircraft and sit on the floor. The Crew Chief of the aircraft is responsible for putting down plastic and strapping in the detainees. Guards are to assist

the Crew Chief as needed to in strapping in the detainees.

(1) Staging Area. After all of the detainees have been loaded on the busses to be moved to the airfield; the detainees on each bus must be briefed on how they are expected

to conduct themselves. The detainees must be briefed on the guards’ expectations. They must be told that they are: (1) not allowed to talk. (2) not allowed to remove their blindfolds

or look out the windows; (3) may only use the WC if it is operational and only in cases of emergencies. If a detainee is allowed to utilize the WC on a bus, the WC must be checked

before and after the detainee uses it. Only one detainee at a time will be allowed to utilize the WC and detainees must ask permission prior to use. Detainees will be told that they are

to remain seated unless directed otherwise, and that they are to follow all instructions from the guards. Failure to comply with these simple rules will result in disciplinary measures,

such as, but not limited to, having their hands restrained behind their backs and/or being placed on the floor. Bus guards will conduct a radio check and final accounting of detainees

and all sensitive items before departure from the convoy staging area. If time permits, Soldiers may eat chow in the staging area. All weapons will be loaded in the staging area

as part of the preparation for SP. The OIC and NCOIC will conduct a final check prior to SP for 100% accountability of all detainees, personnel, equipment, and Medical records.

(2) Responsibilities of all personnel while in transit. All personnel must remain

alert. Bus guards will not be allowed to sleep on the buses. Two guards should observe the detainees at all times while the other watches the other vehicles in the patrol and the


75


driver. Bus guards will wear the ACH and IBA at all times while in transit. Bus guards will

not discuss any aspect of the operation in front of the detainees. Military personnel will treat bus drivers with courtesy and watch them for fatigue. Ensure that the bus driver(s)

maintains the proper interval during travel. The proper interval between vehicles is between fifty (50) and one hundred (100) meters. The interval will vary according to road conditions,

weather or tactical situation. Bus guards must monitor the radio at all times and know what actions to take in an emergency. Should an emergency arise, bus guards must know the

placement of their bus during a security halt. Bus guards must be firm with the detainees, but never withhold food, water or latrine use as a disciplinary measure. Guards may

escalate force only as required by the circumstances. All actions taken must comply with the rules for use of force and be part of a sequential escalation of force.

(3) Actions on the Airfield. As soon as the plane arrives the mission leader will

make contact with the crew and ensure that the aircraft is the expected flight. Once the flight has been confirmed the mission leader will notify the convoy element of the flights

arrival and direct the security element to establish outer circle security with tactical vehicles. These vehicles face out, away from the aircraft. The mission of the airfield security element

is to prevent unauthorized vehicles and personnel from approaching the aircraft. Upon establishment of this security, the buses will be called forward. The Inner ring security over

watch element will be established at the aircraft where the transfer will occur. This security element consists of at least two (2) guards with shotguns loaded with five rounds of non-

lethal ammunition. Detainees may be unloaded from either door of the bus. The bus doors will not be opened until security is established on the ground. A wooden step will be

emplaced prior to unloading to assist the detainees stepping off the bus. At no time will the blindfolds be removed from the detainees. It is imperative that OPSEC be maintained at all

times. For this reason two guard personnel will be utilized at ground level to assist detainees down the stairs and to line them up in groups of five. Two more personnel are

needed to escort the detainees and place them on the ground where they will be inventoried by ISN. If applicable, guards flying on the aircraft being loaded will place their gear near the

right side of the aircraft ramp. After all of the detainees are loaded, the guards gear will be loaded on the ramp as well as any equipment or records that are being transferred. The

buses with the detainees to be transferred will pull onto the tarmac to a point approximately 25 meters to the rear and centered on the aircraft. If there are inbound detainees, those

who were on the aircraft, must have their ISNs checked and must be searched. They need to be offloaded to the opposite side of the ramp as the outbound detainees. The OIC and

the NCOIC should adopt a uniform method of lining up the detainees and realigning them to eliminate confusion about whether or not they have been searched. They should be

searched in groups of five (5) and escorted forward to the empty buses in groups of five (5) starting with those closest to the now empty buses. This process is continued until all

chalks have been successfully loaded and all incoming detainees have been received in full. This includes, but is not limited to ISN verification, transfer documentation, property receipt

(if applicable), and Medical records. Note: new detainees being received from a capturing unit will not have Medical records or ISN’s.


76


(4) Flight Operations. Every C-130 flight will be composed of a minimum of 1 Guard

for every 10 detainees, one medic and one interpreter. All personnel will remain in IBA throughout the flight. The Guards are to be split between the front and rear of the aircraft.

The guards are to be armed with Tasers and LTL. One guard is to be armed with a lethal weapon and stationed to provide the best coverage of the aircraft. The personnel on the

flight are conducting a mission while in flight and are more than mere passengers, therefore, no sleeping is allowed during the flight. The rules for the detainees on the aircraft are

essentially the same as rules on the bus. There are no latrine facilities available, blindfolds remain on throughout the flight and the detainees remain silent.

(5) Transfer at Flight Destination. Upon landing at the destination, a detainee

exchange will take place between the designated units involved in the operations. The outbound detainees (those on the aircraft), must have their ISNs checked and be searched

by the receiving unit. Once security is posted, they need to be offloaded to the left side of the ramp in the 10 x 5 formation sitting or squatting on the ground. After security has been

posted, the inbound detainees, (those coming off the bus) need to be offloaded to the right side of the ramp. They will be placed in the same formation described above (10 x 5). The

OIC and the NCOIC should adopt a uniform method of lining up the detainees and realigning them to eliminate confusion about whether or not they have been searched.

They should be searched in groups of five and escorted onto the plane in groups of five beginning with those nearest the plane. The plane is loaded in the same manner described

earlier. Detainees, property and medical records are to be exchanged.

(6) Return from Air field. All detainees are to be further transported to the gaining TIF after all aircraft have made a final departure from the Airfield. The OIC should verify that the

last aircraft has left in order to ensure that an aircraft does not breakdown.

5. Medical Procedures

a. The medical teams from each facility are to ensure there is enough medical coverage for all the aircraft and busses. The Medical team from the originating airfield will fly the

mission to the transfer airfield with all of the medical records. At the transfer airfield they are to conduct a medical hand off of records and any medications needed. Generally they are

to fly on the first aircraft and return on the last aircraft.

b. Detainees with medical needs are to be marked with a red wrist band during all TIF transfers for easy Identification. Transfer OIC’s are to ensure that all known detainees with

medical needs are placed on the same bus and aircraft as the mission allows. NOTE: Detainees that are incoming from capture units will not have medical records and may not

be marked. The medics are responsible for asking the transferring guards if there are any known medical issues.

c. It is the responsibility of all officers and NCOs to ensure that these standards are

always maintained. On-the-spot corrections must be made immediately to ensure a safe operation.


77


6. Release

a. This policy provides specific controlled procedures for the release of detainees. TIF commandants will ensure proper documentation of these operations for positive control and

historical record are maintained. All US personnel involved with these procedures will ensure persons detained by US Forces are provided with humane treatment consistent with

the Geneva Conventions which afford basic human dignity and fair treatment at all times.

b. Detainee releases must be the result of proper approval and also documented in writing from the proper authorities. Approved recommending authorities include the High

Value Detainee Special Review Committee (HVDSRC), the Combined Review and Release

Board (CRRB), the Detention Review Authority (DRA), releases in place or special releases.

Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) designated Blacklist (BL) numbers 1 through 55 require written approval of the Secretary of Defense to be released. The release of TCNs will be

approved in writing by the CDR, USCENTCOM. All other releases fall under the approval of the CDR, MNF-I, or as properly delegated to the DCG-DO.

c. With the approval of the first O6 in the chain of command, capturing units (including

detainees held in the Brigade Holding Facilities (BHF) and Division Holding Facilities (DHF) may “release in place” detained individuals prior to their arrival, reception and in-processing

at the TIF. TCNs may not be released at any level without the concurrence of the USCENTCOM CDR, and the approval of the DCG-DO. Releases in place are necessary

due to often large numbers of captures to which there may be insufficient evidence demonstrating the particular detainee is a security risk, or was a participant to any criminal

act.

d. All releases must be conducted in such a manner as to ensure proper accounting for and safeguarding of detainees during the process. All force protection and security

measures must be considered in the planning and execution of release operations. The process must be structured to best facilitate the detainee’s transition back to the Iraqi

society. Release reports must reflect the total releases by name, ISN and other detailed information in the form of a roll up for accountability. BATS and NDRS must be updated

immediately upon action to assure the validity of the database.

e. Detainees at theater level internment facilities may only be released by the CRRB, MNFRC, or JDRC (with DCG-DO approval), or by a special release request approved by

DCG-DO. Guarantors/Sponsors are an Iraqi Government responsibility and detainees identified for conditional release will not be released until a guarantor/sponsor has been

confirmed or a special waiver received from the DCG-DO.

f. Large scale releases of detainees will be coordinated by DCG-DO staff. Capturing Divisions/MSCs will be provided the master release roster and timeline of events at least

four days prior to the release date so that they may coordinate the detainee’s movement


78


from R-II to the point of capture. MSCs will be required to provide security escorts for

detainee bus(es) from R-II to a pre-determined release point within their respective AOR.

g. MSCs may submit requests for the special release of detainees from TIFs (outside the timeframe of their scheduled review by the CRRB), to support information operations

campaigns and/or to improve community relations to the DCG-DO. The DCG-DO staff will coordinate with C2X, CCCI, CID, and the JIDC to confirm that the release should be

approved.

h. Proper documentation is critical to release operations and will be completed when detainees are released from TIF. Detainees will sign forms that are in their native language

and at minimum include:

(1) Guarantor/Sponsor agreement (MNF-I Form 134-1). Detainees selected for conditional release with guarantor/sponsor will sign the form (four original signature copies)

in the appropriate space. Signed forms will be forwarded to the Iraqi Government (IG), through DCG-DO Legal, for confirmation of a guarantor/sponsor. Once completed, three

original copies will be retained by the IG and one original copy is placed in the detainee’s file. A photocopy of the completed document will be provided to the receiving MSC at the

time of release.

(2) Conditional release agreement (MNF-I Form 134-2). Detainees selected for conditional release will sign the form (four original signature copies) in the appropriate

space. Signed forms will be forwarded to the IG, through DCG-DO Legal, to obtain the signature of the guarantor/sponsor. Once completed, three original copies will be retained

by the IG and one original copy is placed in the detainee’s file. A photocopy of the completed document will be provided to the receiving MSC at the time of release.

(3) Detainee declaration (MNF-I Form 134-3). All detainees released from theater

level internment facilities will sign the form, checking the appropriate box as it applies to any allegations of abuse. Any allegation of abuse during detention will require investigation by

CID. (See Detainee abuse reporting and investigation). The original signature copy will be maintained in the detainee’s file.

7. Types of releases include.

a. Expedited Release. Detainees are considered for expedited releases when there is

insufficient information in their files to justify continued internment. TF 134 Executive Officer (XO), TF 134 Legal Magistrate Cell, and TF 134 Legal Headquarters recommend files for

expedited releases. Expedited Release approvals are released on Saturdays at Entry Control Point (ECP) 5 “BIAP”upon completing Release Determination Council (RDC).

b. Special Release. Detainees are considered for special release by TF 134 XO and

DCG-DO. Special Release approvals are released on Saturdays at Entry Control Point


79


(ECP) 5, unless special coordination is made with capture units or higher headquarters.

Special Releases do not have to complete the RDC.

c. Compassionate Release. Detainees are considered for compassionate release if they have extreme medical conditions. TF 134 Medical identifies candidates for

compassionate release. Compassionate Release approvals are released on Saturdays at Entry Control Point (ECP) 5 if the detainee’s family is able to pick up. Medical evacuation

(MEDEVAC) to a medical facility is warranted. MEDEVAC is coordinated by the Combat Support Hospital (CSH).

d. Verification of Detention (MNF-I Form 134-4) will be completed.

e. Re-integration Program. Except for special circumstances, detainees will participate

in Phase III of the Reintegration Program Prior to their Release.

f. Release of property to Detainees

(1) Items listed as contraband will not be returned

(2) Personal property will be inventoried and returned to the detainee using. DA Form 1132-R. The detainee will sign for the return of all personal property upon

release.

TF 15 – Detainee Operations Rules on Use of Force (RUF)

1. General. Coalition forces will use the minimum amount of force necessary to repel or

apprehend a subject, prevent escape or quell a disturbance. Nothing in these rules limits the inherent authority and obligation to take all necessary and appropriate action for the self

defense of the individual, the unit, and Coalition forces. RUF ensures persons detained by US Forces are provided with humane treatment consistent with the Geneva Conventions

which afford basic human dignity and fair treatment at all times.

2. Use of Force

a. Hostile Act/Hostile Intent: The Use of Force against detainees is authorized when necessary to restore order in a Theatre Internment Facility or in response to Hostile Acts or

actions showing Hostile Intent by detainees. Hostile Act and Hostile Intent have the following definitions:

(1) Hostile Act - an attack or other use of force against US, coalition forces, or ICO or

a use of force that directly precludes/impedes the mission/duties of US, coalition forces, or ICO.


80


(2) Hostile Intent - the threat of imminent use of force against US, coalition forces, or

ICO or the threat of force to preclude/impede the mission/duties of US, coalition forces, or ICO (for example, crossing into a restricted area).

b. Use of Deadly Force. Deadly force is authorized only in the following circumstances:

(1) When necessary to protect self, coalition personnel, or ICO from imminent serious

injury or death.

(2) When necessary to protect detainees from imminent serious injury or death.

(3) When an escaping detainee has breached the Theatre Internment Facility’s outermost fence or barrier and no other means are available to stop the escape.

c. If you must fire, follow the following rules:

(1) Warning shots are not authorized

(2) Fire only aimed shots at positively identified targets

(3) Fire no more rounds than necessary

(4) Fire with due regard to innocent bystanders

(5) Take reasonable efforts not to destroy property

(6) Stop firing as soon as the situation permits

d. Minimum Amount of Force Necessary: In every situation, use the minimum amount

of force necessary to neutralize the threat or restore order.

e. Inherent Right to Self-Defense: Nothing in these Rules for the Use of Force limits a Soldier’s inherent right to defend themselves or others from imminent harm, injury, or death.

f. Use the following levels of force as part of a graduated response to the situation:

(1) Verbal Persuasion

(2) Show of Force

(3) Use of Aerosol Irritant Projectors (OC Spray) or Tasers

(4) Use of Physical Force - Other than Weapons Fire

(5) Presentation and Use of Non-Lethal Weapons


81


(6) Presentation and Use of Deadly Force

g. Always use the minimum amount of force necessary. However, you may skip to a higher level of force without using a lower level first if the situation requires it.

h. The situation will dictate the type and amount of force to be used. The situation will be continuously evaluated to help determine what force to apply. Some questions to

continuously assist with the evaluation are:

(1) Does the event significantly/dangerously disrupt the good order and discipline within the TIF?

(2) Is the current level of force (lower level) working?

(3) What could be the outcome if a particular force is applied?

(4) Can a lower level of force be used?

(5) Does the situation constitute imminent danger of death or serious injury?

i. Verbal Persuasion. May be used at the onset of verbal altercations between

detainees or between detainees and staff members. Verbal persuasion will be used to order disorderly detainees to return to their living areas, or order an unruly detainee in segregation

to surrender property or prepare to be placed in restraints.

(1) Verbal persuasion is the lowest level of force.

(2) Verbal persuasion is used together with inter-personal communication skills to direct disorderly detainees to cooperate with staff and follow orders issued.

(3) Interpreters will immediately be called to a scene to assist in verbal persuasion.

j. Show of Force.

(1) A show of force is used to show disorderly detainees that the security personnel

can stop a disturbance.

(2) A show of force includes presentation of individual weapons such as Non-Lethalshotguns, FN-303s, tasers, or OC canisters. Chambering a Non-Lethal round is a

form of show of force.

(3) A show of force also includes calling the IRF or additional personnel to the scene. These personnel monitor the situation and are prepared to resort to the use of force if

necessary.


82


k. Chemical Aerosol Irritant Projectors/ Tasers: Use of oleoresin capsicum (OC) cayenne pepper spray and Tasers (as applicable), are authorized under the following

circumstances:

(1) If a detainee is unruly and is known to have a weapon in his/her possession.

(2) The detainee cannot be approached without risk of serious physical injury to the detainee or others, or the approach would result in a major disturbance or serious damage

to property.

(3) Lesser means to control the situation have failed or cannot reasonably be employed.

(4) Personnel will not be permitted to perform this task until they have received

instruction on its use, applicable regulations and local SOPs. Additionally annual refresher training should be given to all personnel assigned to ensure that they continue to be

thoroughly familiar with all restrictions on its use.

(5) Any use of OC Spray or Tasers will be documented on a DA Form 2823 (Sworn Statement) and will constitute a Spot Report.

l. Use of Physical Force other Than Weapons Fire:

(1) Physical force will include the use of riot batons, IRF teams, riot formations, and any other means of force that does not involve firing of weapons.

(2) Use physical force only when necessary and reasonable to control the situation.

The TIF Commander must approve (except in urgent circumstances) the application of mass physical force (for example riot formation). Physical force may be necessary to return

detainees back to their living areas or to remove a ringleader during disturbances.

(3) Avoid one-on-one confrontations, which require “strong-arm” tactics. Always attempt to place yourself in a ‘win-win’ situation.

(4) Physical force may be used against a detainee:

A. In self-defense.

B. To prevent an escape.

C. To prevent injury to persons.

D. To quell a disturbance, if necessary.


83


(5) When mass physical force must be used, make every attempt to ensure medical

personnel are present. After physical force is applied, ensure detainees are examined by medical personnel as soon as the situation will allow for the examination. A DA Form 2823

(Sworn statement) will be filled out when physical force is applied. Further document any use of force incidents by taking a picture of each detainee (frontal) and any injuries

sustained.

m. Presentation and Use of Non-Lethal Weapons

(1) Presentation of non-lethal weapons will be used to show disorderly detainees that the security personnel can and will stop the disturbance.

(2) Non-Lethal weapons capability is a tool which can be used to control violent

situations within a detention facility. Guards must make sure that the situation justifies using Non-Lethal capabilities before applying.

(3) Non-Lethal weapons capability is authorized for use after all other lesser means

have failed.

(4) When using Non-Lethal weapons capability make sure you have a clear shot at the detainee(s) involved.

(5) If other means are not affective, the TIF CDR may authorize the use of CS

irritants or other approved Riot Control Agent. Before authorizing this use, the TIF CDR will consider the weather conditions, predicted dispersal of the OC spray, and its effects on

other compounds and facilities such as the hospital within the Internment Facility.

(6) No personnel will use a Non-Lethal weapons system without prior training and certification on the use of that weapon. Any use of Non-Lethal capabilities will be

documented on a DA Form 2823 (Sworn Statement) and will constitute a Spot Report.

n. Presentation and Use of Deadly Force

(1) The exterior chain link fence of the TIF is the outermost fence to be breached by a detainee during an escape attempt. Facilities will clearly mark this designated fence or

barrier so that both the detainee population and the guard force can clearly identify when deadly force may be used. Deadly force may only be used against an escaping detainee

when this designated fence or barrier is breached and no other means of preventing the escape are available. Other means are available to be considered instead of deadly force

such as an IRF, QRF, Non-Lethal weapons, etc.

(2) Any use of Lethal capabilities will be documented on a DA Form 2823 (Sworn Statement) and will constitute a SIR.


84


(3) Personnel may skip to a higher level of force without using the lower levels first if

the situation requires it.(4) Medical personnel will examine any detainee against whom force has been used

immediately after the use of force.

(5) The TIF CDR has overall responsibility for security and control of detainees. It is the responsibility of all leaders/Soldiers to make sure that their personnel understand the

Rules for the Use of Force while working inside the Theater Internment Facility. All Service members will receive training on the Rules for the Use of Force.

o. This Rules for the Use of Force will be placed into effect immediately and will

supersede all previously published orders, directive or SOPs concerning this subject.

3. Rules of Engagement (ROE)

a. US forces assigned to MNF-I/MNC-I will follow the Rules of Engagement for mission accomplishment. US forces remain bound by international agreement to which the US is a

party to even though other coalition members may not be bound by them. Most importantly, nothing limits your right to self defense.

b. Rules of Engagement (ROE). On order, enemy military and paramilitary forces are

declared hostile and may be attacked subject to the following instructions:

(1) Positive Identification (PID) is required prior to engagement. PID is a reasonable certainty that the proposed target is a legitimate military target. If no PID, contact your next

higher commander for decision. Do not engage anyone who is out of battle due to sickness or wounds. NOTE: To be a legitimate military target, you must have observed hostile

intent and have positive target identification.

(2) Do not engage anyone who has surrendered or is no longer a threat.

c. The use of force, including deadly force is authorized to protect the following:

(1) Yourself, your unit, and friendly forces

(2) Detainees

(3) Civilians in danger of crimes that are likely to cause death or serious bodily harm such as murder or rape. Deadly force is NOT authorized to prevent loss of property.

(4) Designated civilians and/or property such as personnel of the Red

Cross/Crescent, UN, and US/UN supported organizations.

d. Always minimize incidental injury, loss of life, and collateral damage.


85


e. All personnel must report any suspected violations of the Law of War committed by

any U.S. or friendly forces. Notify your chain-of-command.

f. CENTCOM General Order Number. 1A remains in effect; looting and the taking of war trophies are prohibited.

g. These ROE will remain in effect until your commander orders you to transition to post

hostilities ROE.

h. These ROE fully support the assurance that all persons detained by US Forces are provided with humane treatment consistent with the Geneva Convention which afford basic

human dignity and fair treatment at all times.

4. Disturbance

a. Every Service member will perform operations in a safe manner. Once a disturbance has been identified, Service members and leaders will make every effort to contain the

situation and separate all detainees involved by using the appropriate levels of force and following established rules of engagement.

b. Each Service member’s immediate action must be recorded on a Sworn Statement

DA Form 2823 as the situation permits and forwarded through the chain of command within one hour to initiate a spot report.

c. Watch for signs that a disturbance may begin. Be alert for small groups or individual

trouble makers in places where situations are likely to occur such as in the holding areas, recreation yards, processing holding cells, shower/latrine areas, tents, and buildings.

Disturbances are brought about by detainees acting in deviant subversive manners.

d. Classification

(1) Disobedience. Less than 10 detainees involved in an assault, throwing items, non-compliance, etc. Guard force is equipped to handle such incidents.

(2) Disturbance. 10 – 100 detainees throwing items, yelling, chanting, non-

compliance, etc. Major Disturbance is usually contained to one zone and guard force/IRF team is equipped to handle such incidents.

(3) Major Disturbance/Riot. More than 100 detainees throwing items, yelling,

chanting, non-compliance, destroying property, lighting fires, etc. Riot may consist of multiple zones or compounds in which case a Rolling Thunder may be initiated. Reference

OPLAN 06-001 Rolling Thunder in the SOPs shared folder.

e. Military Working Dogs (MWD)


86


(1) In the event of a ‘Rolling Thunder’, the MWD teams will be staged at certain

locations outside of to respond to any possible detainee escape threat.

(2) Once the interior and exterior fence line has been checked and reported ‘green’, the TIF Commander or Representative may direct MWD teams to enter and respond to

disturbance and follow TDO direction.

(3) MWD teams will represent a show of force and patrol the perimeter fences between the compounds and exterior fence.

5. Mass Noncompliance

a. Mass noncompliance defined. Disobedient or noncompliant behavior or actions

carried out by one or more compound quads of the detainee population. Mass noncompliance may be exhibited or acted out in various ways to include: Failure to

participate in headcount or ISN counts, refusal to eat (Missed Meals), refusal to go for appointments or school, or refusal to move from a specified location (quad, rec yard, etc).

Some likely causes of mass noncompliance: guard actions, command actions, political events, court actions, cultural events, or holidays.

b. On order, the guard force conducts operations in response to mass noncompliance

by detainee population in order to regain the initiative, restore positive control and custody of all detainees.

c. Guard force will use available measures and assets in this fluid, tactical environment.

We will not allow the enemy to gain the initiative. Enemy success includes forcing an event of confrontation, political embarrassment, Service member or detainee injury/death, etc.

We will not allow this to happen.

d. Endstate. Detainees are compliant and 100% accountability is achieved. The guard force resumes normal operations.

e. Key tasks in executing mass noncompliance operations:

(1) ROE/RUF is properly followed.

(2) Identify and take action to destabilize organizers.

(3) Equipment and Class V (Lethal and Non-Lethal Weapons and Ammo) are

conserved and issued as necessary.

f. Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules of Use of Force (RUF) are in effect.

g. Mass noncompliance is an issue of detainee discipline and is an infraction. Those engaged in mass noncompliance may be committing the following offenses: Rules Violation,


87


Unauthorized Assembly, Disobedience, Interfering with Count, Inciting a Disturbance,

Breach of Peace, and Disorderly Conduct.

h. The guard force will not under any circumstance withhold basic detainee needs. However, those needs (i.e. meals, drinks) will be delivered to the noncompliant detainees in

locations advantageous to guard force (i.e. recreation yards) in order to regain positive control.

i. All leaders will ensure their personnel understand noncompliant detainee TTPs which

include forcing confrontation, attempts to cause political embarrassment, and attempts to cause Service member and/or detainee injury and death. All personnel will use mitigation

techniques to prevent this from happening. These techniques include control of personal emotions, strict adherence to the Geneva Convention, ROE, RUF, SOPs, and displaying

indifference to detainee attempts to incite or escalate guard force reactions. In the event that mass noncompliance escalates into a more dangerous form of defiance or violence, in

which force is required, the guard force will ensure security first and not overreact with inappropriate Non-Lethal Weapons (NLW). Guard force personnel employing force IAW

ROE, RUF will do so with the minimal amount of force necessary.

j. Compound Counterinsurgency (COIN) Teams, to include Bilingual Bicultural Advisors (BBA), will focus daily on compound atmospherics by identifying detainees who are

instigating or organizing mass noncompliance activities. The Compound COIN Teams will recommend movements to other compounds to disrupt and more closely monitor detainees’

activities.

6. Riot Control Force and Equipment Capabilities

a. TIF Commanders will ensure they implement Immediate Reactionary Force (IRF) and Quick Reaction Force (QRF) SOPs and plans that will support the following minimum

standards. Facility commanders will also test IRF and QRF plans routinely. FOB Commanders will monitor and review.

b. TIF commanders will ensure their inventories have enough riot control equipment

and weapons on-hand to equip and deploy two complete IRF teams and one entire MP company at any given time, plus 10% for equipment repairs and replacements.

c. All equipment will be stored in a location that will ensure proper storage and PMCS,

security of force while preparing for deployment, and support minimum tactical deployment time requirements.

d. Facility Commanders will ensure they implement Immediate Reactionary Force (IRF)

and Riot Control Force (RCF) SOPs and plans that will support the following minimum standards. Facility commanders will also test and evaluate IRF and RCF plans quarterly

IAW the following requirements:


88


(1) Facilities will ensure their inventories have enough riot control equipment and

weapons on-hand to equip and deploy two complete IRF teams and one entire MP company at any given time, plus 10% for equipment repairs and replacements.

(2) All equipment will be stored in a location that will ensure proper storage and

PMCS, security of force while preparing for deployment, and support minimum tactical deployment time requirements.

(3) Facilities will ensure they have the capabilities to alert, respond, organize, and

fully equip one (1) IRF team within ten (10) minutes for immediate tactical deployment, and a second within twenty (20) minutes.

(4) Facilities will ensure they have the capabilities to alert, respond, organize, and

fully equip one (1) platoon size element within 30 minutes for RCF tactical deployment.

(5) Facilities will ensure they have the capabilities to alert, respond, organize, and fully equip one (1) company size element within 60 minutes for RCF tactical deployment.

7. Weapons Status

a. Weapons status for the TIFs is as follows:

(1) M4: GREEN

(2) M9: GREEN

(3) M203 Grenade Launcher: GREEN

(4) 12-Gauge Mossberg Shotgun: AMBER

(5) FN303 Less Lethal Launcher: GREEN

b. Description of M4/M9 weapon status:

(1) GREEN: Magazine in ammo pouch; No round chambered; Weapon on safe

(2) AMBER: Magazine in magazine well of weapon; No round chambered; Weapon

on safe

(3) RED: Magazine in magazine well of weapon; Round chambered; Weapon on safe

c. Description of M203 weapon status:

(1) GREEN: No round chambered; Weapon on safe


89


(2) RED: Round chambered; Weapon on safe

d. Description of Shotgun weapon status:

(1) GREEN: No rounds in magazine tube; Weapon on safe

(2) AMBER: Rounds in magazine tube; Weapon on safe

(3) RED: Rounds in magazine tube; Round chambered; Weapon on safe

e. Description of FN303 Less Lethal Launcher weapon status:

(1) GREEN: Magazine in ammo pouch; Weapon not charged; Weapon on safe.

(2) AMBER: Magazine in weapon; Weapon not charged; Weapon on safe.

(3) RED: Magazine in weapon; Weapon charged; Weapon on safe.

(4) Instructions on transitioning weapon status:

A. Initially, place the FN303 on safe by pushing the trigger into the ‘AT REST’ or forward most position, then pulling the manual safety back into the ‘ON’ position. This

procedure will initially place the weapon in ‘GREEN’ status. NOTE: There is no need to charge the weapon by turning the quarter turn air valve in order to place the weapon on

safe.

B. In order to transition from ‘GREEN’ to ‘AMBER’ status, a magazine must be inserted into the magazine well. The safety remains in the ‘ON’ position.

C. In order to transition from ‘AMBER’ to ‘RED’ status, the quarter turn air valve

must be turned into the ‘ON’ position. This will charge the weapon by allowing air to flow into the pressure chamber. The safety remains in the ‘ON’ position.

f. Reference SOP Rules of Engagement and Rules for the Use of Force, which

describes the guidelines for the escalation of force.

g. Non-Lethal Weapons

(1) Definition. Non-lethal Weapons (NLW) are those weapons explicitly designed and primarily employed so as to incapacitate personnel or materiel while minimizing fatalities,

permanent injury to personnel, and undesired damage to property and the environment. Unlike conventional lethal weapons that destroy their targets principally through blast,

penetration, and fragmentation, non-lethal weapons employ means other than gross physical destruction to prevent the target from functioning. Non-lethal weapons are


90


intended to have relatively reversible effects on personnel and materiel. The term “non-

lethal” does not mean zero mortality or nonpermanent damage; these are goals and not guarantees of these weapons. (Department of Defense Directive 3000.3, Policy for Non-

lethal Weapons, 9 July 1996)

h. Equipment:

(1) FN 303 Less Lethal Launcher

(2) 12-Gauge Mossberg Shotgun

(3) Remington M870 Shotgun (M113 REV firing port weapon)

(4) M203 Grenade Launcher

(5) XM328 Multi-shot Grenade Launcher

(6) M5 MCCM

(7) X26 Taser

(8) MK4/MK9 OC Pepper Spray Dispensers

(9) Sting Ball Grenade

(10) M84 Stun Grenade

i. Weapons Definitions:

(1) FN303 Less Lethal Launcher. The FN 303 is a less lethal .68 caliber, 15 round magazine fed, air operated, shoulder fired, rapid fire rifle. The FN 303 Non-Lethal munitions

include fin stabilized frangible plastic OC round and marking round. Effective range is 15-50m.

(2) 12-Gauge Mossberg Shotgun. The Shotgun is a 12 gauge pump action, shoulder

fired weapon that shoots 2 ¾ and 3 inch shells. The Shotgun Less Than Lethal munitions include area and point target munitions. It can fire Less Than Lethal and Lethal munitions.

Effective range is 10-20m.

(3) M203 Grenade Launcher. The M203 is a 40mm single shot, low rate of fire, shoulder fire, crowd dispersing and controlling weapon. The M203 Less Than Lethal

munitions include area and point target munitions. It can fire Less Than Lethal and Lethal munitions. Effective range is 10-50m.


91


(4) XM328 Multi-shot Grenade Launcher. The XM328 is a stand-alone weapon that

has a revolving-style magazine with six 40mm launcher tubes. Shots are fired one at a time through a single barrel as the magazine rotates using a pump action, short throw, charging

handle. This weapon, by its very nature of being “stand-alone” and not under-barrel mountable, is intended for installation security and detainee control. It is intended for use

only with low pressure 40mm ammunition and is not to be fired with any combat or special purpose 40mm ammunition. Effective range is 40 to 70 meters.

(5) M5 MCCM-GE (Modular Crowd Control Munition-Ground Emplaced) is a non

lethal munitions, housed in a casing similar to the current claymore mine, which will stop, confuse, disorient and/or temporarily incapacitate area targets/personnel at close range. It

can be used to provide control by dispersing hostile crowds and force protection by integrating it into a layered perimeter defense. It delivers 600, .32 caliber rubber balls as

well as a flash bang effect. Effective range is 5 to 15 meters.

(6) The X26 Taser. Battery operated Electro-Muscular Disruption conducted energy weapon. The Taser use propelled wires to conduct energy that affects the sensory and

motor functions of the central nervous system causing uncontrollable contractions of the muscle tissue. The Taser uses a cartridge system that attaché and detach from the

weapon, with effective range of 2 feet to 25 feet depending on cartridge type used. The Taser may also be employed in the drive stun mode by driving the weapon into the target

area and pulling the trigger, regardless of the status of the cartridge.

(7) OC Pepper Spray. MK9 (Team OC Dispenser) contains 8 to 10 half second bursts high volume burst, effective range of 6-15 feet. MK4 (Personal OC Dispenser)

contains 30 to 35 half second bursts, effective range of 3-12 feet.

(8) Sting Ball Grenade. The sting ball grenade projects 100 (at a minimum) 0.25 inch diameter rubber balls in a circular pattern; useful for crowd dispersion. Maximum safe

distance is 4 meters; Maximum effective range is 15-20 meters.

(9) M84 Stun Grenade. The stun grenade is a hand thrown, explosive device that creates stunning through the use of extremely loud blast and flash of light.

j. Non-Lethal Force

(1) Soldiers may utilize non-lethal munitions to disperse rioting prisoners, prevent

escape, or in order to protect civilians, Soldiers, or detainees or used when necessary to accomplish the goals of the mission.

(2) Soldiers will always use the least amount of force necessary to accomplish the

mission.

(3) Soldiers must always maintain a non-lethal weapons posture that will allow them to revert to lethal force as the situation dictates.


92


(4) In situations where there is no imminent threat to any Soldier/civilian or any threat to the safety or security of the area of operation, Soldiers will use all efforts to ensure that

any commands given are understood before resorting to any use of force.

TF 16 – Detainee Death Reporting and Investigation

1. General. Detainee deaths will be reported immediately using the SIR format IAW AR

190-40 and in established SOPs through operational channels or chain of command to the DCG-DO. All cases involving the death of a detainee will be immediately reported to CID

from the command with direct responsibility for the respective detainee.

a. Prompt, thorough investigations and timely reporting are necessary to establish and record an official cause and manner of death in all cases involving detainees and others in

U.S. custody. When any person who is held as a detainee in the custody of U.S. armed forces dies, the commander of the detention facility or the unit exercising custody over the

deceased will immediately report the death to the U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Command (or service equivalent). The agency will contact the Armed Forces Medical

Examiner (AFME) to determine whether an autopsy will be performed.

b. For detainees in MNF-I custody in a TIF Task Force 134 will notify the Iraqi Minister of Human Rights (MOHR) the name and date of death of the detainee as soon as possible

and in no event later than 10 days of the date of death. MoHR will notify the family of the detainee’s death. The ICRC may also be consulted for Next of Kin (NoK) information.

c. Detainees who die in US custody will be turned over to the nearest Mortuary Affairs

Control Point (MACP). The remains will be placed in a clean human remains pouch. The remains will not be washed and all items on or in the remains will be left undisturbed except

for weapons, ammunition, and other items that pose a threat to the living. The MACP will report any detainee remains turned in, to the MNC-I Mortuary Affairs Officer. Detainee

remains may have to be transported to another location for autopsy. The remains will not be released from United States custody without written authorization from the investigative

agency or AFME.

d. Detainee remains will be tracked via logbook and by internee Serial Number (ISN). Logbook is a web-based application hosted by USTRANSCOM. When a detainee death

within TF134 facilities occurs, the TF134, J3 will input the basic detainee information (full name, ISN, date and place of death and attach copy of the SIR). Remains will be delivered

to the nearest MACP within 2 days. MACP’S will input date of arrival, attach medical forms and a copy of the signed DD 1075 and date remains are shipped to Balad for onward

movement to Dover Port Mortuary.

e. The procedures established in this policy apply to all MNF-I units conducting detainee operations in the Iraqi Theater of Operations (ITO).


93


2. Task Force 134

a. Ensure timely reporting and thorough investigations of any death of a detainee in the custody of U.S. Armed Forces.

b. Establish procedures for transferring remains to MNC-I Mortuary Affairs Collection

Points (MACPs) for evacuation through Mortuary Affairs channels to the Armed Forces Medical Examiner (AFME) for autopsy.

c. Establish procedures for returning remains to the next of kin (NoK) through the

Ministry of Human Rights (MoHR) or final disposition through the Ministry of Health (MoH).

d. Track disposition of detainee remains from report of death, into the Mortuary Affairs tracking system (LOGBOOK), to the AFME’s office, return to the closest MACP to the NoK,

and ultimate transfer to NoK or MoH representative.

e. Implement procedures for final disposition of deceased detainee's personal property IAW reference d, paragraph 7b.

f. Immediately report to MNF-I the death of a detainee by means of a Serious Incident

Report (SIR) to include the identification (full name and ISN) of the deceased, date, time, location and circumstances of death.

(1) Immediately notify medical personnel.

(2) Immediately notify U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Division (or service

equivalent).

(3) Transfer detainee remains to nearest MNC-I MACP.

(4) Immediately notify MoHR of the death of the detainee to include name, date of death and request the notification of NoK. Inform MoHR that they have 21 days from the

date of initial notification to contact NoK and determine closest MACP location for the ultimate transfer of detainee remains and personal property once returned from AFME.

(5) Notify the ICRC of the death of a detainee, status of personal property, and ask

for assistance in determining NoK information.

(6) Follow-up with MoHR NLT 7 days following initial notification to determine status of notifying NoK. If unsuccessful in notifying NoK, remind MoHR they have 14 days

remaining to make notification.

(7) Follow-up with ICRC NLT 7 days following initial notification to determine status of NoK information.


94


(8) Upon return of detainee remains from AFME, MNC-I Mortuary Affairs will contact to obtain nearest MACP location for repositioning of remains.

(9) Within 7 days of the remains returning from AFME or 30 days from death, will coordinate the return of remains to NoK or authorize the turnover of detainee

remains from the MACP currently holding the remains to the MoH/Medical Legal Investigator (MLI) or their representatives at the location where the detainee remains are

currently stored.

(10) Monitor and report entire process from time of death to the return of detainee remains to NoK or MoH/MLI or their representatives.

TF 17 – International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) Visits and Procedures

1. General. Task Force 134 Commanding General acknowledges the purpose and functions of the ICRC as it relates to Detainee Operations and intends to cooperate with the

ICRC to the fullest extent possible without compromising the safety or security of U.S. Forces or detainees.

a. The physical security of U.S. Forces and detainees in U.S. care is paramount. Safety

and security of U.S. Forces and detainees will not be compromised in an effort to conform to the wishes and requests of the ICRC.

b. ICRC officials will visit with detainees and observe the conditions of detention. ICRC

personnel are allowed unaccompanied access to all detained persons whether in general population or segregation. Delegates will be allowed to enter compounds with detainees as

long as they stay within line of sight of guard force at all times. Delegates will be allowed inside SHU cells with detainee and door partly open with a guard with line of sight, but not

listening to discussion. ICRC will also visit select members of the detention facility staff, such as medical officers.

2. ICRC Coordination

a. The Office of DCG-DO is the official primary point of contact for the ICRC.

b. Normally, ICRC representatives contact a designated representative in the MNF-I

Office of the Staff Judge Advocate (OSJA) to arrange ICRC delegations to visit detainee theater internment facilities.

c. The OSJA will contact the DCG-DO for approval of the visit. The OSJA will then

contact the perspective BN CDR to begin planning for the ICRC visit.


95


d. Following initial contact, details of the visit may be arranged by the ICRC

representative directly with a representative assigned as the battalion ICRC liaison. Detailed information regarding the agenda, number of personnel visiting and in-brief/out-

brief schedule will be provided to the BN ICRC Liaison at a minimum of seven days prior to the visit.

e. ICRC visits to TIFs may include, but are not limited to conduct inspections, distribute

items, and/or interview detainees.

(1) ICRC representatives will present their credentials and identification upon arrival and will wear their visitor identification badges at all times while in the TIFs.

(2) ICRC personnel will be escorted to the TIF and through the Sally Port, if the

purpose of their visit is to meet with detainees.

(3) Once in the TIF, they are normally escorted or within line of sight of guard force at all times. However, they can be allowed unescorted access at the discretion of the

command.

(4) ICRC representatives may visit and talk with detainee patients at the Detainee Medical Center. However, their visit may not hinder the administration of medical care.

f. If the ICRC representatives are in TIFs for more than a day (i.e. inspection visit), they

may either be escorted or given unhindered movement within the confines of TF 134, based on manning available. TIF Commanders will provide adequate work space for the ICRC

delegates where they may have uninterrupted meetings.

g. On the first day of the ICRC visit, the BN CDR will brief the delegation on the following:

(1) Mission and units assigned to the BN

(2) Detainee population management plan

(3) Detainee population statistics

(4) Sustainment/logistics operations

(5) Facilities

(6) Actions taken to change issues from previous ICRC visit

(7) Evacuation plan in case of riot, indirect fire, etc.


96


h. In the event the ICRC provides any type of food items to the detainees, the ICRC will

provide the TIF staff, in advance of distribution, written documentation that the ICRC accepts full responsibility for any adverse effects and/or health problems associated with the

distribution of specific food items to the detainees.

i. The ICRC will provide their own transportation and fuel during visits to TIFs. The FOB Command will provide billeting for ICRC delegates and arrange for any meals

consumed outside the TIF.

j. During inspection visits, the ICRC delegates will provide a briefing outlining their mission to the guard force to improve and sustain relations among the ICRC delegates,

detainee guards, and the TF 134 staff.

k. Access to detainees shall be granted to official delegates of the ICRC. ICRC personnel are permitted to conduct private conversations/interviews with detainees. The

ICRC’s guard escorts shall not accompany the ICRC representative unless there is a valid safety or security concern requiring the presence of an escort. Guards will search ICRC

Representatives and their personal bags for the safety of the staff and the representatives. Cell phones, cameras, and data storage devices are prohibited inside the TIF and will be

retained by the Sally Port Guards.

l. The ICRC delegates shall be permitted to inspect health, sanitation, and living conditions and to interview all detainees in private. Access to specific detainees,

compounds, and zones can be denied to delegates for reasons of imperative military necessity as an exceptional and temporary measure only. This should be coordinated with

TF SJA prior.

m. Red Cross Messages:

(1) The ICRC delegates are permitted to record information regarding a detainee and may pass messages to and from the family of a detainee.

(2) ICRC personnel will turn over any incoming or outgoing correspondence to the

BN ICRC Liaison. All correspondence should contain detainees’ ISN; however if the correspondence does not contain a detainee ISN, it will still be forwarded to the ICRC

delegates after passing screening. The Liaison will turn the message over for screening. Once the message passes the screening criteria, the message will be returned to the ICRC

representative for delivery to the intended recipient.

(3) Outgoing messages will be handled as rapidly as possible. If possible, all outgoing messages will be returned to the ICRC delegates prior to their departure from the

TIF.

(4) If all outgoing messages are not completed prior to the delegates’ departure, the outgoing ICRC messages will be transferred to the ICRC delegate during their next


97


scheduled mail pickup. The BN ICRC Liaison will keep detailed and written accountability of

all outgoing messages.

(5) Incoming ICRC messages will be delivered for tracking purposes and transferred for screening. If the message passes screening criteria, the message and transfer it over to

the Information Operations. The BBA will deliver the message to the detainee and allow the detainee to read the message. The BBA will return the message to the BN Operations

NCO. Then the Operations NCO will annotate the date the message was returned on the tracker. The message will then be filed in the detainee file cabinet. If the message does not

pass screening, the message will be retained by Operations NCO and handed back to the ICRC delegate. The tracker is located on the ‘ICRCs’ tab in the Detainee Transmittal

Tracker located under ‘Forms & References’ folder.

(6) When there is a detainee release, the S3 TOC RTO (through tracking releases) will pull all original ICRC messages, Mail Documents, Inter-compound mail, reference

letters, misc. documents and anything not on the “to be retained storage” list for the “to be released” ISN from the ISN file located in the TOC the day prior. The RTO will package and

deliver to detainee property (IHA) these aforementioned originals pertaining to the “to be released detainee” to be issued back to the detainee, along with the rest of the detainee’s

property. Detainee property in the IHA will sign for these ISN related documents on a DA Form 200. Under no circumstances, will Form 510’s, DA, DD Forms, or any other military

forms be released to the detainee.

n. he ICRC is not authorized to give anything to detainees during interviews without prior approval from the BN CDR. ICRC must take any item not approved by the BN CDR

with them when they finish their visit.

o. Capture Cards will be turned over to the ICRC delegates prior to their departure.

p. With the exception of the current “In-Camp” detainee roster, no documents, lists, rosters, or other information containing detainee information will be given to any ICRC

representative at any time without prior approval of the BDE CDR or MNC-I Detainee Operations Section.

q. The ICRC will be encouraged to request that detainees utilize Form 510 Detainee

Request to facilitate minor individual cases and requests. The ICRC will be instructed to honor this system for routine and minor transfers and requests.

r. ICRC representatives will conduct a daily brief for the TIF officials on their

observations and matters identified for correction. Where appropriate, TIF officials may take steps immediately to respond to issues that arose during the briefs and report completion of

those actions to the MNF-I OSJA. The MNF-I OSJA will coordinate with officials to gather responses to the matters raised by the ICRC and will prepare an after-action report for the

DCG-DO with the BN CDR’s input.


98


s. After the visit, the ICRC will provide a written report to the DCG-DO. The ICRC

report will summarize the results of the visit and highlight any discrepancies or issues discovered.

t. TIF officials will provide additional information needed for a more complete response

to any issues in the working paper, and the OSJA will draft a formal written response for DCG-DO approval.

u. The MNF-I OSJA will provide a copy of all ICRC correspondence to the following

organizations within 24 hours of receipt:

(1) Under Secretary of Defense for Policy

(2) Director, Joint Staff

(3) Assistant Secretary of Defense for Public Affairs

(4) General Counsel of DOD

(5) DOD Executive

(6) USCENTCOM/CCJA (Tampa)

v. The MNF-I OSJA will maintain records of all correspondence regarding ICRC visits. The MNF-I OSJA will continue to track issues raised by the ICRC that are not completely

addressed in the initial response to the Working Paper and provide updates on the progress of those issues from time to time as appropriate.

TF 18 – Public Affairs

1. General. Given the sensitive nature of media reporting on detainees, all contact and coordination with the media will go through TF 134 Public Affairs Officer. This includes but

is not limited to interviews and discussions with media by telephone, e-mail, and direct contact. If any soldier or contracted civilian affiliated with Detainee Operations is contacted

by the media, they should immediately notify their chain of command, who will inform the Task Force 134 PAO.

a. All tenant units at TIF FOBs will coordinate through their chain of command before

any media will be allowed on the installation. The FOB commander must be informed of all visits. Media will not be allowed access to the FOB without prior approval. Any media

allowed on the FOB to stay with a tenant unit will not under any circumstance be allowed to take any photographs or video of the TIF or a unit/facility that supports the internment facility

without the approval of the Task Force 134 Commander.


99


b. All media allowed to cover detention or interrogation operations at a TIF will be

escorted by the DCG-DO PAO or a designated representative. The escort is responsible for ensuring all media are properly credentialed through the Combined Information Center

(CPIC) and briefed on ground rules for reporting.

c. No photographs or video will be allowed of detainees. This includes photographs and video from all sources, to include MNF-I personnel, with the exception of operational

images that must be classified SECRET unless approved for public disclosure by the DCG-DO. No photographs or video will be allowed that reveals the security or force protection

posture of any of the FOBs or TIFs. The only person authorized to review the photographs or video taken by media in order to ensure compliance with security measures is the 16th

and/or TF 134 PAO escort. Personnel who have security concerns with media coverage should immediately inform the escort, who will determine what action should be taken to

safeguard information from public disclosure.

d. Media are not allowed to interview or otherwise directly interact with detainees. They may observe, listen to discussions between detainees and officials working in the camp, at

the discretion of their escort.

e. Any time the presence of the media in an internment facility causes a disruption that threatens the physical security of any personnel, to include other detainees; media will be

immediately removed from the area by their escort.

f. Personnel are encouraged to produce articles for submission to military-funded and professional publications. These articles and any supporting photographs or other material

for publication must be submitted to TF 134 PAO for review.

g. Personnel on leave may be asked by hometown media to be interviewed about their job and experiences in Iraq. The first officer in the service member’s chain of command in

the grade O-5 or above may approve these interviews.

TF 19 – Detainee Healthcare

1. General. Medical Care. Medical care and treatment of detainees falls under the purview

of the Medical Task Force which is TACON to TF134. All US personnel involved with these procedures will ensure persons detained by US Forces are provided with humane treatment

consistent with the Geneva Conventions which afford basic human dignity and fair treatment at all times. All escorts to and from medical care operations will be conducted by facility

guard personnel.

a. Training. Healthcare providers shall be given the necessary training to ensure they have knowledge of their duties and responsibilities under the Geneva Conventions, DODI

2310.08E, DoD Directive 5100.77, ST 4-02.46, and Army Regulation 190–8. They must be trained to recognize the signs and symptoms of detainee maltreatment and abuse and how


100


to report any reported or suspected abuse through their chain of command immediately.

Cultural sensitivity and safety techniques training must also be conducted.

b. Separation of Medical Care. To the maximum extent possible, detainees will be

provided medical care separately from Coalition forces and civilians.

c. Dignity and Respect. Healthcare will be provided with dignity and respect for culture,

sex, and religion. Particular care will be taken with respect to personal privacy and to limit exposure during medical examinations. Juveniles and females will be kept separate

throughout the detention process and particular attention will be paid to ensure privacy during medical screening examinations and medical procedures. Whenever possible,

female healthcare providers should conduct examinations on females. If a same sex provider is not available, a same sex chaperone must be present. Same gender

chaperones are required when examining juveniles.

d. Body Cavity Exams/Searches. Cavity exams and searches may conflict with the

customs of some detainees. Intake and routine medical exams will not include body cavity exams or hernia exams. Body cavity exams may be performed for valid medical reasons

with the verbal consent of the patient. Body cavity searches may only be performed when there is a reasonable belief that the detainee is concealing an item that could present a

security risk and must be authorized by the first general officer in the chain of command. To the extent possible, body cavity exams or searches will be conducted by trained personnel

of the same gender and with the utmost respect for the detainee’s dignity and privacy.

e. Separation of Medical Care and Security Responsibilities. There will be a separation

between healthcare, custody and control, and interrogation functions at all levels and locations of detention. Medical personnel providing detainee healthcare will not provide

detainee security or conduct physical searches of detainees. However, service members assigned to the MTF who perform non-medical duties may be used to provide detainee

security. Designated security personnel will always be present when medical personnel are providing care for detainees. However, nothing in this policy is intended to limit medical

personnel the inherent authority and obligation to take all necessary and appropriate actions to defend themselves, their units and other service members.

f. Medical Personnel Defined. Medical personnel are individuals who are exclusively engaged in medical duties specifically inherent to patient care, and are provided special

protection under the law. Conversely, service members assigned to the Medical Treatment Facility (MTF) who perform non-medical duties do not receive protected status and

therefore, do not constitute medical personnel for the purpose of the above prohibitions.

g. Medical Care for Interrogation Operations.

(1) Interrogations will not occur while a detainee is an inpatient at a medical treatment facility, unless such interrogation is approved in writing by the DCG-DO.

(2) Routine detainee healthcare is separate from interrogation operations. Healthcare providers engaged in daily healthcare for detained persons will not provide


101


detainee medical information to intelligence collectors. This applies to all agencies and

personnel conducting interrogations. Personnel providing detainee healthcare will not be involved in interrogation operations and will not provide interrogation operations any

information pertaining to detainee medical conditions except as directed by the MNF-I DCG-DO for the safety of the detainee.

(3) In the event U.S. interrogators receive authorization to conduct joint interrogations with Iraqi Security Forces (IPS, MOD, MOI, etc.) and at Iraqi facilities, U.S. medical

personnel will conduct a medical assessment of the detainee prior to conduct of the interrogation. The assessment will record the physical and medical condition of the

detainee and ensure the detainee is medically cleared to undergo interrogation.

h. Priority of Care and Evacuation. Detainee, civilian and Coalition Forces casualties

will be triaged for care collectively solely on the basis of the severity of their wounds, illnesses, or injuries only. Only medical urgency can justify priority in the order of treatment.

Evacuation of detainee wounded will be separate from, but in the same manner as, Coalition Forces. Detainees requiring medical care will be evacuated to the most

appropriate MTF determined by their respective injuries or illnesses, and the medical resource availability.

i. Evacuation and Transfer. Detainees will only be transferred to another MTF if medically stable to do so and will not be transferred out of Iraq without special authorization,

obtained through the DCG-DO. When a detainee is stable and ready for transfer, for example to the MTF operated by the Detainee Medical Task Force, consultation must first

take place between the treating physician and an accepting physician at the receiving MTF. Transfer of detainee patients between MTFs will require the authorization of an accepting

physician and discussion between the transferring and accepting physician regarding the patient’s medical condition and reason for transfer. The names of the transferring and

accepting physicians will be documented on the patient transfer forms. All medical documentation and capture paperwork will be transferred with the patients. Accepting

physicians may not authorize transfer unless they can document the patient’s date/time/unit of capture. Each MTF Commander is responsible to certify that transfer documentation for

detainee patients is complete. Dedicated security personnel will accompany all detainee evacuation and transfers. Ground ambulance personnel will include, at a minimum, a

driver, a medical attendant and 1 security personnel. At least 1 or more medical attendant(s) and 1 or more security personnel will accompany detainees on helicopter and

fixed wing movements. At no time will a medical attendant be required to provide security. On transfer, detainees will be accompanied by copies of their medical records, pertinent x-

rays and other studies.

j. Security. Detainee inpatient security will be provided by designated security

personnel that will be present on all wards and health facility areas where detainees are present. The capturing unit is responsible for providing security personnel in situations

where the detainee is brought directly from the point of capture to the medical treatment facility. Where possible, detainee healthcare facilities will be designed for maximum


102


visibility to ensure security and minimize security personnel resources. Restraints should

be used to the minimum extent necessary for security or safety reasons.

k. Detainee Patient Identification. Prior to in-processing at the Coalition Holding

Facility, all detainee inpatients will be given a special patient tracking number by the holding facility MTF. Once the detainee is in-processed at the Coalition Holding Facility, they will be

given an Internee Serial Number (ISN), if not already assigned an ISN number. This ISN will become their patient tracking number for any further patient care and will be

documented on all medical treatment records. All medical treatment will require positive identification by the ISN. Every effort will be made to identify patients by the Internee Serial

Number (ISN) which is provided to detainees at Coalition Holding Facility in-processing. If a patient is brought to an MTF emergency department before receiving an ISN, a pseudo 800

SSN will be used to identify the patient, as set forth in paragraph 4-1c of AR 40-66.

l. Compassionate Release. Detainees identified with medical conditions requiring

resources beyond the capability of the Detainee Healthcare System may be considered for compassionate release to their family or transfer to a Ministry of Health medical facility.

Deputy Commanding General, Detainee Operations is the final signature authority on all compassionate releases.

m. Alleged/Suspected Abuse. All cases in which a detainee alleges abuse, maltreatment, torture or in which medical personnel find injury or illness possibly caused by

abuse, maltreatment or torture, at any level of healthcare and at any time, will immediately be reported to CID, to the detention operations and MTF chains of command.

n. Special Medical Ethics Considerations. The theater level detention facility MTFs above Echelon II will have an active medical ethics committee to discuss and make

recommendations through Commander, Detention Medical Task Force, to MNF-I DCG-DO regarding special medical ethics issues that pertain to detention healthcare.

o. Patient Privacy. All detainee medical information, including medical records is confidential, except as directed by DCG-DO. The detention facility commander may have

access to detainee medical information due to his responsibility for the health and welfare of the camp population. Healthcare personnel must report any information obtained during the

course of medical evaluation which could affect the safety and security of other detainees, detention facility staff or Coalition Forces or to prevent the commission of a crime. They

must also immediately report any allegations, signs or symptoms of abuse, torture or maltreatment to CID and to the Chain of Command.

p. Deaths. All detainee deaths will be immediately reported to CID and the detention operations and MTF chains of command.

q. TIF Medical Care. All detainees will receive a physical screening examination during

in-processing at the Theater Holding Facility. This physical screening examination will include a medical history and physical examination, a screening chest x-ray, dental

screening, mental health screening, and height and weight measurement. Juveniles up to


103


14 years old will be administered a PPD rather than a screening chest x-ray. If a medical

record was not transferred with the detainee, a new record will be created during in-processing and all screening information will be recorded in it. Detainee medical records

will accompany detainees throughout the medical system and a copy will be provided to the detainee upon release if requested.

r. TIF Medical Standards. The medical treatment of detainees at the TIF must be as good as that provided for the general population. Regulatory guidance requires that

detainees must be offered opportunity for daily medical contact. Medication administration and emergency medical care are considered medical contact. A structured sick-call system

will be developed using input from MPs and the camp hierarchy, enhancing compliance. An open-access system should be avoided. An assessment of weight will be recorded monthly

for each detainee. All necessary immunizations and medications will be provided to detainees per theater policy and as consistent with the mandated standard of care. Referral

for inpatient care or specialty outpatient care will be made as needed. Care for wounds, insulin dependent diabetes, and other medical conditions which require daily evaluation and

treatment will be provided daily.

s. TIF Emergent Care. Emergency treatment will be provided at any time needed. A

sick call team of sufficient size for the detainee population served will be assigned to each camp. A licensed independent healthcare provider will supervise each sick call team, will

be present during sick call to provide direct consultation and will review all medical record documentation for medical appropriateness, thoroughness and accuracy. 24 hour mental

health services will be provided above Echelon II. Medications will be administered by individual dose to ensure patient compliance and safety and to eliminate medication

hoarding. If necessary, a special Wound Care Team will provide detainee wound care on a daily basis. Inpatient services similar to that available to Coalition forces will be available to

detainees. These services may be provided at the same MTF that treat Coalition forces or at a facility specially designated for Echelon III detainee care.

t. TIF Inpatient care. Whenever possible, detainees will be separated from Coalition and civilian patients. Inpatient capabilities that should be available in theater for detainee

healthcare must include the minimum services provided to Coalition forces in Iraq. Specialty care, when available to Coalition forces in Iraq, should also be available to

detainees in theater. Sufficient inpatient bed space will be provided as the medical standard of care dictates.

u. Medical Records. A detainee medical record will be generated after the completion of medical processing and include physical exam to include dental screen, mental health

evaluation, chest x-ray result and any additional medical evaluation and treatment that occurred during processing. Individual medical records on each detainee will be maintained

and processed for disposition per AR 40-66 and AR 25-4000-2.

v. Detainee Transfers and Releases. Transferring of detainees between TIFs requires careful screening of detainees to ensure that any significant medical issue is planned for

and appropriate level of medical support accompanies the transfer. The medical task force


104


will maintain and execute a detailed SOP which will ensure the safe transfer of detainees.

Identification of detainees whose medical condition (diabetes, heart disease, mental health issues, etc.) may require additional medical support, communication between sending and

receiving TIF prior to the transfer to ensure continuity of care, reviewing medical records for completeness, and ensuring medical records accompany the detainees are key

components of this SOP and must be given due diligence in order to ensure the safe transfer of detainees.

TF 20 – Interrogation

1. Interrogation operations will be conducted IAW MNF-I Policy 05-02 (Interrogation Policy), dated 27 Jan 05. All US personnel involved with these procedures will ensure

persons detained by US Forces are provided with humane treatment consistent with the Geneva Conventions which afford basic human dignity and fair treatment at all times.

Military Police personnel assigned to the BDE will not participate in Interrogation Operations. TIF CDRS must ensure that each soldier understands their responsibility to

report violations of the UCMJ, U.S. law, or Geneva Conventions in the conduct of interrogation operations, and the procedures for reporting such violations.

2. Interrogations or investigative interviews of detainees will not be conducted in medical

facilities. Under special circumstances requests for interviews of sick or wounded detainees will be forwarded through operational channels and must be approved in writing by the first

General Officer in the chain of command. (See OIF Theater Detention Healthcare Policy, dated 27 Jan 05.)

3. All escorts to and from interrogation operations will be conducted by facility guard

personnel. At no time will facility interrogation personnel perform MP duties.

4. TIF CDRS must ensure that each soldier understands their responsibility to report violations of the UCMJ, U.S. law, or Geneva Conventions in the conduct of interrogation

operations, and the procedures for reporting such violations.

TF 21 – Visitation Procedures

1. General

a. Visitation programs will be conducted at Camp Bucca and Camp Cropper. All US

personnel and Iraqi Corrections Officers (ICO) involved with these programs will ensure detainees, visitors, and their families are treated with dignity and respect IAW the Geneva

Convention. All visitors are required to adhere to all rules identified in the Visitation Rules.

(1) Visitation and appointment making will be conducted on the following days:


105


A. Remembrance II (Camp Cropper). 0700-1600. Saturday – Thursday

B. Compound 5 (Camp Cropper). 0900-1500. Saturday and Sunday.

C. Camp Bucca: 0700-1600. Saturday – Thursday

(2) Visits generally last for one hour. If a family member is traveling more than 2

hours by vehicle the family member elect two 2-hour visits per month instead of one 1-hour visit per week.

(3) Visitors will make appointments at the designated visitor entry control point at

Camp Bucca and Camp Cropper during normal visitation times. Visitors may sign up for another appointment while they are at the facility visiting a detainee. Visitors may also sign

up for a visit to another camp.

(4) Family members (to include children, 10 years and older) and lawyers will be entered into the BATS system when making their initial appointment, as long as the system

is capable of handling the volume of visitors. If the visitor was not entered when signing up for the initial appointment, the visitor will be asked to show up early for their appointment in

order to be entered into BATS. At a minimum, the following information will be gathered:

A. Photograph

B. Iris Scan

C. Fingerprints

D. Visitor’s name (in order of Last, First, Middle, Tribal)

E. Residence

F. Date of Birth

G. Place of Birth

H. Nationality

I. Religion

J. Sex

K. Marital status


106


(5) Family members and lawyers will not be authorized to visit at the same time.

They may visit the same day, but at different appointment times.

(6) Everyone will be searched. Visitors will be searched by guards of the same sex.

(7) Prohibited items. Visitors are only allowed to bring items listed on the visitation form.

A. Prohibited items include: Drugs (narcotics), any other medications, cigarettes,

food, knives, scissors, needles, razors, radios, headphones, sunglasses, cell phones, pens, paper, jewelry, money, and other items deemed inappropriate.

B. Any visitor caught trying to enter with prohibited items will not be allowed access for at least one month and may have their visitation rights permanently revoked.

C. Items that may be left with detainees.

1 Underwear; must be underwear, cannot be shorts

2 T-shirts; no writing on shirts

3 Prescription glasses

4 Sandals or flip flops (1 pair); shoes with sewn soles are not allowed

5 Books

6 Letters; however, they will be translated prior to being given to the detainee

7 Pictures; only of family, no writing on pictures except ISN

D. All items to be left must have the detainee’s ISN on them. They must be given to the guards at the gate and be inside a clear plastic bag. Visitors carrying items in bags that

are not clear or items that appear suspicious will be permitted entry. The visitor and items will be removed.

E. Visitors are not allowed to leave items for detainees who are not at visitation.

F. Detainees are not allowed to bring anything with them to visitation.

G. Detainees in the SHU for segregation will be allowed visitors unless they are in

the SHU for severity level 9 or 10 events. (Detainee visitation will be evaluated on a case

by case basis.)

H. Visitors are required to adhere to all rules identified in the Visitation Rules Sheet.

I. Visitors must sign up for visits at least two days in advance if visiting that facility.

J. Visits will be scheduled on the closest day available to the date the visitor wants

to visit the detainee.


107


K. The person(s) who is/are visiting must make the appointment. They may make

an appointment for another TIF visitor center (i.e. an appointment for Bucca can be made at the Cropper visitor center). These appointments must be made at least two weeks ahead of

time.

L. No smoking is permitted.

M. There will be 5 minutes allowed for physical contact during visits. Normal greetings and hugs are allowed.

N. Detainees will be notified when there is 5 minutes remaining in the visit.

O. If at any time the detainee wants to terminate the visit, the visit will be ended

immediately.

P. Violations of any published rules during the visit will result in the immediate end of

the visit.

2. Family Visits

a. The Theater Internment Facility (TIF) shall ensure reasonable access for visitors to meet with detainees at TIFs by adhering to the following guidelines:

(1) Only immediate family members (mother, father, spouse, children, brother, and sister) are authorized to visit detainees. The minimum age for an unaccompanied visitor is

16.

(2) Detainees will not be authorized visitors until 30 days after being assigned an

ISN.

(3) A maximum of 6 visitors (3 adults) will be allowed to see a detainee at once.

(4) Only one family visit per week unless they are farther than 2-hours away by vehicle. In that case, they may ask for two 2-hour visits per month; however, the family

must specify which option it is doing at appointment time.

(5) A family may visit more than one detainee in the same day with separate

appointment times.

(6) Family members over the age of 16 must show a valid ID. Visitors with invalid IDs

or false IDs will be turned away. Family members 18 years of age and older are adults.

3. Attorney Visits

a. All detainees are entitled to consultation with an authorized and recognized attorney

at no expense to the detainee or to Multi-National Force-Iraq. In most cases, detainees will be assigned a defense counsel by the Central Criminal Court of Iraq at the time of their

Initial Hearing. If the detainee would like to personally retain a specific authorized attorney


108


or if they would like to retain an attorney prior to the initial hearing at their own expense they

should utilize family members to contact the Iraqi Bar Association.

b. The following guidelines shall apply to detainees who wish to retain their own counsel vice having an attorney appointed by the CCCI:

(1) Detainees may submit a Form 510 for the DAC to call either the Iraqi Bar

Association or a family member to request that an attorney be retained to represent them in their criminal case. The DAC shall maintain current and up-to-date contact information for

the Iraqi Bar Association.

(2) Defense Attorneys may have completed Limited Criminal Powers of Attorney hand-delivered to the Visitor Processing Site at each TIF or to a CCCI-LO attorney at the

CCCI during normal working hours. Once the Limited Criminal Power of Attorney has been delivered to either the TIF or the CCCI-LO attorney it should be forwarded to the DAC.

(3) The DAC shall obtain the detainee’s signature on the Limited Criminal Power of

Attorney and return the original hardcopy to the Theater Interment Facility (TIF) to be forwarded to the visitation center in anticipation of the attorney/detainee meeting. The DAC

will scan and email the completed Limited Criminal Power of Attorney to the CCCI-LO attorney or paralegal. If the defense attorney requests, an electronic scanned copy can be

emailed to that attorney directly or through the Iraqi Bar Association if the attorney provides a valid email address.

(4) Regardless of the method used in retaining an attorney, the following shall apply:

A. The detainees’ retained attorney must schedule an appointment to see his

client in advance of any desired visitation.

B. The attorney must arrive at the TIF reception site at the appointed time, on the appointed day, with their Iraqi Lawyer Identification Card and a copy of the Limited Criminal

Power of Attorney signed by the detainee and forwarded by the DAC via electronic means to the attorney.

C. The attorney is allowed to visit with the detainee IAW standard guidance

delineated above.

D. For those rare situations in which a detainee does not have family members who could interface with the Iraqi Bar Association, or the ability to contact the Iraqi Bar

Association by telephone (under supervision) for example, third country nationals, the DAC will endeavor to interface with the detainee’s foreign service representatives to act in lieu of

family members as described above to attempt to seek the assistance of the ICRC in helping to facilitate other appropriate channels of communications.

4. Detainees Appearing Before CCCI.


109


a. Per CPA Order 13, paragraph 22, dated 22 April 2004, detainees appearing before

the Central Criminal Court of Iraq (CCCI) shall have the right of representation by an attorney of their choice. If an accused detainee is unable to afford the services of an

attorney, the CCCI will provide him with a qualified attorney free of charge.

5. Detainees Under Review By CRRB/MNFRC.

b. Detainees scheduled to be reviewed by the CRRB may obtain an attorney by coordinating with family members as previously described. Detainees will have access to

their attorney through the visitation process. Prior to scheduling an attorney visit, the attorney must provide the DAC with: (1) satisfactory proof that they are an attorney

recognized to practice law in Iraq or other jurisdiction; and (2) satisfactory proof that they represent the detainee, such as a Special Power of Attorney. The DAC will then provide the

attorney an authorization letter that can be used to schedule a visitation appointment.

6. The Theater Interment Facility (TIF), Detainee Assistance Center (DAC), and CCCI

Liaison Office (CCCI-LO) shall ensure reasonable access for defense attorneys to meet with detainee clients at TIF’s by:

a. Providing information on detainee visitation policies and procedures to defense

attorneys assigned to CCCI and other attorneys who separately visit the facility or answer request for such information for those with an Iraqi Limited Criminal Power of Attorney on

file.

b. Subject to overriding and intervening security measures:

(1) Providing appointments to defense attorneys within reasonable and established TIF visitation hours. Lawyer appointment times are the same as

those available to families.

(2) Providing expedited processing procedures for defense attorneys for entry onto the TIF when possible and feasible.

(3) Making efforts to protect the attorney-client relationship by providing a

reasonably private meeting place, at least comparable to the family visitation area.

7. CCCI Liaison Office. The CCCI Liaison Office’s responsibilities include the following:

a. Providing the TIFs with visual samples of valid Iraqi Lawyer Identification Cards and Iraqi Limited Criminal Powers of Attorney to be used to verify a visiting attorney’s

credentials.

b. Notifying TF 134 in advance when exceptions to the above arise, and

providing samples of adequate substitute identification.


110


c. Distribute and maintain a consolidated CCCI lawyer list with approved

attorneys.

d. Providing defense attorneys representing detainees at CCCI-Baghdad or other members of the Iraqi defense bar with an MNF-I informational pamphlet regarding detainee

visitation at the appropriate TIF, that will include the following information: general visiting instructions, a list of required and suggested items to bring, a list of prohibited items, facility

contact information, and driving instructions to the facility.

e. On select occasions, assist in the coordination of a detainee attorney visit.

f. Theater Internment Facility (TIF). TIF responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

(1) Maintaining examples of current and valid Iraqi Lawyer Identification Cards, and

an Iraqi Limited Criminal Power of Attorney for defense attorney identification.

(2) If possible, providing an expedited in-processing procedure for defense attorney visitation when they present proper identification.

(3) Providing a visitation area intended to enhance attorney-client privacy

when feasible and practicable. This may include maintaining one visiting stall per attorney visiting session per day solely for the purpose of attorney-client meetings.

(4) Screening all attorneys against the list of approved CCCI lawyer or Iraqi Limited

Criminal Power of Attorney log.

(5) Scheduling and tracking attorney appointments.

(6) Monitoring the attorney visit to ensure the safety and security of the attorney and the detainee without listening to the conversation.

(7) If possible, notify attorneys with scheduled appointments of necessary

scheduling alterations.

(8) Multiple attorney visits per week are permitted and do not count against family visits.

8. Detainee Family Photo

a. This optional photograph during meet and greet, taken of detainee with family, will

create a positive Coalition Forces perception by the detainees and their families.

b. Taking photos of detainees with their families at visitation positively influences detainees and their families. This provides detainees with a current family photo which


111


increases hope. In addition, the photos will be used as a method of recording associations

and family bonds useful in developing networks. Taking these photos will also build a better impression of US forces with the detainees since we are reinforcing the family bond both

through visitation and the memento photo.

TF 22 – J1 Personnel

1. Awards and Decorations

a. This policy establishes procedures for processing Awards within TF 134. Failure to

comply with this standard operating procedure will result in the award package being returned to the originator ultimately resulting in the delay of completion prior to member’s

departure date. ALL AWARDS MUST BE SUBMITTED IN NIPR. Contact the J1 section

for this policy via NIPR email and we will send it.

2. Awards Approval Authority

a. As of 15 May 2004, Commanders, MNF-I and MNC-I, are delegated the authority to

approve the Defense Meritorious Service Medal and below to personnel assigned to or augmented your command, who appear on your CENTCOM managed Joint Table of

Distribution (JTD), Joint Manning Document (JMD), or Joint Table of Mobilization Distribution (JTMD). This is not authority to award these decorations to individuals not filling

joint positions. If service member has augmented TF 134, joint awards package must include a memo stating they have augmented and will be signed by first O-5 and above in

service member’s chain. Commanders, MNF-I and MNC-I, are also delegated the authority to approve the Joint Civilian Service Commendation Award and the Joint Civilian Service

Achievement Award for all assigned civilian personnel assigned to the JMD.

3. Awards Submission Timelines.

a. Commanders of units task organized under TF 134 will process requests through TF 134 J1. All awards submissions will be electronically submitted the TF 134 J1 Awards

Clerks. Submit via NIPR.

b. Joint Service Achievement and Joint Service Commendation Medal award packages

must be received by Task Force 134, J1 NLT 60 days prior to member’s departure date for

processing.

c. Bronze Stars, Army Commendation Medals and Army Achievement Medals must be

submitted to Task Force 134, J1 NLT 90 days prior to member’s departure date to ensure

J1 has enough time to get higher headquarters approval. Exception to this policy will be worked on a case-by-case basis.


112


d. Those desiring to submit awards for U.S. Federal Government civilian employees

must submit recommendations to TF 134 NLT 60 days prior to departure.

4. Awards Package Contents.

a. The following items must be included in the award package when submitted to Task Force 134, J1 Awards Clerks for processing:

b. Defense Meritorious Service Medal (DMSM), Joint Service Commendation Medal

(JSCM), and Joint Service Achievement Medal (JSAM) awards package must include signed CC Form 25, narrative, and citation. Personnel not on the Joint Manning Document

(JMD) but are augmenting TF 134 must have a memorandum accompanying awards submission stating that service member was directly augmenting TF 134 mission (see J1

Annex). This memorandum must be signed by signed by O-5 and above for recommendation.

c. Bronze Star, Army Commendation Medal and Army Achievement Medal packages

must include DA Form 638, narrative, and citation.

d. Joint Civilian Service Commendation Award (JCSCA) and Joint Civilian Achievement

Award (JCAA) packages must include civilian award recommendation memorandum,

narrative, and citation.

5. Instructions for Completing Narratives.

a. Narratives are prepared on 8 ½ x 11 inch plain bond paper with one inch margins using the Times New Roman font with a font size of 12. The narrative will consist of a

single paragraph and no indentions.

b. Narratives for BSM and DMSM will not exceed one page, single spaced.

c. The opening sentence must identify the service member by full rank, full name, branch of service, duty title, duty assignment, location, and inclusive dates of award. For

compound grade titles, such as First Sergeant, Chief Warrant Officer Four, First Lieutenant, etc., spell out the complete grade title in the opening sentence. In the remainder of the

body, the short form of the rank (e.g. SSG for Staff Sergeant) may be used, but the choice of usage must be consistent throughout the narrative. The closing sentence will contain the

full rank and last name.

d. The narrative is a specific description of the act, achievement, or service for which the award is being presented. Be specific on facts. The narrative must be unclassified,

grammatically correct, and will not contain abbreviations or uncommon terminology. Ensure that there are two spaces after periods and avoid the use of quotation marks and

parenthesis. Do not start the narrative with “During this period, MAJ Adams”


113


e. Do not use any acronyms or abbreviations, other than Jr., Sr., II, III, etc. following the

individual’s name. Symbols such as $, %, are considered abbreviations and will be spelled out (i.e., dollars, percent). Hyphenations should be avoided. If a date is divided, only the

year is carried over to the next line.

f. Do not overcapitalize words. Operations and Exercise titles are capitalized, such as: OPERATION IRAQI FREEDOM and EXERCISE EAGER ARROW.

g. Do not refer to specific military installations, locations, or geographical areas, such as

camps, Forward Operating Bases (FOBs), grid coordinates, zones, or supply routes.

h. The “from” and “to” dates in the narrative must agree with the award recommendation. Use only one set of “from” and “to” dates. If the person had more than one duty title, list all

titles and one set of dates to cover all titles. EXAMPLE: Chief of Policy and as Intelligence Analyst, Deputy Chief of Staff, Intelligence, Multi-National Force-Iraq, from 10 December

2003 to 15 June 2004.

6. Instructions for Completing Citations

a. Citations will be prepared on 8 ½ x 11 inch plain bond paper with one inch margins, typed in all caps using the Times New Roman Font with a size of 14 point. Use justified

alignment do not exceed 18 lines to include opening and closing sentences. Citations for award of the ARCOM and AAM must be included on the DA Form 638 and not separately.

The MSM citation may be prepared on the DA Form 638 or included separately. All other awards (except PH) will include a separate citation.

b. The opening sentence must identify the service member by full rank, full name,

branch of service, duty title, duty assignment, location, and inclusive dates. For compound grade titles, such as First Sergeant, Chief Warrant Officer Four, First Lieutenant, etc., spell

out the complete grade title in the opening sentence. In the remainder of the body, the short form of the rank (e.g. Sergeant for Staff Sergeant) must be used. The closing sentence will

contain the full rank and last name.

c. The citation is a short description of the act, achievement, or service for which the award (LOM and above) is being presented and is extracted from the award narrative. The

citation must contain one concrete accomplishment. Be specific on facts. Avoid needless adjectives and job descriptions. The citation must be unclassified, grammatically correct,

and will not contain abbreviations or uncommon terminology. Ensure that there are two spaces after periods and avoid the use of quotation marks and parentheses. A standard

citation will be used for all awards BSM and below.

d. Avoid the use of code names in citations. Do not use any acronyms or abbreviations, other than Jr., Sr., II, III, etc. following the individual’s name. Symbols such as $, %, are

considered abbreviations and will be spelled out (i.e., dollars, percent).


114


e. Do not overcapitalize words. Operations and Exercise titles are capitalized, such as:

OPERATION IRAQI FREEDOM and EXERCISE EAGER ARROW.

f. Hyphenations should be avoided. If a date is divided, only the year is carried over to the next line.

g. The “from” and “to” dates in the citation must agree with the award recommendation.

Use only one set of “from” and “to” dates. If the person had more than one duty title, list all titles, and one set of dates to cover all titles.

7. Mandatory Opening and Closing Sentences.

a. Defense Meritorious Service Medal:

(1) Opening Sentence: Full Rank, Full Name, Branch, distinguished

himself/herself by exceptionally meritorious service/achievement as duty position,

organization, Multi-National Force-Iraq, Baghdad, Iraq, from Date to Date during

OPERATION IRAQI FREEDOM.

(2) Closing Sentence: Through his/her distinctive accomplishments, Full Rank and

Last Name reflected great credit upon himself/herself, the Multi-National Force-Iraq, the

United States Branch, and the Department of Defense.

b. Joint Service Commendation Medal:


himself/herself by exceptionally meritorious service/achievement as duty position,

organization, Multi-National Force-Iraq, Baghdad, Iraq, from Date to Date during

OPERATION IRAQI FREEDOM.

(2) Closing Sentence: Through his/her distinctive accomplishments, Full Rank and

Last Name reflected credit upon himself/herself, the Multi-National Force-Iraq, the United

States Branch, and the Department of Defense.

c. Joint Service Achievement Medal


himself/herself by meritorious service/achievement as duty position, organization,

Multi-National Force-Iraq, Baghdad, Iraq, from Date to Date during OPERATION IRAQI

FREEDOM.

(2) Closing Sentence: Through his/her accomplishments, Full Rank and Last

Name reflected credit upon himself/herself, the Multi-National Force-Iraq, the United

States Branch, and the Department of Defense.


115


d. Bronze Star Medal

(1) Mandatory Opening Sentence: (Full Rank and Full Name), (United States

[Army/Navy/Air Force/Marine Corps] or country and Service if Coalition member),

distinguished himself/herself by exceptionally meritorious (service/achievement) to (the

United States or Coalition Country) as (duty position), (organization), Multi-National

Force-Iraq, Baghdad, Iraq, from 1 January 2005 to 1 January 2006 during OPERATION IRAQI FREEDOM.

(2) Mandatory Closing Sentence: (Full Rank and last name’s) actions are in keeping

with the finest traditions of military service and reflect distinct credit upon himself/herself, the Multi-National Force-Iraq, and (the United States [Army/Navy/Air Force/Marine Corps] or

Coalition country and Service).

e. Civilian Awards

(1) Opening Sentence. Mr./Mrs./Ms. Full Name, Branch/Department, distinguished

himself/herself by meritorious service/achievement as job title, section, Multi-National

Force-Iraq, Baghdad, Iraq from Date to Date during OPERATION IRAQI FREEDOM.

(2) Closing Sentence: Through his/her distinctive accomplishments, Mr./Mrs./Ms.

Last Name reflected credit upon himself/herself, the Multi-National Force-Iraq, the Branch

and the Department of Defense.

8. Rules for completing the DA Form 638 and CC Form 25

a. DA Form 638

(1) Block 1: Fill in office of next person in Chain of Command (CoC) above the recommender. i.e. If DCS SPA is the recommender, for example, the next person in the

CoC is the CG, MNF-I.

(2) Block 2: Fill in recommender’s office information

(3) Blocks 3-5: Self Explanatory

(4) Block 6: Enter recipient’s Social Security Number. Leave blank for foreign personnel.

(5) Block 7: Self Explanatory

(6) Block 8: Fill in individual achievement previous awards. Service, unit, and

campaign medals such as the NDSM, ASR, or GWOTS will not be listed.


116


(7) Block 9: List SERVICE/COMPONENT i.e. USA/ACT/10 JUN 04

A. Use the Following for Services:

B. For COMPONENT:C. USA-Army Act-Active Duty

D. DSN-Navy Res-Reserve ForcesE. USAF-Air Force NG-National Guard

F. USMC-Marine Corps

(8) If awarding to foreign military personnel put country. i.e. British Royal Army

(9) Blocks 10-19: Self Explanatory

(10) Block 20: For AAMs, ARCOMs, and MSMs enter the achievements.For BSMs and above, enter “SEE ATTACHED NARRATIVE”.

(11) Block 21: For AAMs, ARCOMs, and BSMs, enter the appropriate citation. For

BSM and above, fill in “SEE ATTACHED CITATION”.

(12) Block 22: Staff Section Admin Clerk must sign and date verifying that the individual is eligible for an award.

(13) Block 23-25: Fill in the intermediate recommenders as required.

(14) For awards which MNC-I lacks approval authority (MOH, DSC, DSC, DSM,

foreign general officer, foreign LOM), data for the CG, MNF-I, will also be entered in the intermediate endorsement blocks as follows:

A. CDR, AHRC (AHRC-PDO-PA), 200 Stovall St., Alexandria VA 22332

B. CG, MNF-I, APO AE 09342

C. DAVID H. PETRAEUS

D. GEN

E. COMMANDING

(15) Block 26: Enter CG, MNF-I information as follows for awards approved at the

MNF-I level. Leave blank otherwise.

A. ORDERS ISSUING AUTHORITY

B. CG, MNF-I, APO AE 09342


117


C. RAYMOND T. ODIERNO

D. LTG

E. COMMANDING

(16) Blocks 27-31: Enter the below information as follows if the CG, MNF-I is the

approval authority for the award. Leave blank otherwise.

(17) Block 27: a. HQ, MNC-I APO AE 09342

(18) Block 28:

A. TIA WINSTON

B. CPT

C. CHIEF, CJ1 PERSONNEL ACTIONS AND AWARDS

(19) Blocks 29-30: leave blank

(20) Block 31: 1-SERVICE MEMBER

A. 1-UNIT

B. 1-OMPF

C. 1-FILE

b. CC Form 25

(1) Blocks 4-5: Self-Explanatory. Enter the appropriate rate/warfare designators for USN personnel if desired. Use grade, otherwise.

(2) Block 6: Complete service member’s Duty Title from JMD.

(3) Block 7: Complete JMD paragraph and line number OR check block and include

documentation.

(4) Block 8: Complete Organization (e.g. MNF-I or MNF)/Baghdad, Iraq.

(5) Block 9: Mark appropriate block for appropriate award and subsequent award block if applicable. The CC Form 25 may only be used for JSAM, JSCM, JSCM V, and

DMSM recommendations.


118


(6) Block 10: Mark appropriate box

(7) Block 11-12: Indicate inclusive award period

(8) Block 13: Indicate desired award presentation date.

(9) Block 14: Indicate award reason:

(10) REDEPLOYMENT-Given for the entirety of the service member’s deployment

(11) RETIREMENT-Joint awards are only authorized for retirement if the majority of

the service member’s prior ten years of service are spent in Joint assignments

(12) IMPACT-Given for acts of achievement spanning a very short time period

(13) Block 15: Complete previous award types/numbers. Do not list service, campaign, or unit awards. This block must be completed.

(14) Block 16: Annotate YES if service member has received a previous award

during the same deployment and attach copy of citation or list type, reason, and inclusive period.

(15) Blocks 17-18: Self explanatory. Ensure signature is also dated.

(16) Blocks 20-21: Self explanatory. If the senior service member of the

recommender’s unit is not initiating the award recommendation, blocks 20-21 must be completed with the senior service member’s information (O5 or above).

(17) Block 24: Use the template with the correct approval authority. The CG, MNF-

I is the approval authority for award of the DMSM and JSCM V while the CoS is the approval authority for award of the JSCM and JSAM.

9. Example Awards. Refer to J1 Annex (Example Awards).

10.Service Awards. The following service awards have been approved for service in the

OIF AOR:

a. National Defense Service Medal (NDSM). The Office of the Secretary of Defense has authorized the reinstatement of the NDSM for members of the U.S. Armed Forces

serving on active duty on or after 11 Sep 01, with a termination date to be determined in the future. Eligibility criteria for Reservists, other qualifying time periods, and subsequent award

information can be found in AR 600-8-22, Military Awards, 11 December 2006.

b. Iraq Campaign Medal (ICM). In accordance with AR 600-8-22, Military Awards,


119


11 December 2006, the ICM is authorized for all members of the Armed Forces of the

United States serving in Iraq in direct support of OIF on or after 19 Mar 03 to a date to be determined or the cessation of OIF. Navy Service Members qualifying for the ICM should

have a memorandum (see attachment 3) signed by the J1 OIC prior to departure.

c. Global War on Terrorism Medals. In accordance with AR 600-8-22, Military Awards, 11 December 2006, the Global War on Terrorism Expeditionary (GWOTEM) and Service

Medals (GWOTSM) are authorized for all members of the Armed Forces of the United States serving in the area of eligibility or in support of Global War on Terrorism Operations,

on or after September 11, 2001 to a date to be determined. Effective 30 Apr 05 and in accordance with AR 600-8-22, Military Awards, 11 December 2006, the GWOTEM is no

longer authorized for award in Afghanistan or Iraq.

d. Armed Forces Reserve Medal (AFRM). In accordance with AR 600-8-22, Military Awards, 11 December 2006above, eligible Reserve component members who are

mobilized for Operation Iraqi Freedom may be awarded the AFRM with Bronze “M” device. To qualify for the “M” device, members must have performed active duty service in support

of a call-up or a designated contingency operation on or after 11 Sep 01.

e. Overseas Service Ribbon (OSR). In accordance with AR 600-8-22, Military Awards, 11 December 2006, Soldiers credited with a normal overseas tour in accordance with AR

614-30 may be awarded the OSR for service in Iraq in addition to the ICM.

f. Combat Badges. In accordance with reference AR 600-8-22, Military Awards, 11 December 2006,5 December 2001 began the fourth conflict qualifying for award of the

Combat Infantryman Badge (CIB) and Combat Medical Badge (CMB). A terminating date for this period has not yet been established. Soldiers are thus eligible for only one award of

the CIB and CMB for OIF/OEF, regardless of the number of rotations served. In accordance the above reference, 18 September 2001 began the first conflict qualifying for

award of the Combat Action Badge (CAB) continuing to a termination date in the future that has yet to be established. Only one CAB may be earned for any qualifying period. Soldiers

are thus eligible for only one award of the CAB for OIF/OEF, regardless of the number of rotations served. Award of the CAB for qualifying service in any previous conflict is not

authorized.

g. CIB. The CIB may be awarded to Army Infantry, Ranger, and Special Forces

Officers and Enlisted Soldiers in the grade of Colonel and below with 11 or 18 series MOS who satisfactorily perform duties while assigned or attached as a member of an Infantry,

Ranger, or Special Forces unit of brigade, regimental, or smaller size during any period such unit was engaged in active ground combat to close with and destroy the enemy with

direct fires. In accordance with reference in para 11.a., Infantry and Special Forces Soldiers serving as tactical advisors to Iraqi infantry and specialized, Infantry units can be awarded

the CIB if all other normal eligibility requirements are met. Individual must be personally present and under fire. Service members from the other U.S. Armed Forces and foreign


120


military (infantry and Special Forces equivalents) assigned or attached as a member of a

U.S. Army Infantry or Special Forces unit of brigade, regimental, or smaller size may be considered for award of the CIB providing they meet all the basic requirements. Awards to

other U.S. Armed Forces must have concurrence from the respective service prior to awarding.

h. CMB: Subsequent to 11 Sep 01 the CMB may be awarded to medical personnel

assigned, attached, or OPCON to any ground combat arms units (not to include members assigned or attached to aviation units) of brigade or smaller size, who satisfactorily perform

medical duties while the unit is engaged in actual ground combat, provided they are personally present and under fire. In accordance with reference in para 11.a. and

CENTCOM memorandum dated 23 April 05, Delegation of Awards Approval Authority 22, effective 3 Jun 05, Soldiers possessing MOS of 18D are no longer eligible for award of the

CMB but are eligible for the CIB.

i. CAR. Requests for the Combat Action Ribbon (CAR) will be submitted to the Senior Navy Liaison for processing. Point of contact is the Navy Liaison at 822-2048. Refer to

SECNAVINST 1650.1h - Navy and Marine Corps Awards Manual, 22 August 2006 for eligibility criteria.

j. Combat Action Badge. In accordance with reference 11d. above, the requirements

for the award of the CAB are Branch and MOS immaterial. Assignment to a combat arms unit or a unit organized to conduct close or offensive combat operations or performing

offensive combat operations is not required to qualify for the CAB. However, it is not intended to be awarded to all Soldiers who serve in a combat zone or imminent danger

area. To be eligible, a Soldier must be performing assigned duties in an area where hostile fire pay or imminent danger pay is authorized, be personally present and actively engaging

or being engaged by the enemy, be performing satisfactorily in accordance with the prescribed rules of engagement, and must not be assigned/attached to a unit that would

qualify the Soldier for the CIB/CMB. The CAB may be awarded to members of the United States Air Force, United States Marine Corps, or Soldiers of a Foreign Service, but only if

assigned to a U.S. Army unit and all basic requirements are met. Sister service personnel

assigned to a joint activity are ineligible for the CAB. Awards to other U.S. Armed

Forces must have concurrence from the respective service prior to awarding.

(1) In accordance with AR 600-8-22, Military Awards, 11 December 2006, all requests for CAB will be submitted on a DA Form 4187 and must include the following:

deployment orders (assignment, attachment, or OPCON), Enlisted/Officer Records Brief or DA Form 2-1, chain of command endorsement using DA Form 4187-1-R, narrative

description of qualifying incident, and any supporting documentation (i.e. official unit reports, casualty report, line of duty investigation, two or more eyewitness statements, or previously

awarded Purple Heart orders). In accordance with above references, service members no longer within the Iraq theater of operations must forward requests for the CAB through their

current unit of assignment to the first MG commander or equivalent position in their chain-of-command.


121


(2) In accordance with reference 1aj above and for the purpose of awarding the CAB, attacks by mortars, rockets, rocket-propelled grenades, improved explosive devices, and

suicide bombers qualify for the badge. However if the application is made for those specific incidents, the narrative must include the following: proximity of the service member to the

impacted area in meters and whether the service member could have reasonably been injured by the blast, detonation, or explosion.

(3) Assault Landing Credit. In accordance with DoD Manual 1348.33M, Manual for

Military Decorations, September 1996, incorporating change 1, 18 September 2006 and SECNAVINST 1650.1h - Navy and Marine Corps Awards Manual, 22 August 2006, units

meeting all requirements and requesting Assault Landing Credit (ALC) will submit a memorandum to Commander, MNC-I for approval. The memorandum will contain the

following: size and composition of the force involved, lists of units that participated in the assault landing mission, length of the operation, the relationship between the tactical

operations of the unified command controlling the operation, the beginning and ending date of the assault operation, enemy situation, and reaction. Not later than 60 days after

approval by the Commander, MNC-I, the data listed above will be submitted to AHRC through MNF-I. AHRC will forward the information to Office of the Deputy Chief of Staff, G3

and the U.S. Army Center of Military History for confirmation. Upon confirmation, AHRC will publish orders announcing ALC.

11. Instructions for Completing DA form 4187 for Award of The Combat Infantryman Badge,

Combat Medical Badge, and Combat Action Badge

a. Documents required when submitting a Combat Action Badge (CAB); Combat Infantry Badge (CIB); or Combat Medical Badge (CMB) are: DA Form 4187 (and attached

list for multiple names) must be endorsed by entire chain of command. Because the Brigade (O6) Commander has disapproval authority, for recommendations with an attached

list and the Brigade (O6) Commander has decided to recommend only some of the Soldiers, the attached list must be revised to reflect the Brigade Commander’s intent (i.e. remove

disapproved Soldiers from attached list). Brigade Commanders (COL) have disapproval authority, therefore if they recommend disapproval the recommendation does not get

forwarded to MNC-I.

b. Narrative: No more than one page description of qualifying incident; must mention each Soldier that is being recommended. A minimum of two independent sworn statements

(DA Form 2823): each recommended individual should be mentioned by at least two independent observers, copy of recommended Soldier(s) TCS, attachment orders, or

OPCON orders, copy of Soldier’s Officer Records Brief (ORB), Enlisted Records Brief (ERB), or DA Form 2-1. Copy of previously awarded Purple Heart Orders (Purple Heart

recipients only require submission of the 4187, a narrative, and copy of the PH orders or Certificate.

c. Step by Step Instructions for completing DA Form 4187:


122


(1) Block 1: Enter Battalion and/or Brigade level Commander’s address.

(2) Block 2 (TO): Enter:

A. COMMANDER

B. UNIT (Higher HQ)

C. APO AE 09342

(3) Bock 3: Enter Unit Commander’s address.

(4) Block 4: Enter Soldier’s FULL NAME or SEE ATTACHED LIST

(5) Block 5: Enter Soldier’s rank

(6) Block 6: Enter Soldiers Social Security Number

(7) Block 7, 8, 9 and 10: LEAVE BLANK.

(8) Section IV (Remarks):

A. For the CIB: Under the provisions of paragraph 8-6, AR 600-8-22, recommend award of the Combat Infantryman Badge for the period (date) to (date).

1 Circumstances: (describe the circumstances)

(a) My signature below verifies that the Soldier(s) listed were personally

present and under hostile fire while serving in an assigned infantry or Special Forces primary duty, in a unit actively engaged in ground combat with the enemy.

B. For the CMB: Under the provisions of paragraph 8-7, AR 600-8-22,

recommend award of the Combat Medical Badge for the period (date) to (date).

1 Circumstances. (describe the circumstances

(a) My signature below verifies that the Soldier(s) listed were personally present and under fire during ground combat while serving in a medical position and

assigned or attached by appropriate orders to an infantry unit of brigade or smaller size or to a medical unit or company of smaller size, during the period the infantry unit was engaged

in actual ground combat.C. For the CAB. Under the provisions of paragraph 8-8, AR 600-8-22,

recommend award of the Combat Medical Badge for the period (date) to (date).


123


1 Circumstances: (describe the circumstances)

(a) Request that Rank and Full Name be awarded the Combat Action

Badge for personally (engaging or being engaged by) the enemy.

(9) Block 11: Place an X in “HAS BEEN VERIFIED” AND “RECOMMEND APPROVAL” block.

(10) Block 12, 13 and 14: Commander’s printed name, signature and date.

(11) Block 12: CG’s printed name.

12 Leave and Pass Processing

a. Members of this organization will be authorized the opportunity to the maximum

extent possible to exercise their right for absence through periods of authorized leave and pass. Commanders will insure that maximum attention is given to each request for

leave/pass. While deployed in Operation Iraqi Freedom the only authorized leaves/passes are Rest and Recuperation, Emergency, and Convalescent.

b. The following instructions primarily apply to the TF 134 Detainee Operations. These

instructions are how to apply for and travel on R&R leave/pass. The R&R Policy is the only document stating the policies for service member/civilian for R&R leave/pass. Subordinate

units are encouraged to develop internal procedures IAW MNC-I and higher policies/procedures.

c. Rest and Recuperation Leave.

(1) NLT 60 days prior to a service member/civilian taking R&R leave, he/she must

inform the J-1 of his/her requested dates. These dates must be approved by the section OIC/NCOIC before hand.

(2) The J-1 verifies that the leave dates will not cause the unit to violate the 12% out

of theater policy.

(3) It is the responsibility of the SM/civilian and his/her OIC/NCOIC to attend the required briefing at the CP Victory Chapel – Bldg 31 (Mondays/Saturdays at 1500 and

Wednesdays at 0930). Personnel working night shift that are unable to attend the daily briefs may contact the TF 134 Chaplain to receive the brief prior to departing on leave. TF

134 will also provide these briefs to units while he is visiting them. This will only occur if the Soldier cannot attend the brief.

(4) NLT 20 days prior to a SM/civilian taking R&R leave, he/she must complete a DA

31 (see J1 Annex). Specific instructions for completing the R&R leave DA 31:


124


A. Box 6: enter location traveling to, not a home of record, family member, etc.

This determines where your flight ticket will be made out for.

B. Box 7: leave as is

C. Box 9b: leave either “18 days (15 Month tour)” or “15 days (12 Month tour)” whichever applies

D. Reserve / National Guard personnel must complete a minimum of 270 days in

theater in order to participate in the R&R Program. They will be entitled to “15 days”.

E. Box 10a: type the date SM/CIV wants departs from BIAP (LV dates will not begin until SM/CIV has arrived to final destination; PAP personnel located in Germany,

Atlanta, Dallas will inform SM/CIV on what date they must return to the PAP).

F. Box 10b: type the date 22 or 19 days, based on leave location, after the date in Box 10a (i.e. Box 10a shows “ (1 AUG – {Departure from BIAP} – 22 AUG – {Return to

BIAP} ) this approximate time frame includes travel to and from leave.

G. Box 17a: type or write date attended Chaplain’s briefing

H. Box 17h: type the location provided to J-1 in R&R Leave Request, Column H.

I. Box 17j: SM/civilian initials understanding of R&R policies and procedures

J. NLT 48hrs prior to a SM/civilian’s departure for R&R leave, the J-1 will verify

the by-name information with MNC-I C1 Programs and provide the flight information to the section OIC/NCOIC.

K. SMs/civilians will fly in IBA with helmet, ID Card, and Dog Tags. IBA and

helmets will be secured in Kuwait. Weapons will remain with unit in Iraq.

d. Rest and Recuperation Pass.

(1) NLT 60 days prior to a SM/civilian taking R&R Pass, he/she must inform the J-1 of his/her requested dates. These dates must be approved by the section OIC/NCOIC before

hand.

(2) The J-1 verifies that the pass dates will not cause the unit to violate the 12% out of theater policy.

(3) NLT 72hrs prior to a SM/civilian’s departure for R&R pass, the J-1 will verify the

by-name information with MNC-I C1 Programs and provide the flight information to the section OIC/NCOIC.


125


(4) SMs/civilians will fly in IBA with helmet, ID Card, and Tags. IBA and helmets will remain with SM/civilian. Weapons will remain with unit in Iraq.

(5) NLT 10 days prior to a SM/civilian taking R&R pass, he/she must complete a DA

31. Specific instructions for the R&R pass DA 31.

A. Box 6: leave as is

B. Box 7: leave as is

C. Box 8: add DSN phone number

D. Box 10a&b: add the dates once the final flight information is approved

e. Emergency Leave. The TF 134 Commander and CSM have not added to this policy. Any SM/civilian may request an exception to policy for an occurrence not covered by the

policy or AR 600-8-10. The information below is a quick reference and is not meant to supersede the policy/regulation listed.

(1) Emergency leave for all SM/civilians in the deployed theater should be granted

primarily in cases of imminent death or death of a parent, sibling, child, or spouse. The TF 134 Commander can only authorize up to 30 days of emergency leave from Operation Iraqi

Freedom. Procedures are the same as for ordinary leave with the following exceptions:

A. The “OTHER” box will be checked in block 7 and the word “EMERGENCY” will be placed in the space provided.

B. After duty hours, the JOC Battle Captain will notify the ADJ / J1 for completion

of the leave form (blocks 1-20). The SM will only be released after approval from his Company Commander.

C. The following statement will be typed or handwritten in block 30. “Soldier has

been informed of the procedures for requesting leave extensions and that Red Cross verification is required.

(2) Units will ensure that a SM has a completed emergency leave packet which

includes the following items:

A. Memorandum from unit to BIAP Pax Terminal (for those departing from BIAP) stating SM will return to theater once Emergency leave is complete.

B. Copy of SM/civilian’s deployment orders.

C. “Loco Parentis” affidavit (if applicable)


126


D. Emergency Red Cross Message

E. DA Form 31 (signed by O5 Commander or above). This leave form covers the SM’s travel from Iraq to final destination and return to Iraq. A SM must plan movement that

will allow him/her to return to his/her unit in Iraq to sign in off of leave by COB on the last day. If a SM cannot return to Iraq within the required timeline, the TF 134 CDR must extend

the SM’s leave and contact the BIAP IPOC immediately so that the BIAP IPOC can log the new return date in the emergency leave request. Red Cross Message Number will be

identified on the DA FM 31.

(3) SM must have in their possession a valid military ID card and a copy of their completed DA Form 31 at all times. Without these documents, SM will not be allowed to

travel.

f. General Instructions Concerning the DA Form 31 (Request and Authorization for Leave).

(1) The DA 31 will be used both on a request for and, upon approval, authority for

leave. Leave will begin on or after the “from” date indicated on the DA Form 31. Request for leave will be initiated at the unit as indicated below:

(2) SM/civilians will fill in Blocks 2 through 11 of the DA Form 31 completely. Block 8

must have the unit phone number (DSN and commercial to include area code. Block 12 will be completed by the section NCOIC/OIC. The DA Form 31 will then be turned in to the J-1.

Block 13 will be completed by the Unit Commander.

(3) All DA Form 31s will be handwritten or typed in black ink and forwarded through the HHC CO/1SG to the J-1 NLT 30 working days prior to the start date of the leave. The

leave will be logged and filed with the HHC CO/1SG for leave management and in the leave suspense log until the SM/civilian’s departure.

(4) Only personnel going on Emergency Leave will sign in/out on leave through their

respective J / S / N-1 sections. R&R Leave/Pass forms will be completed at the travel destination. J / S / N-1 personnel will complete all administrative requirements for items

18-24.

(5) This policy in no way alleviates the requirement that every individual departing for leave have in his/her possession a copy of the DA Form 31 authorizing him/her to be absent

from his place of duty.

(6) Upon approval by the approving authority, the J / S / N-1 & HHC TF 134 CDR will insure that a leave control number is appropriately entered in Block 2 and will be recorded in

the Leave Control Log. In the event that the leave is changed or canceled, the J / S / N-1 &


127


HHC TF 134 CDR will void the leave in the Leave Control Log and file the original copy of

the leave in the leave files.

(7) The J /S / N-1 section will ensure that the DA Form 31 is disposed of as follows:

A. Upon completion of leave, the original copy of the DA Form 31 will be kept for records and stored according to the ARIMS records keeping system.

B. The individual copy will be given to the requester upon signing out on leave.

He will retain it on his person during his leave.

C. The J / S / N-1 & HHC TF 134 CDR will ensure that the processed DA Form 31s are maintained in a suspense file during the periods of time prior to the beginning date

of the leave and during their period of leave.

g. Extensions of Leave. Personnel requesting leave extensions will contact the PAP, number identified on the DA FM 31 in order to obtain an extension. SM must notify his / her

Chain of Command in order to properly maintain proper personnel accountability. The request will be coordinated NLT 2 days in advance of the leave termination date. The

requester will be informed of approval or disapproval of the request for extension by the most expeditious means through the PAP.

13. In/Out Processing

a. In-Processing to TF 134

(1) ALL unit fill, individual augmentee (IA’s), eJMAP position holders, and Unit

Request Form (URF) individuals, assigned, attached, and augmented personnel must in process.

(2) Respective Section leaders are responsible for incoming troops and must assign

a sponsor who will coordinate with them prior to arrival in theater. This includes: work out the flight plan arrival dates in theater, Reception, Staging, and Onward Integration (RSOI) in

Kuwait, and arrival to FOB. Information will be shared with the J1 who will keep a tracker for inbound personnel.

(3) Upon arrival to TF 134, sponsors must initiate the in-processing through the J-1.

(4) All incoming personnel are required to provide orders and complete the in-

processing paperwork.

(5) J-1 section hands off new SM to Section for rest of in-processing. All incoming personnel will visit/obtain the following from the J1 section: J1 In-Process Data Sheet,

ISOPREP form, Obtain copy of TCS/MOB orders, In-processing check sheet (48 Hrs), Family separation form (if applicable), and obtain a Camp Victory Information Packet. Once


128


all stations have been completed the member will return the in-processing sheet back to the

J1 for record. The section will ensure the SM obtains an MNC-I badge from the AL FAW palace (if needed). All geographically separated sections will provide the above information

electronically when completed.

b. Out-Processing from TF 134 (see J1 Annex for Out Processing Checklist):

(1) NLT 30 days prior to a SM’s/civilian’s departure, he/she will visit or call the J1 section to receive specifics of out-processing.

(2) All individual redeployment packets will include:

A. Copy of Deployment Orders – TDY, TCS, etc.

B. Release Memorandum signed by the first Chief of Staff – completed by J1.

C. Redeployment Validation Checklist – carried by departing individual to all

redeployment “stations.”

D. NLT 30 days prior to a SM’s/civilian’s departure, the SM/civilian (or Redeployment Manager for Navy, Air Force and Marines) will begin scheduling a flight from

BIAP to destination in preparation for a Freedom Flight using the Freedom Flight Request Form (e-mailed to Army SMs only by J-1). A flight from BIAP can be scheduled by calling

318-446-3002/3005/3025/3027/3045 once a Freedom Flight reservation is confirmed.

(3) Subordinate units are required to develop their own SOP for in/out-processing SMs; however, approval level for departures from theater must remain the same.

14.Evaluations

a. Service and National regulations vary on evaluation reports so the following guidance

is provided to ensure all deployed military personnel are rendered evaluation reports in accordance with appropriate service reporting requirements. Refer to Service and National

regulations for specific guidance for processing reports.

b. TDY/TAD Orders (US Forces Only). For individuals on temporary duty orders, TDY/TAD reporting dates will normally be used as the basis for evaluation report start

dates. Exceptions include when a member fails to report at the required time, the actual report date will be used for evaluation purposes.

c. US Rating Schemes. Commanders are responsible for establishing rating schemes/

chains for all TF 134 personnel. Rating schemes will remain within TF 134 and must be in accordance with applicable Service directives/regulations and MNC-I and CENTCOM

guidance. Commanders of deployed units will set rating schemes for their personnel in accordance with Service directives.


129


d. Non-US Rating Schemes. Personnel Evaluations from all the Troop Contributing Nations (TCNs) will vary considerably. However, MNC-I remains responsible for all

evaluations which cross national boundaries (such as one nation’s service person reporting on a different nation’s service person). For such situations, MNC-I developed a standard

International Evaluation Report (IER) for use, based on the NATO IER. The instructions, with guidance for Raters, are J1 Annex. Individual commanders remain responsible for

ensuring that personnel evaluations are carried out to the required level consistent with the nationality of the person being reported on. The IER is not intended as a replacement for

National reporting procedures but to complement them.

e. Processing Army Officer Evaluation Reports (OER) and Non-Commissioned Officer Evaluation Reports (NCOER) (US Army Only).

(1) Officers deployed to Iraq can now have their OERs emailed or transmitted by

digital senders to U.S. Army Personnel Command.

(2) There will be no requirement to send the original copy of the OER to PERSCOM once a quality report has been received and placed in an officer’s official military personnel

file.

(3) The OER attachment will be printed and entered into a daily, senior rating profile batch based on receipt date time group of the email.

(4) Contact supporting S1/G1/J1 for further guidance on submitting reports to HRC.

(5) All OERs and NCOERs requiring the TF 134 Command Group’s signature or

ratings should be turned in to the J1 section.

(6) Evaluation reports requiring rater, intermediate rater or senior rater comments will be submitted 30 days prior to thru date of evaluation to the rating officials. NCOERs

requiring reviewer signature only will be submitted on the last day of the thru month.

(7) Each packet will include the following:

(8) Electrons with the OER/NCOER shell saved in Pure Edge Viewer or service specific program for evaluations.

(9) Hardcopy of support form (for OERs).

(10) Draft intermediate rater and/or recommended senior rater comments. As

appropriate, three future assignments for the rated officer; and a recommended rating, if the evaluation is going to the senior rater.


130


(11) Processing FITREPS/OPRs/LOEs and other Officer and Non-Commissioned

Officer Rating Reports.

A. Submit your shell for your report at least 30 days prior to your departure date.

B. Coordinate with your immediate S1/G1/J1 section for specific guidance on processing the reports.

15.Casualty Operations

a. Casualty Report Preparation and Processing

(1) Brigades will prepare and forward all casualty reports to MNC-I Casualty Section

and Cc the J1 section utilizing the most current version of the Defense Casualty Information Processing System Forward (DCIPS-FWD). Downloadable software instructions are at

https://143.84.96.35/misc/dcipsforward/dcipsforward.htm.

(2) The security classification for all casualty reports is unclassified / for official use only. All units will process reports on unclassified computer systems (NIPR)

(3) All initial reports must include the 11 mandatory lines 1-3, 7-9, 12, 14, 36, 39, &

40. Do not delay reports pending accumulation of data, but rather, annotate in remarks (line 61) of the report “will sup” and include what lines will be supplemented (i.e. will sup: line 37,

39, and 61). Forward all reports to MNC-I, within 3 hours of casualty producing incident.

(4) Ensure circumstances (line 39) include the (who, what, when, where and why or how), type of vehicle, personal protective equipment (PPE), and seatbelt use.

b. Reportable casualties

(1) Hostile casualties: All deceased, very seriously injured/ ill (VSI), seriously injured/

ill (SI) and non-seriously injured/ ill (NSI) that are hospitalized at a level III medical treatment facility (MTF).

(2) Non-hostile casualties: All deceased, VSI, SI, special category (spec cat), and

special interest, that would raise media attention, and NSI that are MEDEVAC’d out of theater.

(3) Non-US citizens: Brigade’s will forward any available circumstance information to

MNC-I and Cc TF 134 J1 on US citizen casualties to include Red Cross, US media, US contractors, or visiting dignitaries. TACON or OPCON Coalition, US Military, embedded

media, DOD civilians and US contractors.

c. Responsibility of reporting


131


(1) Casualty reporting is based upon an area coverage basis not strictly based upon

command and control relationship. Unit Commanders at all levels are ultimately responsible for reporting casualties under their command.

(2) Units must report US and Coalition casualties which occur within their area of

operation and any US or Coalition civilian casualty for organizations and activities located on the FOB’s. Additionally individual casualties traveling through a geographical area will be

reported by the nearest reporting unit.

(3) Units may not have all information regarding an individual casualty (personal data) they must provide all available info regarding the casualty event (location,

circumstances etc.). This does not preclude or release responsibility of private companies or parent civilian organizations from reporting casualties to MNC-I Casualty Operations.

d. Reports on deceased personnel

(1) Report whether remains have been recovered of not and provide information as

to the method used to identify or determine the identity of the service member (i.e. id card/tags, witness, or manifests). The person that identifies a deceased casualty can be, but

not limited to a person involved in the same incident, the first person to arrive at the scene of the incident, or an organization member (i.e. 1SG or commander).

(2) Include full name, rank, and unit of the person who identifies the body in the

circumstances (line 30) of the report. Also include the means of identification.

(3) Provide the reasons in circumstances (line39) when there is more than a two hour lapse between the time of incident and the time of death pronouncement by medical

authorities.

e. Reports on wounded/injured personnel

(1) Continue to track a casualty until RTD, MEDEVAC’d out of theater, or deceased by forwarding follow-up reports (i.e. STACH, PROG, SUPP) to G-1, 177th MP BDE.

(2) Only qualified medical authorities will determine whether a person is wounded

injured, or ill (i.e. VSI, SI, or NSI).

f. Report validation

(1) The battalion commander or field grade (FG) representative will verify all 11 mandatory lines and ensure that the circumstances (line 39) annotated in the report reflect

the most complete and detailed information available at the time the report is rendered. Requiring all battalion commanders of designated FG to renew and approve all initial and

supplemental casualty reports.


132


(2) The battalion commander or FG representative’s POC information (name, rank,

and phone number) must be included in the remarks (line 61) of the report.

(3) The requirement for field grade (FG) review cannot delay submission of the initial report. Battalion commanders or FG designee is required to review and approve all initial

and supplemental casualty reports. In the event that FG review of the initial report would preclude submission within the 2 hour standard, enter in the remarks (line 61) of report. “FG

Review would have delayed timely submission, will Sup with FG review NTL (DTG). SUPP report is due as soon as possible but no later then 12 hours from casualty event.

16.Personnel Accountability and Joint Personnel Reporting

a. The TF 134 J1 is responsible for the personnel accountability of all forces and

personnel assigned, attached, and OPCON to TF 134. Units in a TACON relationship to TF 134 will furnish concurrent copies of all personnel related reports to the TF 134 J1 as they

also report to their parent service higher headquarters. Due to differences in maintaining personnel accountability among the services, a concerted effort must be made by the TF

134 J1 to ensure all components understand the proper format and reporting requirements set forth. The basic personnel reporting requirements are the same as those directed by

the Joint Staff in CJCSM 3150.13, Joint Reporting Structure -- Personnel Manual. In addition to the following personnel accountability report requirements, the TF 134 J1 may

direct additional personnel reports as required.

b. Joint Personnel Status Report (JPERSTAT)

(1) Reports are as of 0500Z daily and are due to the J1 NLT 0800D daily. The J1 is required to turn in the reports NLT 1000D daily to the MNC-I C1.

(2) The JPERSTAT is a reporting tool used to capture the current total strength of the

forces assigned, attached, or OPCON to or in coalition with TF 134. The tabulated total troop strength is broken down in the JPERSTAT by TF 134 component and further breaks

those figures down by service, service component, gender and any other category that may be directed or requested. Each report represents the changes in total strength over each

subsequent 24-hour period of the operation. The JPERSTAT is useful for providing personnel strength and casualty information during the deployment, sustainment, and re-

deployment phases. Higher headquarters may use this information to analyze the status and disposition of forces, as well as to anticipate the need for replacement personnel for

service members lost to the theater. In addition to the JPERSTAT, more timely reports may be required to provide increased information on the disposition of forces for the TF 134

commander to make real time operational decisions.

(3) TF 134 J1 maintains the Master JPERSTAT template and provides each brigade with a JPERSTAT template to be used when submitting JPERSTAT inputs. Changes to this

template without the express permission of TF 134 J1 are strictly prohibited.


133


(4) Specific guidance on completing the daily JPERSTAT can be found in the MNC-I

JPERSTAT SOP. The most current copy of the JPERSTAT SOP is posted on the MNC-I C1 Strength Management secure website.

c. Army Personnel Status (PERSTAT) Report

(1) The format for Army personnel reporting requirements can be found in the Army

PERSTAT SOP at Appendix 1 to Annex B of the MNC-I JPERSTAT SOP. Reports are as of 0500Z on the report due date and are due to the J1 NLT 1000D each Wednesday, unless

notified otherwise. The C1 is required to turn in the report NLT 1700D on the report due date to CFLCC.

(2) The Army PERSTAT provides Department of the Army-level senior leadership a

snapshot of deployed Army unit strength on a weekly basis. It depicts the assigned vs. required strength of Army personnel assigned in Iraq as well as provides replacement

projections. Higher headquarters use this information to analyze the status and disposition of Army personnel, as well as to anticipate the need for replacement personnel for service

members lost to the theater.

(3) TF 134 J1 will provide each brigade with an Army PERSTAT template to be used when submitting their inputs. Changes to this template without the express permission of

TF 134 J1 are strictly prohibited.

(4) Specific guidance on completing the Army PERSTAT is found in the MNC-I Army PERSTAT SOP. The most current copy of the Army PERSTAT SOP is posted on the MNC-

I C1 Strength Management secure website.

d. Deployed Theater Accountability System (DTAS)

(1) The Deployed Theater Accountability Software (DTAS) is the vehicle in which to capture what the 1SGs and the Commanders know. It is the cornerstone of accurate

accountability of the deployed force. DTAS is a user-friendly application that is the sole personnel accountability tool for a deployed unit. This software is designed to report to

theater level the personnel accountability information for deployed units.

(2) Brigade S1/G1s sections will obtain a DTAS mobile system in order to ensure compliance. Brigades who have US Military units/personnel within their task organization or

individual US military personnel assigned as part of the joint manning document will ensure that they are accurately accounted in the deployed theater accountability software (DTAS).

Coalition units are exempt from this requirement due to the SIPR requirement for DTAS. They will continue to account for all of their personnel on the daily JPERSTAT.

(3) Brigades enter, update and refine data on personnel as needed upon personnel

arrival, departure, and change of status to achieve an average weekly variance of less than 2% between JPERSTAT report and unit DTAS.


134


(4) All US military personnel, DOD civilians and contracted civilians assigned, attached or supporting a FOB/Base of TF 134 and brigades must be reflected in DTAS. (Do

not to include local/third country nationals in DTAS). US military personnel, DOD civilians/contractors will be populated into DTAS by their assigned/attached unit. The unit

S1/G1 will coordinate with staff sections to identify all US military, coalition military, and DOD civilians/contractors assigned or attached to their unit.

(5) CFLCC/Theater PERSCOM serves as overall custodians of this database. They

will assist in initial upload of personnel and establishing unit hierarchy within DTAS during initial arrival of personnel in Kuwait.

(6) MNC-I C1 assumes the role of DTAS Theater Manager once units have been

transferred in DTAS into the Iraq Theater hierarchy. All subsequent changes to the DTAS Theater hierarchy for MNC-I and TF 134 for the brigades must be requested through TF 134

J1 to MNC-I C1.

(7) Personnel Requirements Reports (PRR) are due monthly on the 10th day as of 1800 hours of the previous day and submitted to the TF 134 J1 section NLT 1700 hours.

Hasty PRRs may be submitted at anytime units operating strength in a individual MOS falls below 80% or organization feels shortage is critical and will effect overall mission

accomplishment. The PRR will account for personnel by Military Occupational Specialty and pay grade against current manning authorizations.

(8) Rotation policies: Rotation and replacement policies remain a service

component, national responsibility. Personnel assigned or attached to deployed units will normally complete a one-year rotational tour in the MNC-I AOR. Replacement operation

policies are the same as specified above under personnel augmentation and manning requirements.

17.Congressional Procedure

a. This procedure applies to personnel and units assigned, attached, Operation Control

(OPCON), or Tactical Control (TACON) to TF 134. For an example of the reply memorandum see J1 Annex.

b. Procedures for processing:

(1) Congressional inquiries pertaining to Army elements within the Iraq theatre must

come through the TF 134 J1 to MNC-I Congressional Liaison.

(2) Inquiries are forwarded by the MNC-I Congressional Liaison to TF 134 J1 for coordination with their subordinate commands.


135


(3) All inquiries are sent with a suspense date. If the suspense date cannot be met,

an extension may be requested. Requests for extension must include the reason why the suspense cannot be met and a reasonable expected completion date. If the response is

expected to take more than 15 days, an interim response must be provided to the TF 134 J1. See format for extensions below.

(4) Responses must be released by an O-6. All responses must be routed back

through the TF 134 J1. All responses must be signed. Scanned documents are acceptable. Include the case number in the subject line when forwarding completed

responses via email.

(5) Congressional inquiries pertaining to Marine Corps, Navy or Air Force personnel attached, assigned, or augmented to TF 134 will be forwarded to the service component

Congressional Liaison Office and processed in accordance with applicable service directive.

(6) Organizations receiving inquiries regarding Marine Corps personnel shall immediately contact the Office of Legislative Affairs Correspondence Branch (OLAC) for

coordination of the response. OLAC can be contacted at the following numbers: Commercial (703)614-4172/4768 or DSN 224-4172/4768. All inquiries are processed

according to MARADMIN 606/02 of 11/12/2002.

A. Organizations receiving inquiries regarding Navy personnel shall immediately contact the Office of Legislative Affairs (OLA) for coordination of the response. OLA can be

contacted at the following numbers: Commercial (703)695-0395/9359/5195/5196 or DSN 223-6341. All inquiries are processed according to ALNAV 017/04 of 2/2004 and

SECNAVINST 5730.5G.

B. Organizations receiving inquiries regarding Air Force personnel shall respond according to Air Force Instruction 90-401 and contact the Secretary of the Air

Force/Legislative Liaison Office.

C. Point of Contact: The MNC-I Point of contact for Congressional Liaison action can be contacted at DSN: 822-2441.

D. Writing Replies. Timeliness and accuracy are keys to success in processing

Congressional Inquiries.

1 Replies to Members of Congress are a reflection on the Army and its leadership. They should be written intelligently and articulately. Part of the below

information is borrowed and/or paraphrased from the Office, Chief of Legislative Liaison’s SOP and provides guidance to assist in developing your replies. Responses should always

be directed to the Member of Congress, not the constituent. Write in a clear, concise and courteous civilian style, free of jargon, with minimal use of acronyms, bullets, charts, tables

and no enclosures (unless requested). Avoid being bureaucratic language and use brevity as much as possible. The reply must address all of the issues both implied and specifically


136


stated. When a personnel request is denied you must explain the reason for the

disapproval. There are six key elements to a good reply:

(a) Self-Contained. The member of Congress is able to read the letter and understand the issues without referring back to the constituent’s letter. “This replies to your

inquiry on behalf of Private John J. Smith concerning his request for hardship discharge”.

(b) Describes Army Policy. State the Army policy and, if necessary, why the Army could not grant a request according to law, regulations, etc. “AR 635-200,

Enlisted Personnel establishes the criteria to qualify for a hardship discharge as being restricted to immediate family members of the soldier or his spouse. PVT Smith’s

application was based on his aunt’s medical condition. She is not considered immediate family by the criteria. Therefore, his request could not be favorably considered”.

(c) Stresses Rationale. State why the Army established the policy, “This

policy exists to provide all soldiers with equal consideration based on standardized rules”.

(d) Describe Case Facts. Who researched it and what they found. “CPT Paul Jones, Personnel Officer, 6 / 6 Infantry Battalion reviewed PVT Smith’s situation upon

receipt of your inquiry and found the disapproval was in compliance with the existing regulations”.

(e) Describe the Results, Impact and Alternative. Explain what happened,

what will happen now, and what recourse or appeal is available, if any. “PVT Smith cannot be separated from active duty based on this disapproval and will continue to serve his

enlistment. He has been informed no appeal is available without a change in his aunt’s status. PVT Smith has been counseled on potentially applying for family member status for

his aunt”

(f) Has a Courteous Tone. There should be no defensive or negative tone. Such language is unnecessary and can affect the Army’s future dealings with a

member’s office. “Your interest on behalf of PVT Smith is appreciated and I hope this information has clarified the Army’s position in this matter”. In summary, a professional

response is complete, accurate, well worded, self-contained and polite. A reply the chain of command would endorse for the signature of the Secretary of the Army to a Member of

Congress is the required standard.

E. Format Example for extension request. (Email will suffice for extension request)

1 Case #: Congressional number or telephonic/email

2 Soldier Name:

3 Date Received:


137


4 Date of Original Suspense:

5 Reason for Extension: Be as detailed as possible.

6 Date of Proposed Suspense:

F. Examples of weak extension justifications:

1 Memo is in SJS office

2 Need 06 signature

3 Unit trying to put it together to send to DIV

4 Waiting for unit response

G. Examples of strong extension justifications:

1 DIV leadership rejected the BDE Chain of command's response. Brigade Commander is out on a mission and not available to relook the Congressional. He is

expected to return around 19 Feb.

2 Request 7 day extension to answer this congressional. As we dig into the facts in this matter, we are going to require information from the reenlistment personnel at

CFLCC who processed this Soldiers reenlistment and are key to our response to this congressional. The Battalion in which this Soldier is assigned is also in the process of

moving from one location to another. Contact with the unit is very limited. All computers and phones are being moved.

3 Both the Soldier and his commander are currently out on a mission and will

return 31 January. They are conducting combat operations and their only means of communication with their higher headquarters is via TACSAT radio. Once the Soldier and

his commander return to their FOB, the command will contact them to begin their inquiry regarding issues with his spouse.

TF 23 – J2 - Intelligence, Conducting Counterinsurgency Informant Operations In

Theater Internment Facilities (S//NF)

For specific J2 information please contact the TF 134 J2 at SVOIP 242-7951.

TF 24 – J3 - OPERATIONS


138


1. Serious Incident Reporting (SIR) Requirements

a. A Serious Incident Report (SIR) must be sent to the required brigade headquarters

within five hours of the qualifying incident. The definitions of the type of incidents requiring a SIR are specified IAW AR 190-40, TF 134, and brigade headquarters. The TF 134

Commander has also specified that the following types of incidents require a SIR to be initiated:

(1) Any death of a detainee (medical, detainee on detainee fight, lethal force, etc).

(2) Any serious injury to a detainee which threatens life, limb, or eyesight.

(3) Any successful detainee escape.

(4) Fratricide events causing damage or injury only. Blue on Blue Incidents (classified

as such if there is physical contact with a person(s) and/or equipment…firing in the direction of a friendly does not constitute Blue on Blue).

(5) Loss of Sensitive Item (NVD, Weapon, ANCD/PLGR, COMSEC, SINCGAR/ASIP/

ICOM, or other items designated by the commander that will benefit the enemy if lost).

(6) Serious injuries or deaths to a service member(s) not caused by other than enemy action.

(7) Incidents where any commander in the chain of command requires an SIR.

b. The following types of incidents do not require an SIR, but require a Blue-3 Spot

Report to be sent to the brigade headquarters and TF 134 headquarters immediately by SIPR E-mail:

(1) Significant damage to equipment.

(2) Negligent discharge which does not result in injury/damage/or loss of life.

(3) Injury to a soldier by enemy action.

(4) Use of Less Than Lethal (LTL) force.

(5) Alcohol or drug related offenses.

(6) Intake of a female detainee.

Task Force 134 Commander's Critical Information Requirements (CCIRs)

1. The following items below are the current CCIRs for TF 134.


139


2. Priority Intelligence Requirements (PIR).

PIR 1. When and how will Anti-Iraqi Forces (AIF) / Anti-Coalition Forces (ACF) conduct an attack against a Theater Detainee Facility (TDF)?

Decision Point (DP) – Re-allocation of forces?DP – Request external, ISR and /or maneuver support?

PIR 2. When and how will AIF / ACF support a detainee/protected person escape

attempt or unauthorized departure from a TDF?DP – Request external, ISR and /or maneuver support?

PIR 3. Are AIF/ACF planning an attack on a detainee/protected person transfer or

movement?DP – Alter/cancel movement; alter mode or transport?

PIR 4. Is the detainee / protected person population planning an organized large

disturbance or coordinated attempt at escape/unauthorized departure?DP – Implement segregation strategy/execute Ashraf CONPLAN?

PIR 5. Is their a subversive underground movement/group operating within the detainee

population?DP – Request additional (external) CI assets (SDE, ORA, OBI, etc.)?

PIR 6. Is contraband entering TDFs and how are the detainees/protected persons

getting access?DP – Re-evaluate visitation procedures; stop visitation?

PIR 7. When and where will detention operations be threatened by an infiltrated ICO

workforce?DP – Re-evaluate ICO vetting process/training plan; halt Iraqi Correction Officer

(ICO) program?

3. Friendly Force Information Requirements (FFIR).

FFIR 1. Death of a Service Member (SM), serious injury to SM or contractor due to enemy action or accident at a TDF.

FFIR 2. Any hostile fire directed against a TDF or Forward Operating Base (FOB).

FFIR 3. Successful escape unauthorized departure or an attempt.

FFIR 4. Medical emergency or serious injury to detainee or death of a detainee.

FFIR 5. Detainee disturbance/riot.


140


FFIR 6. Any use of deadly force or Less Than Lethal munitions (LTL) at TDFs.

FFIR 7. Detention of a female at any Detainee Holding Area (DHA) or TIF.

FFIR 8. Violations of the approved RUF/ROE.

FFIR 9. Negligent discharge of a weapon in the TDF or FOB.

FFIR 10. Security violation involving sensitive or classified information at the secret of above level.

FFIR 11. Any request by the US Embassy or Iraqi organizations that conflicts with

approved guidance.

FFIR 12. Press/media attempting to gain unauthorized access, photograph or gain access to any detention facility.

3. Essential Elements of Friendly Information (EEFI).

EFFI 1. Guard TTP's.

EEFI 2. Current/future major operations, initiatives and activities in TF 134, to include

operations in the TIFs, at Ashraf, or base defense.

EEFI 3. Surge or drawdown of units; deployments and redeployment schedules, RIP/TOA.

EEFI 4. Personal information of any Coalition Forces (CF) or ICO's in support of this

operation.

EEFI 5. Facility and camp designs and blueprints.

EEFI 6. Status of critical equipment and ammunition.

EEFI 7. Command group movements and itineraries.

EEFI 8. Intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance asset support available at detention facilities.

EEFI 9. Location of HVD's/HVC's.

EEFI 10. Plans for detainee/protected persons movements, transfers, releases or

repatriation.


141


EEFI 11. Timelines and sequence of events for integration of ICOs and possible

transition of detention operations to the Government of Iraq (GoI).

4. TF 134 Commander's Wake-up Criteria.

a. Any type of escape, death or serious injury to a detainee, or riot/disturbance in a detention facility.

b. Any attacks resulting in a WIA/KIA of any TF 134/MP North/MP South personnel.

c. Request for information (RFI) from any General Officer (GO) or immediate contact

request from any subordinate commander.

d. Any significant injury, illness, or death of one of the Ministers of the Government of Iraq.

e. Significant change in High Value Detainee (HVD)/High Value Civilian (HVC) health,

welfare or medical condition.

f. Any validated detention of an American Citizen, American Reporter or International Committee Red Cross (ICRC) representative.

g. Significant change in operability of the Tactical Operations Center (TOC) or TIF,

example; any loss of power or communication capabilities within the TOC or TIF that has a significant effect on operations.

h. Burning of any structure within a TIF.

i. Any violation of the Rules of Engagement (ROE)/Rule of Law (ROL) occurring within

TF 134 or by assets assigned in support of TF 134 objectives.

j. Use of deadly force within the TF 134 area of responsibility (AOR).

k. Any event of possible national or international media interest.

5. Point of Contact for CCIRs is TF 134, J3 at VoSIP 242-0106 or DSN 318-822-3451.

Detainee Visitation Policy

1. GENERAL: Visitation programs will be conducted at Camp Bucca and Camp Cropper. All US personnel and Iraqi Corrections Officers (ICO) involved with these programs will

ensure detainees, visitors, and their families are treated with dignity and respect IAW the Geneva Convention.

a. Visitation and appointment making will be conducted on the following days:


142


(1) Remembrance II (Camp Cropper): 0700-1600. Saturday – Thursday (2) Compound 5 (Camp Cropper): 0900-1500. Saturday and Sunday.

(3) Camp Bucca: 0700-1600. Saturday – Thursday b. Visits generally last for one hour. If a family member is traveling more than 2

hours by vehicle the family member elect two 2-hour visits per month instead of one 1-hour visit per week.

c. Visitors will make appointments at the designated visitor entry control point at

Camp Bucca and Camp Cropper during normal visitation times. Visitors may sign up for another appointment while they are at the facility visiting a detainee. Visitors may also sign

up for a visit to another camp.

d. Family members (to include children, 10 years and older) and lawyers will be entered into the BATS system when making their initial appointment, as long as the system

is capable of handling the volume of visitors. If the visitor was not entered when signing up for the initial appointment, the visitor will be asked to show up early for their appointment in

order to be entered into BATS. At a minimum, the following information will be gathered:(1) Photograph

(2) Iris Scan(3) Fingerprints

(4) Visitor’s name (in order of Last, First, Middle, Tribal)(5) Residence

(6) Date of Birth(7) Place of Birth

(8) Nationality(9) Religion

(10) Sex(11) Marital status

e. Family members and lawyers will not be authorized to visit at the same time.

They may visit the same day, but at different appointment times.

f. Everyone will be searched. Visitors will be searched by guards of the same sex.

g. Prohibited items. Visitors are only allowed to bring items listed on the visitation form.

(1) Prohibited items include: Drugs (narcotics), any other medications,

cigarettes, food, knives, scissors, needles, razors, radios, headphones, sunglasses, cell phones, pens,

paper, jewelry, money, and other items deemed inappropriate.

(2) Any visitor caught trying to enter with prohibited items will not be allowed access for at least one month and may have their visitation rights permanently revoked.


143


h. Items that may be left with detainees.(1) Underwear; must be underwear, cannot be shorts

(2) T-shirts; no writing on shirts(3) Prescription glasses

(4) Sandals or flip flops (1 pair); shoes with sewn soles are not allowed(5) Books

(6) Letters; however, they will be translated prior to being given to the detainee(7) Pictures; only of family, no writing on pictures except ISN

i. All items to be left must have the detainee’s ISN on them. They must be given to

the guards at the gate and be inside a clear plastic bag. Visitors carrying items in bags that are not clear or items that appear suspicious will be permitted entry. The visitor and items

will be removed.

j. Visitors are not allowed to leave items for detainees who are not at visitation.

k. Detainees are not allowed to bring anything with them to visitation.

l. Detainees in the SHU for segregation will be allowed visitors unless they are in the SHU for severity level 9 or 10 events. (Detainee visitation will be evaluated on a case by

case basis.)

m. Visitors are required to adhere to all rules identified in the Visitation Rules Sheet.

n. Visitors must sign up for visits at least two days in advance if visiting that facility.

o. Visits will be scheduled on the closest day available to the date the visitor wants to visit the detainee.

p. The person(s) who is/are visiting must make the appointment. They may make an

appointment for another TIF visitor center (i.e. an appointment for Bucca can be made at the Cropper visitor center). These appointments must be made at least two weeks ahead of

time.

q. No smoking is permitted.

r. There will be 5 minutes allowed for physical contact during visits. Normal greetings and hugs are allowed.

s. Detainees will be notified when there is 5 minutes remaining in the visit.

t. If at any time the detainee wants to terminate the visit, the visit will be ended

immediately.


144


u. Violations of any published rules during the visit will result in the immediate end of

the visit.

2. FAMILY VISITS: The Theater Internment Facility (TIF) shall ensure reasonable access for visitors to meet with detainees at TIFs by adhering to the following guidelines:

a. Only immediate family members (mother, father, spouse, children, brother, and sister) are authorized to visit detainees. The minimum age for an unaccompanied visitor is

16.b. Detainees will not be authorized visitors until 30 days after being assigned an ISN.

c. A maximum of 6 visitors (3 adults) will be allowed to see a detainee at once.

d. Only one family visit per week unless they are farther than 2-hours away by vehicle. In that case, they may ask for two 2-hour visits per month; however, the family

must specify which option it is doing at appointment time.e. A family may visit more than one detainee in the same day with separate

appointment times.f. Family members over the age of 16 must show a valid ID. Visitors with invalid IDs

or false IDs will be turned away. Family members 18 years of age and older are adults.

3. LAWYER VISITS: All detainees are entitled to consultation with an authorized and recognized attorney at no expense to the detainee or to Multi-National Force-Iraq. In most

cases, detainees will be assigned a defense counsel by the Central Criminal Court of Iraq at the time of their Initial Hearing. If the detainee would like to personally retain a specific

authorized attorney or if they would like to retain an attorney prior to the initial hearing at their own expense they should utilize family members to contact the Iraqi Bar Association.

a. The following guidelines shall apply to detainees who wish to retain their own

counsel vice having an attorney appointed by the CCCI:

(1) Detainees may submit a Form 510 for the DAC to call either the Iraqi Bar Association or a family member to request that an attorney be retained to represent them in

their criminal case. The DAC shall maintain current and up-to-date contact information for the Iraqi Bar Association.

(2) Defense Attorneys may have completed Limited Criminal Powers of Attorney

hand-delivered to the Visitor Processing Site at each TIF or to a CCCI-LO attorney at the CCCI during normal working hours. Once the Limited Criminal Power of Attorney has been

delivered to either the TIF or the CCCI-LO attorney it should be forwarded to the DAC.

(3) The DAC shall obtain the detainee’s signature on the Limited Criminal Power of Attorney and return the original hardcopy to the Theater Interment Facility (TIF) to be

forwarded to the visitation center in anticipation of the attorney/detainee meeting. The DAC will scan and email the completed Limited Criminal Power of Attorney to the CCCI-LO

attorney or paralegal. If the defense attorney requests, an electronic scanned copy can be


145


emailed to that attorney directly or through the Iraqi Bar Association if the attorney provides

a valid email address.

b. Regardless of the method used in retaining an attorney, the following shall apply:

(1) The detainees’ retained attorney must schedule an appointment to see his client in advance of any desired visitation.

(2) The attorney must arrive at the TIF reception site at the appointed time, on the

appointed day, with their Iraqi Lawyer Identification Card and a copy of the Limited Criminal Power of Attorney signed by the detainee and forwarded by the DAC via electronic means

to the attorney.

(3) The attorney is allowed to visit with the detainee IAW standard guidance delineated above (paragraph 4).

c. For those rare situations in which a detainee does not have family members who

could interface with the Iraqi Bar Association, or the ability to contact the Iraqi Bar Association by telephone (under supervision) for example, third country nationals, the DAC

will endeavor to interface with the detainee’s foreign service representatives to act in lieu of family members as described above to attempt to seek the assistance of the ICRC in

helping to facilitate other appropriate channels of communications.

4. DETAINEES APPEARING BEFORE THE CCCI: Per CPA Order 13, paragraph 22, dated 22 April 2004, detainees appearing before the Central Criminal Court of Iraq (CCCI)

shall have the right of representation by an attorney of their choice. If an accused detainee is unable to afford the services of an attorney, the CCCI will provide him with a qualified

attorney free of charge.

5. DETAINEES UNDER REVIEW BY THE CRRB: Detainees scheduled to be reviewed by the CRRB may obtain an attorney by coordinating with family members as previously

described. Detainees will have access to their attorney through the visitation process. Prior to scheduling an attorney visit, the attorney must provide the DAC with:

(1) satisfactory proof that they are an attorney recognized to practice law in Iraq or

other jurisdiction; and (2) satisfactory proof that they represent the detainee, such as a Special Power of Attorney. The DAC will then provide the attorney an authorization letter

that can be used to schedule a visitation appointment.

a. The Theater Interment Facility (TIF), Detainee Assistance Center (DAC), and CCCI Liaison Office (CCCI-LO) shall ensure reasonable access for defense attorneys

to meet with detainee clients at TIFs by:(1) Providing information on detainee visitation policies and procedures to defense

attorneys assigned to CCCI and other attorneys who separately visit the facility or answer


146


request for such information for those with an Iraqi Limited Criminal Power of Attorney on

file.

(2) Subject to overriding and intervening security measures:

(a) Providing appointments to defense attorneys within reasonable and established TIF visitation hours. Lawyer appointment times are the same as those available to families.

(b) Providing expedited processing procedures for defense attorneys for entry

on to the TIF when possible and feasible.

(c) Making efforts to protect the attorney-client relationship by providing a reasonably private meeting place, at least comparable to the family visitation area.

b. Procedures.

(1) CCCI Liaison Office. The CCCI Liaison Office’s responsibilities include

the following:

(a) Providing the TIFs with visual samples of valid Iraqi Lawyer Identification Cards and Iraqi Limited Criminal Powers of Attorney to be used to verify a visiting attorney’s

credentials.

(b) Notifying TF 134 in advance when exceptions to the above arise, and providing samples of adequate substitute identification.

(c) Distribute and maintain a consolidated CCCI lawyer list with approved attorneys.

(d) Providing defense attorneys representing detainees at CCCI-Baghdad or other

members of the Iraqi defense bar with an MNF-I informational pamphlet regarding detainee visitation at the appropriate TIF, that will include the following information: general visiting

instructions, a list of required and suggested items to bring, a list of prohibited items, facility contact information, and driving instructions to the facility.

(e) On select occasions, assist in the coordination of a detainee attorney visit.

(2) Theater Internment Facility (TIF). TIF responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the

following:

(a) Maintaining examples of current and valid Iraqi Lawyer Identification Cards, and an Iraqi Limited Criminal Power of Attorney for defense attorney identification.

(b) If possible, providing an expedited in-processing procedure for defense attorney visitation when they present proper identification.


147


(c) Providing a visitation area intended to enhance attorney-client privacy when

feasible and practicable. This may include maintaining one visiting stall per attorney visiting session per day solely for the purpose of attorney-client meetings.

(d) Screening all attorneys against the list of approved CCCI lawyer or Iraqi Limited

Criminal Power of Attorney log.

(e) Scheduling and tracking attorney appointments.

(f) Monitoring the attorney visit to ensure the safety and security of the attorney and the detainee without listening to the conversation.

(g) If possible, notify attorneys with scheduled appointments of necessary

scheduling alterations.

(h) Multiple attorney visits per week are permitted and do not count against family visits.

6. Direct all questions regarding this standard operating procedure to the Task Force J3 at

DSN 822-2831/SVOIP 243-4226 or Task Force Director of Operations at SVOIP 242-0105

TF 25 – J4 - Logistics

1. Mission. TF 134 J4 acts as the principle and combined logistician section to the Joint

Task Force-134 (JTF) Commanding General (CG) and Deputy Commander for Detainee Operations (DO) in close coordination with the JTF Chief of Staff (CoS). Responsible for

and manages all logistical, financial and contractual matters with DO in coordination with the Multi-National Forces Iraq (MNF-I) and Multi-National Corps Iraq (MNC-I). This includes but

is not limited to all classes of supplies and services, materiel readiness, transportation, budget and contracting services. The section maintains direct oversight of all logistical and

financial issues affecting Detention Operations.

2. Tasks

a. Provide Operational Logistics and Personnel Support

b. Coordinate Supply of Arms, Munitions, and Equipment

c. Synchronize Supply of Fuel

d. Provide for Maintenance of Equipment

e. Coordinate Field Services Requirements


148


f. Manage Logistic Support

g. Provide for Movement Services

h. Supply Operational Forces

i. Recommend Evacuation Policy and Procedures

j. Coordinate Recovery and Salvage

k. Build and Maintain Sustainment Bases

l. Provide for Real Estate Management- J4 holds the deeds to all land procured for and

in association with the Theater Internment Facilities

m. Manage Contracts and Contract Personnel

n. Develop Courses of Action/prepare Staff Estimates

o. Analyze Courses of Action

p. Compare Courses of Action

q. Provide Task Force Staff Facilities and Equipment

r. Coordinate Host-Nation Support (if applicable)

3. Responsibilities

a. Manage the six broad logistic functional areas of supply, maintenance, transportation, engineering and other services.

b. Manage the logistic information process of the TF. Designate lead agent for logistic

automation management and establish in-transit visibility and total asset visibility.

c. Ensure J-4 participation in the TF current operations (COPS), future operations (FOPS), and plans sections

d. Formulate and implement logistic policies and plans within the joint operations area

(JOA) for forces assigned or attached to the TF. Logistic policies and plans must conform to the supported combatant commander's guidance promulgated in the applicable operation

plan (OPLAN) or operation order (OPORD), and to applicable laws, regulations, and doctrine.

e. Coordinate common item support to all assigned forces as appropriate.


149


f. Prepare a logistic estimate for the TF that develops, analyzes, compares, and then recommends the best supportable course of action (COA) from the logistic perspective.

g. Prepare and synchronize a concept of logistic support, and logistic annexes and

appendices to the concept of operations in the TF OPORD.

h. Coordinate agreements for inter-Service supply and support, and local procurement. Publish logistic procedures to components to reduce undesired duplication of capabilities

and ensure responsive support. Clearly state the responsibilities for providing joint, common, or cross- servicing support requirements and provide the location of key supply

points.

i. Recommend to the TF, within the guidelines established by the commander, priorities for the allocation of logistic resources among assigned forces within the AO.

4. Additional Duties

The J4 maintains a Field Ordering Officer (FOO) and a Pay Agent for the Task Force.

These positions may never be held by the same person at a consecutive time. These individuals must be on appointment orders signed by an O-5 and trained at the local

contracting office. A PR&C must be submitted for the funds needed, maximum authorized advance for a FOO/PA is $20,000. Accounts must be reconciled a minimum of every 90

days. Unauthorized purchases can be found on pg J25 of the MAAWS.

5. Checklists for establishing or preparing for surge operations

a. General Logistics

(1) Has a thorough review of the OPLAN or OPORD been made?

(2) Has the supported combatant commander’s logistic guidance been reviewed?

(3) Is Annex D (Logistics) to the operation order and the logistic estimates prepared?

A. Is initial distribution of supplies included?

B. Have logistics plans been coordinated with component commanders?

C. Are movements of personnel, equipment, and supplies included? Have adequate provisions been made for security during movements?

D. Are construction, mine clearing, and other engineering requirements included?


150


(4) How many days can assigned forces sustain operations with organic supplies?

Are sustainment supplies phased to provide uninterrupted operation? What is the supply safety level?

b. Petroleum, Oils, and Lubricants

(1) Should a Subarea Petroleum Office (SAPO) for resupply of POL be established?

(2) What is the concept of operations for petroleum support?

(3) What host-nation support is available, ie food preparation service?

(4) What are component responsibilities for petroleum support? Have components

provided estimates of POL requirements?

(5) Have arrangements been made with either the support combatant command JPO or the Defense Energy Support Region to contract for HN?

(6) Has a quality control program for POL been established?

(7) Have POL storage methods and sites been selected? Have security

arrangements for the sites been established?

(8) Have arrangements been made for transportation of POI within the assigned AO?

c. Munitions

(1) What are the critical munitions required for detainee operations? Are there suitable substitutions available?

(2) Are sufficient stocks of these critical munitions available?

(3) Have munitions been properly relocated or positioned to support the operations?

(4) Can any critical munitions shortfalls be remedied through transfer between

component commands or from foreign forces?

(5) Have components provided estimates of ammunition resupply requirements and common-user support?

(6) Have ammunition storage sties been selected and were explosive safety

considerations considered?

(7) Have security arrangements for the ammunition sites been established?


151


(8) Have arrangements been made for transportation of ammunition within the JOA?

d. Sustainability

(1) Are procedures established for maintenance, recovery, and salvage operations?

(2) Is there a requirement to provide disposal support within the theater where there

is no Defense Reutilization Management Office (DRMO)? Is a useable DRMO located in the vicinity of the AO?

(3) Has HNS availability been determined? Have procedures been established to

coordinate with US Embassies and host or other countries for the acquisition of educations support, supplies, and services?

(4) Have arrangements been made to obtain maintenance support not organic to the

TF?

(5) Have laundry and bath support requirements been generated in coordination with the medical authority with consideration for environmental factors?

(6) Is a TF contracting office required?

(7) Are imprest funds required? Have imprest funds cashiers been appointed to the

U.S. disbursing officer?

(8) Has a logistic communications plan been developed to support TF J-4 command and control requirements?

(9) Are adequate security procedures established for classified logistics data

transmission?

(10) Have the requirements for a Service component logistics civilian augmentation program (LOGCAP) (i.e., the Army’s LOGCAP, Navy’s Construction Capabilities contract

(CONCAP), and Air Force Contract Augmentation Program (AFCAP)) for assistance been evaluated?

e. Transportation

(1) Have joint-use transportation requirements been established?

(2) Has a JMC been established to ensure transportation requests within the JOA are

validated and theater common-user transportation resources are employed with maximum effectiveness?

(3) Are common-user transportation shortfalls and conflicts in priorities de-conflicted?


152


(4) What HN transportation facilities and equipment are available?

(5) Has the JMC evaluated and disseminated information about HN transportation systems, facilities, equipment, and personnel?

(6) Has the JMC established the necessary communications (Global Command and

Control System – Joint (GCCS-J) to monitor and effect changes to the deployment of forces and supplies?

(7) Has the TF J-4 coordinated, via the supported combatant commander’s JMC, with

USTRANSCOM throughout planning, deployment, execution, and redeployment phases? (Note: The combatant commander’s JMC normally acts as the single coordinator with

USTRANSCOM for inter-theater movements).

(8) Has the TF J-4 coordinated with the TF J-1 to ensure customs and duty issues do not hinder the expeditious movement of DOD cargo?

TF 26 – J8 - Resource Management

1. General Information. Operations demand a tremendous amount of taxpayer resources. In order to maximize effectiveness, leaders must keep some basic resource management

rules of engagement in mind as they conduct their operations.

a. Use funds appropriated/identified for the requirement.

b. Abide by contract law, funding policy, and FRAGO’s.

c. Take positive steps to reduce costs, keeping in mind that major cost drivers are often “hidden”.

d. Be judicious in the use of U.S. and Iraqi resources:

Litmus test – time, purpose, amount, bona fide needInstitute a robust Management Internal Control Program (MICP)

Expect increasing congressional and audit focus as we continue with our operations

e. If you are not sure, ASK; seek expert advice from the professional community: SJA, Contracting, J8, etc….

2. Procedures. Commanders possess a broad range of resource options with which to

accomplish their assigned missions. Some requirements may be resourced using funds organic to the command – like Operations and Maintenance. Others may require

coordination or support from other entities. Regardless of the requirement, or type of funding appropriate to meet that requirement, resources are a weapon that commanders


153


may choose to either ignore- with consequences- or strap on and employ. Although

requirements differ, the steps in the resource management processes are consistent:

a. Work to identify/scope the requirement

b. Estimate cost and choose appropriate funding stream

c. Attain required approval (s)

d. Purchase goods or services

e. Oversee requirement to receipt/completion

f. Notify when goods/services are received or project complete

g. Secure appropriate documentationUse the Money as a Weapons System (MAAWS) Handbook for guidance in completing the

validation and submission of requirements for the monthly spend plan.

3. Monthly Spend Plan.

a. Units are required to submit their monthly spend plan to the Task Force 134 J8 email account NLT the 10 of each month. Validated requirements will be submitted for funding

through MNF-I RM to MNC-I C8 for funding consideration.

b. All PR&Cs must be correctly completed and submitted with the spend plan if the packet does not have to go through one of the formal validation boards identified in the

MAAWS handbook. If the packet requires validation through one of the validation boards, the validation packet along with the PR&C/MIPR needs to be submitted NLT the first of the

month to ensure proper staffing and coordination prior to the 10th of the month for inclusion on the spend plan. Packets that are not validated prior to spend plan submission will be

submitted with the next spend plan following its validation.

c. Units will be provided the status of the funding requirement once official funding has been released by MNC-I C8 and MNF-I RM which is normally between the 6 thru 10 of the

next month following the submission. Funded documents will be certified by MNC-I C8 and sent to the contracting office requested on the PR&C. Units are responsible for coordinating

with contracting office identified on the PR&C once they have received the funded document from TF 134 J8 section. Units must then track this requirement from award of

contract to receipt of the services or goods. During the monthly review units will provide status on all requirements to ensure that proper management controls are being followed.

4. Validation Boards.

Joint Acquisition Review Board (JARB).


154


Purpose: MNF-I level review board validates requirements estimated to cost $200K or

more. Validates those less than $200K in specific areas including (but not limited to) engineer equipment, facilities, LOGCAP. Recommends approval/disapproval of

requirements to the MNF-I R&S. Coordination with board members occurs electronically.

Joint Facility Utilization Board (JFUB)Purpose: Oversee construction and base camp development, including MILCON, minor

construction using OMA, real estate actions, and other engineering requirements. Recommends approval/disapproval of requirements to the MNC-I CoS. Coordination

occurs electronically with between board members.

Communication and Information System Validation Board (CISVB) Purpose: Reviews communications and information technology projects, purchases,

services, and contracts using OMA funding and recommends approval/disapproval to the appropriate MNF-I Communications Chief.

5. The point of contact for this action is the Chief, J8 at 318-822-5507, NIPR email

[email protected]

TF 27 – J8 - Resource Management - Management Internal Control Program

1. General Information. Management Internal Control Program (MICP) is a tool for commanders that helps to ensure resources are used effectively and in accordance with

applicable laws and regulations.

2. Purpose. Facilitates stewardship of federal resources and helps verifies compliance with laws and regulations.

3. General Guidance. The MICP consists of a schedule of key evaluations to reduce the

risk of fraud, waste, and abuse and to identify material weaknesses.

4. Process and limiting factors.

a. A MICP is required in organizations led by 0-6’s and above (Assessable Units).

b. Plan and conduct certain focused reviews that provide reasonable assurance that controls are effective.

c. Annual Statement of Assurance required for each Assessable Unit.

d. Refer to the MAAWS book in appendix G for additional information on the MICP.

Assessable areas are included as an attachment.


155


5. References. AR 11-2, OMB Circular A-123.

6. The point of contact for this action is the Chief, J8 at 318-822-5507, NIPR email

[email protected]

TF 28 – TF 134 Effects - Theater Internment Facility Reconciliation Center (TIFRC)

Services

1. Mission

TF 134 Effects (Effects) is responsible for the overall management of TIFRC services within TF 134. The mission is to conduct counterinsurgent operations that defeat the insurgents

operating within the TIF through a series of non-kinetic means. Services are provided that shape the environment to assist with the evaluation and identification of insurgents and

radical Islamist that still pose an “Imperative Risk to Security” per the current UNSCR.

2. Supporting Commands

a. TF MP North.

(1) Cropper. Provides support to the following TIFRC services: Basic Education, Religious Discussion, Detainee Work Program, Detainee Vo-Tech Program, Transition-In

House, Transition-Out Program, MNFRC Pre-Assessment and Vetting Guidelines for TIFRC Services with possible additional missions.

(2) Ramadi. Provides support to the following TIFRC services: Basic Education,

Religious Discussion, Detainee Work Program (to include Mud Brick Factory), Detainee Vo-Tech Program, MNFRC Pre-Assessment and Vetting Guidelines for TIFRC Services with

possible additional missions.

(3) Taji. Provides support to the following TIFRC services: Basic Education, Religious Discussion, Detainee Work Program (to include Mud Brick Factory), Detainee Vo-Tech

Program, MNFRC Pre-Assessment and Vetting Guidelines for TIFRC Services with possible additional missions.

(4) Constitution. Provides support to the following TIFRC services: Basic Education,

Religious Discussion, Lion’s Spirit, Detainee Work Program, Detainee Vo-Tech Program, MNFRC Pre-Assessment and Vetting Guidelines for TIFRC Services with possible

additional missions.

b. TF MP South

(1) Bucca. Provides support to the following TIFRC services: Basic Education, Religious Discussion, Detainee Work Program (to include Mud Brick Factory), Detainee Vo-


156


Tech Program, Transition-Out Program, and Vetting Guidelines for TIFRC Services with

possible additional missions.

3. TIFRIC Services Concept of Operations

Once a detainee is assigned an ISN and is not on MI hold or identified for release they will go through the Transition-In Program. During the Transition-In process detainees will be

assessed for religious ideology, education, moderate to extremist behavior and work background. The detainee will then be assigned to a TIF or TIFRC along with their services

folder. The detainee will be assessed and placed into the appropriate TIFRC Service and if eligible, can participate in the work program where detainees will receive monetary

compensation for work performed. Once a detainee completes the services required or six months of detention has passed they will go through a pre-MNFRC assessment where they

will be re-evaluated for services completed and religious ideology. If the MNFRC board decides “not to release”, the detainee will then be put back into the TIFRC for continuation

of services, if needed. Those that are released are afforded an opportunity to participate in Lion’s Pride, Lion’s Strike or Lion’s Ear programs. During detention TF 134 Effects also

provides Lion’s Roar (media…) and Lion’s Spirit (religious advocacy program), VO-Tech training (job skills) and Textile or Brick factory (work program related). All of these programs

are tailored to turning the detainee’s mindset of a “Moderate” way of thinking and provide monetary compensation to their families while in detention. TF 134 Effects is committed to

providing job skills for the detainees to provide socio-economic stability for those released and Iraq’s future. This operation will be conducted in three (3) phases (Shape the

Environment, Execute the Service, and Transition to GoI). During Phase I and II the following policies, procedures and programs are currently being planned for implementation

throughout the theater of operations. Phase III Transition to GoI.

a. Phase I (Shape the Environment). TF134 Effects has identified the importance of countering the influence of insurgents within compound walls by formulating an IO

campaign to change the mindset of moderates through TIFRC Services.

(1) Vetting Guidelines for TIFRC Services. Establish a standard guideline to provide security, badging, transportation, billeting, and life support services for newly hired LN

contractors supporting TIFRC Services.

b. Phase II (Execute the Service) TIFRC Services include morale & motivation, religion & psychopathology, basic education, VOTECH skills, and work program eligibility. The

overall goal of TIFRC Services is to provide detainees with a means of employment once they have been released back into society, thus keeping them from joining the insurgency.

(1) Transition-In House. Establish a Transition-In House Program to conduct

assessments of incoming detainees and their eligibility for services.

(2) Religious Discussion. Religious Discussion Program identifies and replaces destructive ideology.


157


(3) Lion’s Spirit. Lion’s Spirit expands on the religious discussion program to provide adult detainees with a deeper understanding of the Quran and its true meaning.

(4) Lion’s Strike. Turn radical TIF compounds into moderate compounds.

(5) Basic Education. Program is comprised of basic level education skills to enable a

detainee to learn basic reading, writing and arithmetic.

(6) Detainee Vo-Tech Program. The Vo-Tech Program teaches detainees the following skill sets to include sewing, welding, and carpentry for adult detainees; masonry,

ceramics and carpentry for juvenile detainees.

(7) Civics Program. Program will consist of good citizenship classes based on the Muslim faith being conducted in thirteen (13) modules ranging from Oath of Peace,

Sacredness of Life and Property, Humanity and Avoiding Hatred, Anti-Social Behavior, Becoming a Good Student, Community Work and Experience, Companionship, Controlling

Anger, Earning a Living, Expressing Appreciation, Good Muslim / Good Citizen, Making a Good Impression, to Respect in Tolerance for Humanity.

(8) Detainee Work Program. Program (to include Mud Brick Factory) will ensure

volunteer detainees are employed in purposeful and productive work aimed at redirecting their efforts and energies while providing compensation for their efforts.

(9) Pre-MNFRC Mid-Assessment. Conduct initial or ongoing assessments of the

detainees in the following areas religious ideology, education, mental health, and work history prior to the MNFRC Board.

(10) Transition-Out Program. Transition-Out Program will consist of discussion and

classes that cover religious tolerance, Iraqi civics, family values, education and social considerations.

(11) Lion’s Roar. Develop various media outlets to reach the Iraqi masses and

stress proper moderate interpretations of the Qur’an.

(12) Lion’s Ear. Educate Iraqi’s to counter radical Islamic messages through proper interpretations of the Qur’an once released back into society.

(13) Lion’s Mind. Identify relationships and insurgent networks inside the TIF to

develop defeat strategies.

(14) Lion’s Return. Recruit Iraqi refugees for employment in TIFRCs.


158


(15) Guidelines for the introduction of I/O products into TIF’s – Provides guidance

on how to introduce and or post Information Operation (IO) media materials into the Theater Internment Facilities (TIFs).

c. Phase III (Transition to GoI) Begins upon RIP/TOA with GoI. The goal is to prepare

ICO’s and the GoI officials to assume command and control of the TIF/TIFRC’s. End state will be when turnover to the Iraqi Government is complete.

TF 29 – Theater Detainee Reporting Center (TDRC)

1. General Information

The purpose of the Theater Detainee Roll-up is to track all detainees under direct MNF-I control on a daily basis from 1800 the day prior until 1800 the day of the report.

a. Reports are sent to the Theater Detainee Reporting Center (TDRC) Detainee

operations SIPR e-mail account throughout the day. All reports are due NLT 1800. The TIFs are required to post their 2674’s and roll-ups to the file locker in DRS.

b. Some of the MSCs send a courtesy copy of their reports to Detainee Operations;

however, MNC-I PMO has the responsibility for rolling up all of the MSC reports. The MNC-I Detainee Roll-up report is normally one of the last reports received for the evening. All

reports should be received NLT 1800 each evening.

c. A list of reports and the current responsible POC can be found at enclosure 1.

2. Procedures

a. The first step is to create a new folder. The Theater Detainee Roll-up is located in the following folder on the web server \\victvf2s\MNFI\sections\Detainee Operations (G:

Drive). From this folder, click on the J3 folder, then the Detainee Reports folder, then the current month. In the current month folder, create a folder for the current day and month.

For example, 20 SEP, would be the folder created for the reports on 20 September. All reports received for that day will go into this folder.

b. The next step is to create the report for the current day. To do this, save yesterday’s

Theater Detainee Roll-up and paste it to the current folder. For example, on 20 September, one would take the report that was completed on 19 September, and save it to the current

folder.

c. The next step in preparing the new report for the day is to zero out the report.


159


(1) Change the date time group on the Detainee Status worksheet at the top of the

first worksheet (Detainee Status). This will change the date on all other worksheets in the roll-up.

(2) On Detainee Status worksheet (the first tab in the Excel Spreadsheet), the

population numbers from “Yesterday” column are changed so that they are the same as the “Today” column. When you are done both columns will contain the same numbers and be

equal (Example: Today’s total will be zero (column E28) and in column F28 will also be

zero). Do not cut and paste as there are formulas in the “Today” column. Manually

enter the numbers in the “Yesterday” column so both columns are balanced (zeroed). Do not change anything in the “Today” column.

(3) On the Detainee Status worksheet, do not clear out the In Transit information.

That is carried over from report to report. Delete the numbers below the MNC-I Facilities only in the Gains and Losses section. In the Transferred In and Out sections delete the

numbers for the MNC-I Facilities, TIF’s and Other.

(4) The next step is to zero out each of the individual reports. The individual camp reports are contained on individual tabs within the Excel Spreadsheet.

(5) For each Detention Facility, transfer the numbers from Current Population to

Previous Strength. Delete all the numbers in the gains and losses (white boxes) * Do not

zero out the subtotal and total columns. When done correctly population totals for

yesterday and today on the individual tab Detainee Status should still be equal. Delete any notes in the Notes block of the roll-up. Once this is done the roll-up is ready to input the

information from the new reports. Do not change any numbers on the Current

Population line as those are all formulas.

3. Completing the Report.

a. Each of the reports received will have losses and gains shown in the white boxes by

a number, in addition to notes that explain all of the gains, losses and transfers to other facilities in the notes portion of the worksheet. To complete the Theater Roll-up transfer the

Gains and Losses numbers (Not the previous or current strength) on the individual facility roll-up to its corresponding worksheet in the theater roll-up.

b. A good TTP is to transfer the information as the individual reports are received.

Complete all the MNC-I reports before starting on the TIF reports. If you do this, completing the report at the end of the evening will be easier as you have made the changes as the

reports are received. Also, identifying all discrepancy in a report earlier in the day allows the person that submitted the report ample time to fix or explain the problem or issue.

c. The easiest way to transfer the data from one report to the other is to arrange the

window in Excel so that you can view both reports (the Theater Roll-up and the facility’s roll-up that you are working on) at the same time. To do this, open both reports. While viewing


160


the Theater Roll-up, click on Window (on the top tool bar), click on Arrange and then choose

the Vertical option. Both reports will be shown in the same window so that you can toggle back and forth between the two as you input the data.

d. One key point is that you have to make sure that the starting numbers are the same

on each report you are working with. In other words, last night’s ending number on the Theater Detainee Roll-up should be the same starting number as the individual report you

are entering. If there is a discrepancy, notify the facility’s POC that sent that particular report to get resolution.

e. Once you have input the data into the individual report, you then have to reflect the

information on the Detainee Status Tab (the first Tab in the Theater Detainee Roll-up). The easiest way to do this is to keep the reports side by side, go to the Detainee Status Tab on

the Theater Roll-up and keep the report you just updated open on the other side. Put all of the information on the Detainee Status Tab that you just input into the individual report.

f. Save your work frequently. Each time you update a tab in the Theater Detainee Roll-

up, save the product. This can be done using Control + S or by clicking on the floppy disk icon on the tool bar along the top of the program.

4. Detainee Status.

a. Gains - Facility gains will be reflected in the Gains block (Detainee Status tab). A

gain is a new capture, a recapture, or a transfer in from any of the Special Operations units. A gain could also be an Administrative Adjustment. Female and juvenile new captures

should be identified and annotated in the NOTES: section of the Detainee Status Tab.

(Example: 1 FEMALE (ISN) 3ID). The ISN number should be included if processed by TIF

(Remembrance II or Cropper). Each gain needs to have the unit that the gain came from annotated with the information.

b. Losses - Facility losses will be reflected in the Loss block. A loss is a transfer to Iraqi

Police (IP), a release in place, repatriation, a transfer out to any of the Special Operations units, an escape, or a death. ( * If Remembrance II releases any detainees to the various

MSC’s just add all of them together as one release. (Example: 3 released to 3ID, 1 released

to 42ID, 1 released to II MEF = 5 RELEASED IN PLACE, Remembrance II). NOTE:

TRANSFERS TO OTHER DETAINEE FACILITIES ARE NOT LOSSES; THOSE ARE

ANNOTATED IN THE TRANSFER SECTION.

c. Transfers - Document transfers for both DIF to TIF and TIF to TIF in the TRF OUT:

and TRF IN: sections. The TRF OUT: section is matched to the TRF IN: section, NOT THE

OTHER WAY AROUND. Either add or subtract to and from the IN TRANSIT: to match up

the totals. (Example: MND-B shows 10 detainees transferred out to REM II. REM II shows only 5 detainees received from MND-B, the rest must be annotated in the IN TRANSIT:

section. If REM II claimed to receive more than were transferred then the difference is made up from IN TRANSIT :)


161


d. Projected Releases - This is a new block on the Theater Roll-up used to show the number of detainees that are projected to be released in the next few weeks. It has the

break down of the different MNC-I holding facilities and totals at the bottom of the list. These numbers come from the J3 release section that is emailed to the TDRC mail box in a

slide show called Detainee Status.

5. Detainee Status 2

a. This worksheet contains the basic information that the first worksheet contains, just in a different format, and broken down by different categories of detainees. This is another

sheet where all the numbers are calculated automatically. Check to make sure the numbers match what was inputted into the Detainee Status worksheet.

b. Capacities. This worksheet contains information on the capacities of all of the

facilities. The Current Strength for the various levels and facilities are calculated automatically as the information is input into the individual worksheets. The capacities are

going to remain the same for the most part. If a new level is added, or as is the case with Bucca right now, as new facilities are constructed, the capacities will need to be updated.

6. TCN

a. The information for the TCNs is taken from the TCN Chart which is another report

that is generated by TDRC daily.

b. Accuracy is extremely important with regard to the TCNs, as this number has visibility all the way up to the SECDEF level.

c. The TCN worksheet pulls the TCN data from the TCN Chart so they should have the

same totals for the TNCs and the same “Notes:” with regard to changes. The main difference in the two worksheets is that the TCN worksheet contains the Iraqi detainee

numbers, and a different pie chart. You will need to check the TCN’s daily by referencing the TCN Chart from the TDRC website.

7. Length of Incarceration.

a. The information for this worksheet is found in DRS. Go into the TIF’s (Remembrance

II, Bucca, and Cropper) and print off the In Facility Summary Report. The length of

incarceration can then be copied over to the appropriate locations on the sheet.

b. The graph on the worksheet below the table is automatically updated once the

numerical data is input.

8. Final Checks


162


a. Once you have completed the report, go back through each page. Make sure you

have entries for each camp (in other words, if you had a report that did not reflect any changes, ensure that you put the comment “No Change” for that report).

b. Double check to ensure the data is correct and that everything balances out. The

transfers must balance out to zero as explained in paragraph 5. The number in black and the number in red must be equal for the report to be balanced. Those numbers to

correspond to entries made on individual camp roll-ups and entries made on the Detainee Status worksheet. If those numbers do not balance, there is an error somewhere in the

report.

c. The best way to reconcile the error is to go back through each of the reports again, and double check the entries on both the individual sheets and the entries made on the

Detainee Status worksheet.

d. Any important changes such as Remembrance II adding a camp, closing a camp or changing the name of an existing camp should also be noted. Any change at Cropper is

always noted as well. If by some chance, you did not receive one of the reports, be sure to include that in the NOTES section of the Detainee Status sheet. Only in the most extreme

circumstances should you complete the Theater Roll-up without one of the reports.

e. If you have not received a report or heard from the respective POC by 2000, immediate action should be taken to find out what is going on with the report. Often, the

problem is the result of SIPR issues at a respective facility. If you wait too late, you will not be able to find the individual responsible for the report. Even if you have to confirm no

change via telephone, that is significantly better than showing no report received.

f. Once you are sure that the report is correct and complete, you are ready to post the report to the web and to e-mail the report out.

9. Posting and E-mail procedures.

a. Once you have reviewed the Theater Detainee Roll-up and the report is complete,

post the report to the Detainee Operations web site on the MNF-I SIPR web site.

b. For new personnel who will be completing the reports and posting them, contact C-6 through the J6 or other IMO personnel so that they can give the privileges to post items to

our web site.

c. Create a shortcut on your desktop to the folder for posting. The name of the document should be simply “Theater Detainee Rollup (with the date).” The easiest way to

save the report is to have the document open, click on File, then Save As, and then chose to Save in the Desktop, and then finally the shortcut to the web site. MAKE SURE THE

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION IS INCLUDED WHEN POSTING DOCUMENTS TO THE WEBSITE.


163


d. Email the report to a distribution list. The easiest way to get the distribution list is to have someone that normally e-mails the report out e-mail you the current distribution list.

The Battle Captain should advise all personnel involved in completing the Theater Detainee Roll-up report as to any additions or deletions that should be made to the Distribution List.

e. Post the Theater Roster and the Not in Camp roster to the Detainee Operations web

site.

10. Adding/Removing Detainers

a. General

The purpose of this memo is to identify the agencies and procedures for adding and removing a detainer. This policy applies to all units assigned, attached, or OPCON/TACON

to TF 134. Detainers are used as part of the checks and balance in order to prevent detainees from being released without considering all relevant data. Detainers are a vehicle

used to alert agencies of the possible release of a detainee. A detainer does not supersede the DCG-DO’s signed memorandum authorizing release. However, the detainer will be

briefed so that the DCG-DO is aware of the detainer and the reason for its existence. A detainer will be placed on a detainee by the organizations listed in paragraph 5 below. In

order to remove a detainer the DCG-DO will sign a release memorandum overriding the detainer or the unit implementing the detainer will request its removal. All release

memorandums will be sent to TDRC and the Release Operations Cell (ROC) specifying which detainers need to be removed. A detainer should not be placed on a detainee once

the release memo has been signed unless the detainee commits an infraction in the TIF that requires the detainee to be detained longer or TF 134 Legal rescinds the release memo

based on new information presented by the capturing unit. The TIF will not release a detainee if there is an active detainer on the individual.

b. Procedures and Responsibilities:

(1) CCCI detainers will be initiated by TF 134 Legal through a request to Theater

Detainee Reporting Center (TDRC). CCCI detainers will be requested when a case against a detainee is opened or ongoing in the Iraqi Judicial System or when a detainee has been

called as a witness in a case. The detainer will be removed by TDRC under the following two conditions:

A. When no longer required by TF Legal.

B. When directed in writing by the Deputy Commanding General-Detainee

Operations (DCG-DO) or the DCG-DO designated representative through the (ROC).

(2) CENTCOM detainers will be initiated by CENTCOM on all Third Country Nationals through a request to NDRC. CENTCOM detainers will be removed by TDRC after


164


vetting of Third Country Nationals through ORA and CENTCOM (ref: (S//NF) DEPSECDEF

Implementing Guidance for Release and Transfer of Third Country Nationals in the Custody of Multi-National Forces Iraq dated 29 November 2006) at the request of TF 134 Legal.

Authorization to remove CENTCOM detainer can only granted by CENTCOM.

(3) Civil Law Enforcement detainers will be initiated by the appropriate law enforcement agency through a request to Joint Interrogation Debriefing Center (JIDC) Law

Enforcement LNO. A Civil Law Enforcement detainer will be used when a detainee is being investigated for criminal charges by (but not limited to the following) the FBI, Department of

Justice, Iraqi Police, Army Criminal Investigation Division, or Navy Criminal Investigative Service. The JIDC Law Enforcement LNO will send TDRC a copy of memorandum

requesting that a detainer be placed on the detainee under investigation. There are only two conditions under which CLE detainers will be removed:

A. By TDRC when notified by JIDC Law Enforcement LNO that it is no longer

required by the initiating agency.

B. By TDRC when directed in writing by the DCG-DO or the DCG-DO designated representative through the ROC.

(4) Interpol detainers will be initiated by Interpol through a request to NDRC. An

Interpol detainer will be placed when a detainee is suspected of committing an international crime. The detainer will be removed by TDRC under the following two conditions:

A. When no longer required by the initiating agency

B. When requested in writing by the DCG-DO or the DCG-DO designated

representative through the ROC. The removal of an Interpol detainer requires vetting through the National Detainee Reporting Center.

(5) MI detainers will be placed by JIDC Screening OIC/NCOIC. A MI detainer will be

used when a detainee is assessed to have further information and requires further exploitation through interrogation operations. SDC interagency members are authorized to

place detainees on MI detainer by written request to the JIDC J3. The JIDC J3 will manage all MI holds and detainers. There are only two conditions under which MI detainers will be

removed:

A. By JIDC J3 when no longer required

B. By TDRC when directed in writing by the DCG-DO or the DCG-DO designated representative through the ROC.

(6) NDRC detainers will be placed by NDRC. A NDRC detainer is placed when a

detainee is a three time recapture. The detainer will be removed by TDRC when directed in


165


writing by the DCG-DO or the DCG-DO designated representative through the ROC. The

removal of NDRC detainer requires vetting through the National Detainee Reporting Center.

(7) NGIC detainers will be initiated by NGIC through a request to the NDRC. The detainer will be removed by TDRC when directed in writing by the DCG-DO or the DCG-DO

designated representative through the ROC. The removal of a NGIC detainer requires vetting through the National Ground Intelligence Center.

(8) Office Secretary of Defense (OSD) detainers will be initiated by OSD through a

request to the NDRC. The detainer will be removed by TDRC when directed in writing by the DCG-DO or the DCG-DO designated representative through the ROC. The removal of

an OSD detainer requires vetting through the National Detainee Reporting Center.

(9) Tactical Unit Objection detainers will be initiated at the request of the capturing unit/MSC/C2X or other agencies as required. In the event that TF 134 Legal receives a late

objection or any other new information that requires the DCG-DO to be briefed, TF 134 Legal will request that TDRC place a detainer on a Detainee. It is anticipated that the

majority of these detainers will remain in effect for no more that seven (7) days, which should be sufficient time to allow TF 134 Legal to process the new information and brief the

DCG-DO. The detainer will be removed by TDRC under the following two conditions:

A. When TF 134 Legal notifies TDRC that the detainer is no longer required.

B. When directed in writing by the DCG-DO or the DCG-DO designated representative through the ROC.

11. Mobile Internment Serial Number (ISN) Assignment Team (Jump Team)

a. General

This memo is to identify the agencies and procedures for utilizing the Jump Team to issue

an ISN at a remote location and the policy applies to TDRC and TF MP North. The CG, MNFI will authorize the use of the Jump Team in order to issue an ISN without the need to

physically transfer a detainee to a Theater Internment Facility (TIF) for processing. This will be done in order to minimize the interruption of the detainee approved Interrogation Plan.

The Jump Team mission is to travel to any designated site, make an assessment of the detainee, issue ISN, sign for the detainee, signs the detainee back over to the detaining

unit, and inventory any property.

b. Procedures and Responsibilities. TF MP North will provide the Jump Team with one soldier from the Initial Holding Area (IHA) processing section and a Jump Kit. The Theater

Detainee Reporting Center (TDRC) will provide an officer or Senior NCO.

(1) (U) Upon receipt of a request for use of the Jump Team, TF 134 J3 will seek endorsement from DCG-DO an approval from CG, MNFI.


166


(2) (U) TF 134 J3 will issue a WARNO to TF MP North and TDRC.

(3) (U) TDRC and the IHA will designate members of the Jump Team and provide names to the TF 134 J3.

(4) (U) IHA operator will perform PCC on all items in the Jump Kit (Digital Camera,

Iris Scanner, Fingerprint Live Scan, Laptop with BATS Lite, and data transfer/power cords).

(5) (U) TDRC will coordinate with the detaining unit to determine if the detainee is a recapture.

(6) (U) TDRC request copy of detainees approved Separation plan from detaining

unit.

(7) (U) Once CG-MNFI approves the use of the Jump Team, TF 134 J3 will issue a tasker directing the use of the Jump Team.

(8) (U) TDRC will coordinate transportation and lodging with the requesting unit.

(9) (U) Jump Teams travels with complete Jump Kit.

(10) (U) After arriving at the site the Jump Team will complete the following tasks:

A. (U) Make a visual assessment of detainee.

B. (U) Collect Biometrics (iris scan, finger prints, DNA swab, and photos) from

detainee.

C. (U) Utilize information from Sworn Statements, Coalition Provision Apprehension Form, and or Intel reports to create electronic file and issue ISN

D. (U) Complete DD Form 2708 taking custody of detainee

E. (U) Complete DD Form 2708 giving custody to detaining unit

F. (U) Inventory property and complete DA 4137

G. (U) Notify Battle Desk that the ISN has been issued

(11) (U) Jump Team returns to base and notifies Battle Desk that mission is

complete

(12) (U) Detaining unit will provide a status update to TIF everyday until detainee is signed back over to the TIF


167


TF 30 – Joint Interrogations Debriefing Center (JIDC)

1. Military Intelligence (MI) Hold Procedures

a. MI hold is a detainee status used by the JIDC to identify detainees who are assessed

to have information of intelligence value and require exploitation through interrogation operations. MI hold allows the JIDC to conduct its critical interrogation operations mission

without interruption from other competing organizations, programs, initiatives or activities. The authority to place and maintain detainees on MI hold gives the JIDC primacy over those

detainees. The fact that a detainee may have intelligence value, by itself, is not a basis for detention. Security detainees and criminal detainees in the custody of MNF-I should be

exploited for timely, actionable intelligence, but they also receive prompt due process, whether through administrative processing or criminal prosecution.

2. JIDC Screening Process

(1) (S/REL) JIDC Screening is the last step of the detainee’s TIF IHA in processing,

to include medical screening. At the beginning of each shift, as well as periodically throughout the day, the JIDC Screening Section Analysts will check with the IHA In-

processing MPs for newly in-processed detainee packets. The JIDC may place a detainee on MI hold if it determines that a detainee should be exploited for intelligence purposes,

including, but not limited to, information related to imminent dangers, immediate threats, time-sensitive intelligence, or if the detainee is on a national black list.

(2) JIDC Do Not Move List process

Detainees on MI hold will not be transferred from the TIF to another location/facility without

prior coordination and approval of the JIDC. All MI hold detainees will be placed on a ‘do-not-move’ status. A ‘do-not-move’ status will ensure that all detainees on this list stay at R2

until otherwise approved for movement by the JIDC. This same status does not prohibit an approved release as signed and affirmed by the DCG-DO. The JIDC will provide the

Release Operations Center (ROC) a running list, by ISN, of all detainees needing to be placed on the ‘do-not-move’ status. Other organizations requesting detainees for

intelligence reasons will coordinate and obtain approval from the JIDC. Moreover, the JIDC shall maintain these ISNs as part of their ‘do-not-move’ requests.”

(3) (S/REL) Packet Screening. The Analysts will review the new packets and input

each detainee’s pertinent data into the JIDC JEC Screening Database. The analysts screen the detainees’ packets for indicators of intelligence value based on the current National,

Theater, and, Division Priority Intelligence Requirements, Theater and /or Division High-Value Target Lists, as well as any current collection emphasis messages. Based on the

strength of previous intelligence reporting on the detainee, the Analyst assigns each dossier packet strength of one through five, with packet strength one signifying the packets with the


168


strongest intelligence reporting. Other information that may influence this assessment may

include name searches, division website searches, etc. All pertinent intelligence reporting, up to the SECRET//NOFORN classification, will be included in the detainee packet.

Analysts then assign the detainees to Screeners, who will then prepare for the face to face screening by reviewing the detainee's packet and any additional intelligence reference

material.

(4) (S/REL) Face to Face Screening. The Screener will sign the detainee from the IHA Guards on a detainee tracking sheet. The Screener and a CAT II linguist (or one

additional Screening personnel, if no interpreter needed), will escort the detainee into an IHA JIDC screening booth and conduct the face to face screening using the Direct

Approach. Upon completion of the screening session, the Screener (accompanied by the CAT II linguist or one additional Screening personnel) escorts the detainee back to the IHA

Guards and signs the detainee back in on the detainee tracking sheet and enters all relevant data collected in the BAT EPW Screening Report. The Screener makes the

determination whether the detainee should be placed on Military Intelligence Hold (MIH), Further Exploitation Required (FER), or No Further Exploitation (NFE) status.

(5) (S/REL) Quality Management. The screening section leadership reviews the BAT

EPW Screening Report and the status of the detainee, makes any necessary changes and recommendations, and e-mails a daily MIH/FER list to the appropriate

individuals/organizations, including the MP S2. The Screening OIC or NCOIC ends his or her tasks by placing a detainer in the Centralized Operations Police Suite (COPS) on all

detainees who are recommended for MIH from the MIH/FER list.

(6) (S/REL) Detainee Packet Disposition. The Analysts will scan entire detainee packet into a .pdf file; the file is saved on the appropriate ISN folder. Upon completion of

the packet scan, the original detainee packet is turned in to the MP S-2. Analysts will update the screening database with the proper detainee status codes.

(7) (S/REL) Female Detainees. Female detainees will be face to face screened by a

female Screener. The ICE-Golf section will inform Screening that detainees available for JIDC screening have arrived and that their packets are ready to be screened.

3. (U) Combined Review and Release Board (CRRB) and MI hold:

(S) MI hold is a detainee status used by the JIDC to identify detainees who are assessed to

have information of intelligence value and require exploitation through interrogation operations. MI hold allows the JIDC to conduct its critical interrogation operations mission

without interruption from other competing organizations, programs, initiatives or activities. The authority to place and maintain detainees on MI hold gives the JIDC primacy over those

detainees. The fact that a detainee may have intelligence value, by itself, is not a basis for detention. Security detainees and criminal detainees in the custody of MNF-I should be

exploited for timely, actionable intelligence, but they also receive prompt due process, whether through administrative processing or criminal prosecution.


169


4. (U) Multi-National Forces Review Committee (MNFRC), MI hold and JIDC Objections to MNFRC Release Recommendations:

a. (U) For all MNFRC reviews that are held at Camp Cropper, TF 134 Legal will notify

JIDC Legal of all detainees scheduled for a MNFRC board at least 5 days prior to the board convening. This will provide JIDC with the opportunity to review the detainee’s status to

determine if MI hold status is in effect and review for security threat information.

b. (U) Detainees on MI hold will not appear at a MNFRC without the JIDC granting an exception. The JIDC will make every reasonable effort to ensure the detainee is removed

from MI hold within 120 days of the Internment Serial Number (ISN) date.

c. (U) To maintain the efficacy of the MNFRC process, TF 134 Legal will make every reasonable effort to ensure that a detainee does not appear on a MNFRC board docket

within 120 days of that detainee’s capture.

d. (U) The JIDC will forward all security information to TF 134 Legal representatives for detainees set to appear before the Camp Cropper MNFRC. Any such information received

in a timely manner will be incorporated into the detainee files for review by the Camp Cropper MNFRC. The JIDC will be included in the standard post-MNFRC vetting process.

5. (U) Central Criminal Court of Iraq (CCCI) and MI hold:

a. (U) Detainees on MI hold will not appear before an Iraqi Investigative Judge at an

Investigative Hearing (IH) or any other judicial proceeding without the prior approval of the JIDC.

b. (U) CCCI will notify JIDC Legal of detainees pending IH or trial to be presented

during the following week. JIDC Legal will provide CCCI with a MI hold list.

c. (U) The JIDC recognizes that there may be some cases where criminal prosecution outweighs the need for military intelligence, and they will employ their best efforts to ensure

an MI hold exception is granted. The CCCI OIC will immediately notify JIDC Legal if Iraqi law would preclude criminal prosecution due to a statute of limitations, or other significant

issue so that the matter can be weighed in making any decision to grant an MI hold exception. The decision to withhold granting an MI hold exception will usually preclude

prosecution of that detainee and any co-detainees involved in the criminal case, if the detainee is placed in general TIF population, is on MI hold for an extended period of time, or

recants his confession during questioning. The CCCI OIC will review all MI hold cases and transfer the affected detainees to CRRB or MNFRC and remove them from the CCCI hold

list. A record of that decision will be placed in the file so that the DCG-DO can make a final decision on the matter, if needed. Confessions obtained by the JIDC are not admissible in

Iraqi Court as evidence. The granting by the JIDC of a request for exception does not remove the MI hold but permits the detainee to proceed to IH or trial. Any sentence


170


received by a convicted detainee shall be at the sole discretion of the Iraqi Court; however,

requests for consideration of a detainee’s cooperation as part of the sentencing process will only be made with the advice and consent of the Task Force 134 Legal Advisor and

presented by the OIC for CCCI-LO or their designee.

6. Procedure to balance CCCI and MI equities:

a. The JIDC will provide CCCI with a daily MI hold list that includes total time on MI hold.

b. A consolidated list of all CCCI cases on MI Hold greater than six months only will

be provided to the Commander, JIDC, by CCCI for forwarding to other agencies as appropriate. If CCCI requests a detainee on this list to attend either their IH or trial, then the

JIDC or appropriate agency will either

(1) Allow the detainee to attend, or

(2) Provide a detailed justification to the DCG-DO refusing CCCI’s request.

(3) In cases where TF Legal desires to contest the justification, the DCG-DO will examine the MI Hold justification and the CCCI documentation to make a preliminary

decision on whether the detainee will attend either their IH or trial.

7. (S) Detainees on MI hold will not be transferred from the TIF to another location/facility without prior coordination and approval of the JIDC. All MI hold detainees will be placed on

a ‘do-not-move’ status. A ‘do-not-move’ status will ensure that all detainees on this list stay at R2 until otherwise approved for movement by the JIDC. This same status does not

prohibit an approved release as signed and affirmed by the DCG-DO. The JIDC will provide the Release Operations Center (ROC) a running list, by ISN, of all detainees needing to be

placed on the ‘do-not-move’ status. Other organizations requesting detainees for intelligence reasons will coordinate and obtain approval from the JIDC. Moreover, the JIDC

shall maintain these ISNs as part of their ‘do-not-move’ requests.”

8. (U) Organizations requesting to interview or interrogate a detainee on MI hold must coordinate and obtain approval from the JIDC.

9. (U) Release of a detainee on MI hold will be coordinated with the JIDC; and requires the

JIDC to concur or non-concur. All MI hold release objections by the JIDC will be briefed to the DCG-DO.

10 (U) The JIDC may restrict the service of legal notices and the delivery of all other

information by the Detainee Assistance Center (DAC) by placing the detainee on the DAC’s “do not serve” list. This restriction will be maintained for the minimum time necessary to

ensure the exploitation of timely, actionable intelligence.


171


11. JIDC Property Exploitation Process

a. (S/REL) Background. A list is compiled by the Screening section of the Joint

Exploitation Cell (JEC) for detainees that arrived to the IHA.

b. (S/REL) Property Pick up. The detainees’ property on that list is prepared for pick-up each evening, generally around 2200 hours.

c. (S/REL) The Document Exploitation personnel from the Property Exploitation Section

of the JEC sign the property out on a DA 4137 for each ISN. Documents, media, cell phones, and automation equipment is normally exploited for the next 24 hours. On

occasion property that takes longer, such as computer hard drives, may remain in order to finish the exploitation process.

d. (S/REL) Exploitation is documented in a Document, cell phone, or Media Exploitation

Report (as applicable) and uploaded into National Intelligence Databases for use by the entire Intelligence Community. Soft copies of these reports are inserted into the detainee’s

ISN folder for use by JIDC and TF 134 personnel with a need to know.

e. (S/REL) Once completed, the property will be signed back over to the MP property unit for storage in the Property Warehouse. The DA 4137 will also be signed back over to

the MP property personnel.

TF 31 – Release Operations Center (ROC)

1. General

The Release Operations Cell (ROC) is responsible for the coordination and synchronization

of all detainee release operations. The ROC stages, moves, and releases all detainees within Task Force 134. The ROC falls under the J-3, Task Force 134 and works in

conjunction with the Pledge and Guarantor cell at Task Force Legal.

2. Mission

The mission of the ROC is to provide for the continuous accountability of all detainees. The ROC enables the safe movement and release of all detainees within Task Force 134.

a. Legal Process

(1) Once a detainee is captured he is taken to a Brigade Holding Facility (BHF),

Division Holding Facility (DHF), Division Holding Area (DHA), or Regional Detention Facility (RDF). The detainee should be there no longer than 14 days unless an exception is

granted.


172


(2) A Detainee Review Authority (DRA) review by a JAG officer will make a

recommendation to release or hold the detainee at the respective BHF, DHF, DHA, or RDF. A Detainee Review Authority review will take place within seven days of the detainee’s

arrival and the DRA shall determine ‘whether there are reasonable grounds to believe he / she is a security threat.”

(3) When a detainee is later brought to the Theater Internment Facility (TIF) his case

goes in front of the Magistrate Cell (MAG CELL) within seven days of arrival. The MAG CELL determines if the detainee is an Expedited Release or should be further interned. If

the decision is the later the continuation of detention will be made only if there is “legal sufficiency” to do so. This determination is made by the DRA. Moreover, the MAG CELL

will forward the case to CCCI to determine if charges will be filed. Lastly, the MAG CELL will determine status of the detainee and categorize the same as either low, medium or a

high risk. If there is any “credible suspicion” that a detainee has committed a law of war crime, DETAIN until able to determine who will prosecute.

(4) If the decision is to detain, the following steps will be taken

A. Central Criminal Court of Iraq (CCCI). CCCI hears the case and will

determine guilt or innocence. If their verdict is not guilty and the decision is made to release the detainee, the detainee will follow the procedure as noted below (see paragraph ‘e’

below).

B. Combined Review and Release Board (CRRB). The CRRB will review the MAG CELL’s determination to detain within the first six months. Normally the CRRB

conducts the review within the first 30 days after receiving the file from the MAG CELL. Normally the CRRB conducts the review within the first 90 days. The CRRB determines if

the detainee should be released or detained for “imperative reasons of security.” If the decision is to release the detainee, the detainee will be processed according to paragraph

‘e’ below.

C. Multi-National Forces Review Committee (MNFRC). The MNFRC boards review cases every six months following the CRRB hearing and every six months thereafter.

The purpose of the board is to determine if a detainee should be released or detained for “imperative reasons of security.”

D. Joint Detention Review Committee (JDRC). The JDRC is a review that occurs

at eighteen months after date of initial detention and 18 months thereafter (if detainee remains in detention) to determine if detainee should be released or detained for “imperative

reasons of security.” The JDRC may recommend that a detainee should be held for a specific period up to eighteen months with MNFRC review still occurring every six months.

E. If the detainee is found not guilty or is recommended for release by CCCI, the

CRRB, MNFRC board, or JDRC the following actions take place:


173


1 The recommended name is sent to TF 134 Legal where it will be vetted by

C2X, the capturing unit, the receiving unit, and also checked for detainers. If there are no objections, TF 134 Legal forwards the ISN to the Release Operations Cell (ROC).

2 The ROC will then send the ISN to the MSC that captured the detainee.

The MSC must contact TF 134 Legal within seven days of getting the notice if they wish to object to a detainee’s release.

(a) If there is an objection to the detainees release, the objection goes to

the Release Advisory Panel (RAP) for review. There, the RAP will determine whether to continue to detain or release the detainee. If the decision is to release the detainee the

detainee’s ISN goes to the ROC where it is checked for detainers and released pending DCG-DO approval.

(b) If there are no objections, the list goes to the ROC and the detainee is

screened for detainers. If there is a detainer, the ROC will identify it as either ‘briefed’ or ‘not briefed.’ If the detainer has been briefed to the DCG-DO, the ROC will coordinate with

TDRC to have the detainer removed. When a detainer has not been briefed the ROC will contact TF Legal.

3. Release Operations

a. Release Operations Center (ROC) receives release authorization memorandums

from TF 134 Legal. Detainees to be released must have a memorandum signed by the DCG-DO or MNF-I Commander. Release memorandums can include the following type:

(1) Expedited release – detainees are considered for expedited release when

sufficient information does not justify continued internment. TF 134 Executive Officer, Legal Magistrate Cell, and Legal Headquarters recommend files for expedited releases.

(2) Special release – detainees are considered for special release by TF 134

Executive Officer and the DCG-DO. Recommendations for special releases are referred to MNFRC for “fast track” consideration, irrespective of when the last CRRB/MNFRC was held.

(3) Compassionate release – detainees with extreme medical conditions

recommended by TF 134 Medical are considered for a compassionate release.

(4) Juvenile – juvenile detainees who have been in a TIF for one year must, by Iraqi law, be released. Juveniles are considered minors between the age of 9 years and 17

years.

(5) Combined Review and Release Board (CRRB) – the board conducts a detailed review of detainee records and submitted matters to consider whether or not to release.


174


(6) CCCI –release resulting from dismissal of charges or not guilty verdict; or legal

review determining inadequate evidence to prosecute.

(7) Multi-National Force Review Committee (MNFRC) – the board reviews detainee case files 6 months after CRRB review and every 6 months thereafter and recommends

release, further confinement or further confinement with TIFRC.

(8) Joint Detention Review Committee (JDRC) - after 18 months of continued interment, this board reviews detainee’s file. Board will either recommend continued

internment or release.

(9) Release Advisory Panel (RAP) – Serves as a review board for those cases that are approved for release by either the CRRB or JDRC and subsequently objected to by a

unit.

(10) Third County Nationals (TCN) - TCNs may only be released after CENTCOM vetting is complete; and after completing a TCN questionnaire. The questionnaire solicits

the detainee’s preference to be released in Iraq or in their nation of citizenship. The intent is to determine if the detainee fears persecution if released in or out of Iraq.

b. Release Roster. The ROC develops and maintains a release roster comprised of all

detainees approved for release by the DCG-DO or CDR MNF-I. TF 134 Legal provides the ROC release authorization memorandums directing a detainee’s release. It is the duty of

the ROC to coordinate the movement and release of these detainees.

(1) Release Memorandums. There are six types of releases. They are:

A. Special. Unless otherwise requested, the Special release requests may be released with the normally scheduled releases to the MSCs. More often than not, these

requests for release are followed by a request for a special pick-up and release. Coordination for this release is made by the MSC directly to the ROC.

B. Expedited. Those detainees who are expedited are released at the earliest

opportunity.

C. Compassionate. Compassionate releases are due to a detainees poor health. Coordination for these releases is made between the ROC, CSH, TF MP North, and the unit

or family that is to receive the detainee.

D. Pledge and Guarantors. The majority of all releases fall in this category. These are the MNFRC approvals that are required to pledge prior to their release. The

ROC coordinates with TF Legal to ensure that each detainee has pledged prior to his release and develops a release list of these detainees, by MSC, who will be released on a

particular date. The ROC coordinates with the MSCs, as well as TF MP North, to ensure that they receive the list of detainees that will be released.


175


E. Juveniles. All juveniles, under 18 years of age, who have been in a TIF for one year must, by Iraqi law, be released. Currently, the ROC completes the release

memorandum for juveniles. The TIF coordinates with the juvenile’s family, when practicable, in order to facilitate the release. Otherwise, an attempt is made to release

juveniles apart from the adult population.

F. TCNs. All TCNs are handled on an individual basis. As long as a TCN feels safe leaving the TIF, and released into the general populace, he may go out with other

detainees scheduled for release. If the detainee conveys fear for his safety, the release is made in concert with the MNC-I ICRC SJA liaison. This information is found in the TCN

questionnaire.

(2) Filed release memorandums. Release memorandums will be filed both electronically and in paper form. An electronic copy of the release memorandum can be

found on the ROC’s external drive (\\S-vicmnc134266c\external drive).

4. Detainers

a. Detainers are electronic flags in DRS (Detainee Reporting System) that prohibits a detainee from being released; and can only be removed by TDRC. When an ISN has a

detainer, determine if it had been “briefed” or “not briefed”. If briefed to the DCG-DO, the ROC will coordinate with TDRC to have the detainer removed. When a detainer has not

been briefed, ROC will coordinate with TF Legal. The type of detainers can include: National Ground Intelligence Center (NGIC), Interpol, Central Command (CENTCOM),

Military Intelligence, NDRC, and Civil Law Enforcement (CLE).

b. NGIC alerts the releasing authority of the presence of a Biometric Identification Analysis Report (BIAR). A BIAR provides information about previous arrests, detentions, or

internments.

c. Interpol alerts of the presence of an Interpol watch.

d. CENTCOM alerts the release authority the detainee is a third country national (TCN). A detainer is deactivated once the release is approved and the detainee had been vetted

through the Office of Regional Affairs (ORA) and CENTCOM.

e. MI alerts release authority of possible derogatory information, need for more time to build a case, or need for additional interrogation. JIDC places the MI detainer.

f. NDRC alerts release authority of an open investigation through JIATF or of a third

time capture.


176


g. CLE identifies detainees associated with Al Qaeda in Iraq (AQIZ), Jaish Al Mahdi

(JAM), and Foreign Fighters (FF). It is confirmed by the C2X AQIZ roster, the JIDC JAM roster, or the JIDC FF roster.

h. After a detainee release, the TIF will generate a release receipt in DRS. A release

receipt is an electronic document that summarizes where, when, and to whom the detainees were released. The ROC maintains a master release receipt of all detainees that have

been released (\\victvf2s\MNFI\sections\Detainee Operations\J3\J3 Plans\Detainee Releases\1 Release Receipt).

i. Transfers and Convicts. Detainees convicted by CCCI recommended for transfer to

the Government of Iraq. The DCG-DO must give final approval for transferring convicts to the Iraqi prison system. Also, original court paperwork, commonly referred to as the “blue

stamp,” must accompany each of the convicted detainees upon their transfer to the GoI.

(1) The ROC receives signed convict transfer memorandums from TF 134 Legal. The ROC ensures that the electronic copy of this memorandum is stored on the ROC

external drive (\\S-vicmnc134266c\external drive) and also maintains a roster of all detainees pending transfer to GoI. The roster is called “transfer tracker” and is found on the

G-drive (\\victvf2s\MNFI\sections\Detainee Operations\J3\J3 Plans\Detainee Releases\1 Release Rosters).

(2) The ROC maintains the “blue stamps” and will provide the original to the TIF prior

to the physical transfer of the convicts. The “blue stamps” are provided to the ROC by TF Legal. A current roll-up of all ‘blue stamp’ convicts can be found on the ROC’s G-drive

under “Transfer Tracker”: \\victvf2s\MNFI\sections\Detainee Operations\J3\J3 Plans\Detainee Releases\1 Release Rosters

5. Movement Operations.

a. The mission of movement operations is to safely transfer detainees to a particular

TIF so they are available for necessary actions involving detainee management.

b. Detainee Air Transfers (DAT) are the method used to move detainees between TIF locations. DATs occur two times weekly, with the specific days set by the Air Force on a

monthly basis. The Air Force allocates two types of aircrafts for DAT moves: a C-17 or C-130 cargo aircraft. The aircraft selection is based on the number of detainees intended for

transfer. DAT includes any one of the following:

(1) A 110 / 110 allows up to 110 detainees to be transferred out from each TIF.

(2) A 180 / 180 facilitate the move of 180 detainees to be transferred out of each TIF.

(3) A 360 / 180 allows for the maximum detainee transfer. This flight permits one TIF to transfer out 360 detainees; while the other TIF may only transfer 180 detainees. Aircraft


177


are authorized no more than four landings in theater thus resulting in the unequaled

transfer.

(4) TF 134 determines the type of DAT and submits the request through the Air Force ATAR’s on-line air support ordering service. The number of detainees intended for transfer

determines the type of aircraft. A C-17 transports 180 detainees plus guard force per flight leg. DAT’s involving a C-130 accommodates transfer of 55 detainees plus guard force per

flight leg. C-130 DAT’s involve the use of two aircraft in order to facilitate the transfer of 110 / 110. All other DAT flights use one C-17.

(5) Ground transportation support utilizes contract buses that are available under a

contractual agreement. Contract bus requirement forecasting and ordering responsibility remains at the ROC. Contract buses are available for transporting detainees in conjunction

with a DAT; and also available to supplement R II ground transportation as it relates to detainee release operations. TF MP North submits a request to the ROC for RII

supplemental bus support.

(6) The J3’s ROC submits a request for contract bus support through the International Zone (IZ) contracting office; no fewer than 4 days prior to a scheduled DAT.

Back up buses are ordered for each contract bus movement. One back up bus is suggested for missions conducted on Victory Base Camp. Two back up buses are ordered

for missions that extend beyond VBC and for the Camp Bucca DAT ground transportation. The number of buses ordered is determined by the number of detainees to move. Buses

may accommodate up to 40 detainees plus 4 guards.

(7) Contract buses are made available by a partnering sub contractor, in accordance with a contractual agreement entered between the contractor and the IZ contracting office.

The movement representative coordinates directly with the J8 in order to forecast contract funding requirements. The movement representative maintains an electronic budgetary

record of all bus calls made for a particular month. Information maintained includes: bus call number as acquired by the IZ contracting office, number of buses ordered for a

particular route, report date, and cost per call. Bus call tracking is reconciled monthly thorough the IZ contracting representative. The IZ contracting office submits payment for

the contractor’s monthly invoice.

(8) Contract buses are operated by local national drivers that must have a Victory Base Camp (VBC) access badge in order gain entrance through a VBC Entry Control Point

(ECP). Driver badging process involves local national applicants first completing a Locally Employed Persons (LEP) screening. To do so, contact the LEP office at Camp Liberty

(DSN 822-4924). Following a successful LEP screening, the Base Defense Operations Center Badging office must be contacted in order to begin the badging application process.

The Badging office is located at Camp Slayer (DSN 835-2056 or 835-2055).


178


(9) Flight manifests are created prior to a DAT. Manifests are completed on a

Microsoft Excel spreadsheet with the standardized format utilized by both TIF(s). The current template and all previous flight manifests may be found in the ROCs website at:

http://mnfi.intranet.s-iraq.centcom.smil.mil/C18/TF%20134%20BLD/default.aspx?RootFolder=%2fC18%2fTF%20134%20BLD%2fDocument%20Library%2fConAir

%20South&View=%7bE68BE421%2dF7C8%2d4BD2%2dB9A4%2dC1B2861855DA%7d

a. Bucca to R2 manifest. This manifest is created at the ROC in order to have the appropriate detainees available at RII for release or to accommodate other agency request.

Requests to add detainees to the Bucca outbound flight are received from: CID, LAOTF, JIDC, CCCI, Medical, and TF Legal. The ROC manifests detainees that need transferred

and submit the draft manifest to Camp Bucca NLT 60 hours from a DAT. Draft manifest includes the ISN, present location, and a general statement for the move (i.e. release, JIDC,

CCCI etc). Camp Bucca receives the draft and populates the open fields on the manifest template. Draft manifests are returned to the ROC 48 hours from a DAT flight. Final

manifests are distributed 48 hours prior to the flight.

b. RII to Bucca manifest. RII creates the outbound manifest from available detainees not listed on the DNM roster. RII submits the manifest to the ROC for final vetting. The

ROC submits all final manifests 48 hours prior to a DAT.

c. The Do Not Move (DNM) roster is a compilation of detainees that need to remain at RII on a hold status. The DNM list can be managed on a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet that

identifies ISN(s) and the agency requesting the hold. Agencies provide regular updated list that may add additional ISN(s) while removing those that no longer require a hold status.

Periodic follow-ups with particular agencies may be necessary in order to maintain a most up to date DNM list. Hold status only helps prevent an inadvertent transfer to another TIF; it

does not prevent a detainee’s release. Holds can be made by the following agencies:

(1) JIDC (Joint Interrogation and Debriefing Center).

(2) LAOTF (Law and Order Task Force).

(3) CCCI (Central Criminal Court of Iraq).

(4) CID (Criminal Investigation Division).

(5) Medholds (Medical holds).

(6) Pending Releases.

(7) Juveniles (at least 9 years and younger than 18 years).

TF 32 – Inspector General (IG)


179


1. Overview

The IG is a member of the Commanding General’s personal staff, and extends the Commander’s eyes, ears, voice, and conscience to create a more knowledgeable, reliable,

and credible organization. The TF 134 IG section will provide assistance, conduct inspections, investigations & inquiries and teach & train in order to enhance mission

readiness and improve the effectiveness, efficiency, discipline and morale

2. IG Responsibilities

a. Serves as unbiased, confidential fact finder for the Commander, to keep the Commander informed of existing or potential problems

b. Conducts IG inspections (Special, Compliance, Compressed Timeline) as directed by

the Commander to determine the state of readiness, economy, discipline, efficiency, morale and training throughout the Brigade.

c. Conducts assessments, inquiries and investigations as directed by the Commander

to substantiate/non-substantiate allegations of misconduct, fraud, waste & abuse

d. Provides assistance when requested by any Service Member, civilian or family member of TF 134

e. Advises, assists, and provides guidance to subordinate commands on all IG matters:

3. Rights of Service Members to Present Complaints to or Request Assistance from the

Inspector General.

a. All service members have the right to present complaints, grievances, or requests for assistance to the Inspector General.

b. Before visiting the inspector general, you should consider whether your concerns can

be addressed more quickly and simply by referring them to your chain of command. You do not have to present your concerns to your chain of command before visiting the Inspector

General. However, you must obtain permission to be absent from your duties if you wish to visit the Inspector General during your duty hours. You do not have to tell anyone why you

want to speak with an IG.

TF 33 – Medical

1. General


180


All assigned personnel will meet everyday at the Detainee Medical Clinic (DMC) at 0700hrs

for dissemination of vital information, receipt of new medications and prepare for the day's activities. The Dispensary NCOIC is accountable for knowing the locations of absent

personnel.

a. Hours of Operation:

(1) Sick Call: 0730hrs – 1500hrs, one compound per day, rotating between #1-#4

(2) Insulin/Medication Distribution: 0730hrs – 0900hrs, and once again 1530hrs –

1700hrs

(3) Emergencies: Contact Trauma Team 24hrs a day

b. The licensed providers assigned duty implies ownership and supervision of all aspects of medical care provided by the non-licensed providers assigned to a particular

camp. This obligation includes oversight of sick call proceedings and clinical notes, approval of and countersignature of required prescriptions, supervision of prescription of

prescription and non-prescription medication distribution and approval and countersignature of Specialty Clinic consults. Providers will meet with the compound medic everyday after

medics have conducted compound sick call in order to review the day's cases to provide assistance as needed.

c. Each provider will mentor the medics in order to inspire learning, professional growth,

and provide outstanding medical care to our patient population.

d. Any concerns regarding the medical care provided in a particular level should first be directed to the assigned medic and resolved at the lowest level possible.

2. Dispensing Routine Medications

a. Medical personnel are responsible for dispensing all routine medications within their

assigned level.

b. All individual dose observed therapy (DOT) medication dispensing will occur at 0730-0900hrs and 1530-1700hrs daily in conjunction with insulin administration. All multi-

dose medication will be dispensed starting at 07ohrs and /or during the individual compound ISN count, whenever possible, every fourth day.

c. All personnel will maintain concise medication administration records for each

detainee who receives medications. The record will be maintained on the MC4 and NIIPR S: drive under wire and updated by each medic. The record is used to track the detainee

ISN, medication, dosage, administration instructions and date of delivery to detainee. The


181


secondary use of the record will be to provide an accurate record of medications to the

Detainee Transfer Team for the transfer and release of detainees.

d. Documentation will include the following: detainee ISN; individual medications with appropriate dose and dosing schedules for each medication; and notation of administration,

refusal or failure to be present; unable to produce medication bag. Should a detainee refuse medication, fail to be present for medication administration, or be unable to produce

medication bag the Dispensary NCOIC will be notified and a medical officer will address the situation. All of these events will be documented on the discrepancy matrix IAW Matrix

SOP. In the event that the assigned medic feels that refused or missed medication will seriously affect the health of a detainee, he or she may alternatively notify the MP SOG for

assistance in administration the medication to a particular detainee. At no time will the medic administer medication to a detainee without their consent.

3. Pharmacy Support

a. The pharmacy will maintain a record of all medications prescribed. The licensed

providers will submit a list of requested medications through the Detainee Medical Clinic NCOIC, who will then provide the list to the Hospital Pharmacy section. The Pharmacy is

responsible for supplying all new prescriptions written within the previous 24 hours, and providing them to the appointed Detainee Medical Clinic representative.

4. Sick Call

a. Detainee sick call will occur on a rotating basis, every Compound will be provided

sick call every fourth day. (i.e. Compound 1 on Monday, Compound 2 on Tuesday, Compound 3 on Wednesday and Compound 4 on Thursday and so on). Sick call will be

conducted by a medic on the wire at 0730hrs and end at 1000hrs. Once medics return to the DMC and have staffed with the providers the movement request will be sent via SIPR to

the MP TOC to have detainees identified by the providers, brought up to DMC. Detainees will be brought up to the DMC between the hours of 1130-1430hrs for provider sick call.

b. Each level will see approximately 10% of its population per week. Each Sick call

DMC visit requires at least 1 Medic, 1 provider, and a translator.

c. Each day the following information will be gathered and compiled into the 31st CSH sick call/ med pass matrix: total number of detainees in compound, number of medications

passed, number of no-shows, number of detainees unable to produce their medication bags, number of detainees seen at wire sick call for each compound, number of detainees

seen at DMC sick call, and IHA information of the same. This information will be submitted to the DMC NCO at COB each day.

d. Each sick call encounter will be documented in TMIP or on the SF 600 when TMIP is

unavailable. Current vital signs and medications, past medical history, medication allergies,


182


and past surgical history if appropriate, will be documented. The only approved format is the

SOAP note. Completed documentation will be screened by the doctor.

e. Assessments will be outlined by the medic competent in treating the presenting complaint and subsequent exam. If a problem can be appropriately treated with an Over the

Counter (OTC) medication, the medication will be dispensed and documented by the medic and reviewed with a provider.

f. If a provider is immediately available, discuss the findings, devise a plan, and

document appropriately. If no provider is immediately available, let the detainee know what you are thinking might be wrong, and explain that you will review the issue with a provider

and follow up with him as necessary. Be sure to follow up as indicated.

g. Specialty clinics will receive consults from Camp Remembrance II as a direct result of sick call or any other medical encounter.

h. Medics are required to present a potential consult to a provider, and if approved,

appropriately document the consult request on an SF 513. The provider must countersign the consult request before it is reviewed at the Specialty Clinic level. Each consult must

document: patient ISN, level, clinic being consulted and reason for consult. Each consult must be dated and signed by a licensed provider.

i. Consults will be delivered each day to the appropriate department. Routine consults

must be delivered at least 24 hours before the requested clinic time frame so that the clinic may submit a list of ISNs to PAD for transportation purposes. Urgent consults must be

hand-carried and discussed in person between providers.

5. Detainee Treatment and Contact

a. Detainees will be treated in accordance with all policies established by Detainee Operations and specific theater operations policies.

b. If grabbed by a detainee during examination, the medic or provider will enlist the help

of the over watch MP. If the medic or provider feels threatened, they will take necessary actions to break contact and let the over watch MP take charge of the detainee and

situation. After any situations a BCCF Incident Report Form will be filled out and will be reported to that level MP NCOIC, or SOG. At no time will medical personnel act as an over

watch MP.

6. Diabetic Care Team

a. Ensures the tracking and treatment of all diabetic patients in Camp Remembrance II.


183


b. Responsible for assuring that each medic in each level is made aware of the diabetic

detainees located in their levels and that insulin dependent diabetics are wearing a red identification bracelet.

c. Responsible for ensuring that all medics are trained in the signs, symptoms, and

treatment of high and low blood sugars.

d. Responsible for ensuring proper diabetic supplies are on hand to include: NPH and R insulin, insulin syringes, lancets, alcohol swabs, sharps containers, 2"x2" gauze, functioning

glucometers, glucometer control solutions. Supply lists will be provided to the DMC supply NCO. Insulin will be retrieved from pharmacy in bulk order plans.

7. MEDEVAC Escort

a. Ensure safety and security of assigned detainee(s) from the time of departure until

properly relieved by MP guards at receiving hospital/facility. When on mission, keep the Hospital Guard Shift Leader informed by contacting the MP Hospital Base once a day

and/or anytime the situation of detainee status changes.

b. Equipment: MEDEVAC escorts listed on the stand-by roster will have a bag pre-packed with supplies and clothing to last at least one week. The bag will be carried to work

daily. At a minimum MEDEVAC escorts will take the following items:

(1) 2ea copies of individual deployment orders

(2) 2ea forms of picture ID (Military ID and Camp Cropper ID)

(3) Identification Tags (Worn around neck)

(4) Interceptor Body Armor (IBA) with plates

(5) Advanced Combat Helmet (ACH)

(6) Protective Mask

(7) Ballistic Eye Protection

(8) 2ea Serviceable sets of ACUs (one worn, one packed)

(9) 2ea sets of flex restraints

(10) Scarab restraints cutter

(11) Pair of gloves


184


(12) MRE

(13) 2ea quarts of water (canteen, bottles, or CamelBak)

(14) Flashlight with batteries

(15) Ear Plugs

(16) Sleeping Bag (optional)

(17) MEDEVAC escort SOP with phone contact list

c. Necessary forms and paperwork

(1) If No ISN assigned: Detainee capture paperwork {two 2823s and one CPA}

(2) If Assigned an ISN: One DD form 2708 (Receipt for Inmate or Detained Person)

d. Forms

(1) DA Form 2708 (Receipt for Inmate or Detained Person)

(2) DA Form 2823 (Sworn Statement)

(3) Coalition Provisional Authority Forces Apprehension Form

8. Weapons and Use of Force

a. Weapons status

(1) M4 with 7ea magazines and 210ea rounds of ammunition and X26 Taser.

(2) All weapons will be in the green weapons status at all times when not actually in

use.

(3) Taser will be holstered when not in use.

b. Rules for the Use of Force (RUF)/Rules of Engagement (ROE):

(1) You may engage persons who commit hostile acts or show hostile intent with the minimum force necessary to counter the hostile act or demonstrated hostile intent and to

protect U.S. Forces

(2) When possible you will use the following degrees of force against hostile actors and/or action:


185


A. SHOUT: verbal warnings to HALT or QIF

B. SHOVE: physically restrain, block access or detain

C. SHOOT: to remove the threat of death/serious bodily harm

(3) Soldiers shall fire only aimed shots

(4) Fire no more rounds than reasonably necessary




c. Deadly force is only authorized in the following situations:

(1) Deadly force is authorized to protect Soldiers, civilians, and detainees from crimes committed by another detainee that are likely to cause death or serious bodily harm.

(2) Self defense - persons or forces that demonstrate hostile intent or commit a

hostile act against coalition forces may be engaged using necessary and proportional force, including deadly force. Deadly force is always authorized in self-defense of coalition forces,

and to protect civilians, Soldiers and detainee from imminent bodily harm likely to cause death.

d. Non-Lethal Force:

(1) Soldiers may utilize non-lethal munitions to prevent escape, to protect civilians,

Soldiers, or detainees, or used when necessary to accomplish the goals of the mission.

(2) Soldiers will always use the least amount of force necessary to accomplish the mission.

(3) Soldiers must always maintain a non-lethal weapons posture that will allow them

to revert to lethal force as the situation dictates.

(4) Warning Shots are not authorized; due to the likelihood of collateral damage only aimed shots are authorized.

e. Specific Procedures


186


(1) Chain of Command. When on mission, the MEDEVAC Escorts will report to the

Hospital Guard Shift Leader by contacting the MP Hospital Base once a day and/or anytime the situation of detainee status changes. The Shift Leader will pass status update to the

Battle NCO by contacting the TOC.

(2) The Patient Administration Division (PAD) at the hospital will notify of required MEDEVAC and deliver their tasker for detainee movement to the Hospital Guard NCOIC.

The NCOIC will email the tasker to the Battle NCO at the TOC. Information provided will include the detainee’s ISN(s), reason for MEDEVAC, estimated time of departure,

destination, recommended number of escorts needed (minimum of two), estimated time of return, and special reporting/coordinating instructions. The Battle NCO will derive a tasker

with the given information.

(3) The MEDEVAC Escort will be selected from a stand-by list developed by the Hospital Guard Shift Lead. Notifications will be made immediately by Hospital Guard Shift

Lead to the selected MEDEVAC escort and the TOC Battle NCO.

(4) MEDEVAC Escorts will obtain personal gear, report to the Camp Cropper Hospital (as directed by Hospital Guard Shift Lead), assume custody of the detainee(s) assigned,

and await arrival of the Trauma Team. The senior MEDEVAC Escort will fill out DA Form 2708 Receipt for Inmate or Detained Person. The MEDEVAC Escort will escort the

detainee(s) to the Oasis LZ (located outside South wall of Camp Cropper) and remain with the assigned detainee(s) until properly relieved.

(5) Upon arrival at the designated location, the Senior Escort will immediately notify

the TOC Battle NCO of their location and status of return. Anytime there is a possible change in escort status, detainee condition, and/or location, the TOC must be informed as

soon as possible.

(6) Communication. Keep an updated phone roster. Contact Hospital Guard Shift Leader by phone once a day or anytime the situation changes with the following information:

A. Status. Your status, any potential problems, and any assistance needed

B. Detainee’s Condition. Detainee’s medical condition and any change in

condition

C. Location. You’re current location, contact information, and any anticipated change

D. ETA. Estimated date/time return trip will begin and end

9. Hospital Guard


187


a. Responsibilities. The BN CDR is responsible for the health care needs of detainees

by allowing detainees access to medical facilities and personnel and providing space for medical personnel inside TIF. Medical staff will ensure that high-quality medical care is

afforded to detainees. The care will include emergency medical needs, routine care, and sick call. The medical staff will dispense prescribed medications to the detainees. They are

responsible for securing instruments and equipment while treating and caring for the detainees needs. However, the guards assigned to work in the hospital will help provide

guidance to reduce situations that can affect the safety of the Soldiers and detainees.

b. Equipment. Hospital Guards will be required to wear the proper ACU uniform, eye protection, and inclement weather gear as needed. Hospital Guards will have Advanced

Combat Helmet (ACH), Interceptor Body Armor (IBA), Protective Mask, and ICOM radios on location.

c. Forms. See Forms and References section for:

(1) TIF Form 508 Recommendation for Disciplinary Action

(2) DD Form 2708 Receipt for Inmate or Detained Person

(3) DA Form 4137 Evidence/Property Custody Document

(4) DA Form 1594 Journal

(5) Detainee Management System (DIMS) all aspects

d. Post Limits: Hospital guards will remain within immediate area of the Hospital unless

on receiving missions from the Oasis LZ or Sather Airfield, as directed by the Detainee Operations Center (DOC). Each shift will not leave their post until properly relieved by

qualified personnel.

e. Weapons: The hospital guards will secure all lethal weapons in the Guard Station. The guards assigned to the hospital are the only personnel authorized to carry Non-Lethal

weapons. The MX26 Taser will be the only Non-Lethal weapon authorized in the hospital.

10. Weapons

a. Weapons Status

(1) All weapons will be in the green weapons status at all times when not deployed.

(2) All lethal weapons will be secured in the Guard Station.

(3) Taser shall be holstered when not in use.


188


(4) Batons shall be used only for self defense, defense of others, or to prevent

escape.

.b. Rules for the Use of Force (RUF)/Rules of Engagement (ROE)

(1) You may engage persons who commit hostile acts or show hostile intent with the minimum force necessary to counter the hostile act or demonstrated hostile intent and to

protect U.S. Forces.

(2) When possible you will use the following degrees of force against hostile actors:

A. SHOUT: verbal warnings to HALT or QIF

B. SHOVE: physically restrain, block access or detain

C. SHOOT: to remove the threat of death/serious bodily injury

(3) Soldiers shall fire only aimed shots

(4) Fire no more rounds than reasonably necessary




c. Deadly Force is only authorized in the following situations

(1) Deadly force is authorized to protect Soldiers, civilians and detainee from crimes committed by another detainee that are likely to cause death or serious bodily harm.

(2) Self Defense-Persons or forces that demonstrate hostile intent or commit a hostile

act against coalition forces may be engaged using necessary and proportional force, including deadly force. Deadly force is always authorized in self-defense of coalition forces,

and to protect civilians, Soldiers and detainee from imminent bodily harm likely to cause death.

(3) Deadly force against detainees escaping or attempting to escape constitutes an

extreme measure which shall always be preceded by warnings appropriate to the circumstances. Deadly force will not be used against an escaping detainee except as a last

resort when there are no other means available to apprehend the detainee.

(4) Lethal Force being utilized solely to prevent an escape attempt shall only be used when the detainee has crossed the threshold of the outer gate and only as a last resort


189


when there are no other means available to apprehend the detainee. Nothing in this section

shall be interpreted to prohibit the used of lethal force for self defense as set forth above.

d. Non-Lethal Force

(1) Soldiers may utilize less than lethal munitions to disperse rioting prisoners, prevent escape, or in order to protect civilians, Soldiers or detainees or used when

necessary to accomplish the goals of the mission.

(2) Soldiers will always use the least amount of force necessary to accomplish the mission.

(3) Soldiers must always maintain a less than weapons posture that will allow them to

revert to lethal force as the situation dictates.

e. Warning Shots are not authorized for military personnel assigned to the Hospital area; due to the likelihood of collateral damage only aimed shots are authorized.

f. Tasers shall be utilized in accordance to the general use of non-lethal weapons set

forth above.

11. Manning Requirements

a. Day shift personnel Includes

(1) Day Shift ten (10) Soldiers

A. Shift Leader: One (1) NCO (preferably E-6)

B. DIMS Operator/ Medical Desk Processing: One (1) Soldier with a SECRET clearance.

b. Wards: Three (3) Soldiers

(1) Intensive Care Unit (ICU): One (1) Soldier

(2) Intensive Care Ward (ICW): Two (2) Soldiers

c. Hospital Escorts: Four (4) Soldiers

(1) Podiatry/ Dental Clinic: One (1) Soldier

(2) Physical Therapy/ Occupational Therapy Clinic: One (1) Soldier

(3) Optometry Clinic: One (1) Soldier


190


(4) Radiology Clinic: One (1) Soldier

(5) Rover: One (1) Soldier

d. Night Shift personnel includes: seven (7) Soldiers

(1) Receiving detainee MEDEVAC: Two (2) Soldiers: Shift Leader and One (1) Rover

(2) DIMS Operator/Medical Desk Processing: One (1) Soldier with a SECRET clearance.

(3) Wards: Three (3) Soldiers

A. Intensive Care Unit (ICU): One (1) Soldier

B. Intensive Care Ward (ICW): Two (2) Soldiers

(4) Rover: One (1) Soldier to receive detainees at entrance and overwatch in

Emergency Treatment Room (ETR) or Trauma Room.

e. NCOIC responsibilities

(1) Ensure that shift leaders are doing shift change inspections daily

(2) Ensure that any equipment deficiencies are fixed as soon as possible

(3) Make sure that all equipment is PMCS and dispatched properly

(4) Create all Service Order Requests; ensure they are tracked and completed

(5) Check that shift leaders are keeping work areas neat and professional

(6) Make sure shift leaders are using DA Form 6 to track manning

(7) Sign for all Hospital Guard equipment

(8) Keep SOP updated, and make sure shift leaders are enforcing the SOP

(9) NCOIC has the ability to discuss cancellations with the hospital staff when the number of detainees will exceed the limit of the detainee holding area. Detainee

appointments will not be cancelled unless it has been discussed in full with the Hospital Staff.

f. Shift Leader responsibilities


191


(1) Maintain security, control, discipline and accountability of all detainees within the hospital.

(2) Supervise, coordinate, train and account for Soldiers under your supervision.

(3) Overwatch suicide risks and isolated/quarantined detainees.

(4) Supervise detainee appointments.

(5) Maintain a journal of all visits, inspections and events.

(6) Conduct periodic inspections of detainee restraints and reachable areas.

(7) Conduct periodic inspection of Soldiers, ward journal, and desk area.

(8) Ensure that all forms and reports are filled out correctly, accurately and delivered

on time.

(9) Liaison between Hospital, DOC, Escorts, and other compounds.

(10) Coordinate with DOC for Immediate Response Force (IRF) assistance and

direct IRF actions on the scene.

(11) Supervise the in/out processing of detainees and appointment schedules.

(12) Escort in person or designate a NCO to escort detainees from Helipad to the hospital with the trauma unit.

g. DIMS Operator/Medical Desk Processing:

(1) A wounded civilian that has been captured will be seen by the medical staff,

which decides whether he will be admitted to the hospital or not. If he is admitted to the hospital, the hospital will administer a hospital and PAD number, which will be utilized until

the Processing NCO (IHA) produces an ISN. If admission is not required, the DOC will be notified to take custody of the detainee.

(2) Responsible for procuring detainee information upon emergency arrival in the

ETR ward. DD Form 2708 (Receipt for Inmate or Detained Person) will be properly completed. The Soldier’s name, rank, and unit of capture must be on the form.

(3) Admitted detainees will be accounted for in corresponding ward’s journal, Roll-up

form and Desk Chart.


192


(4) When receiving new detainees from capturing units, ensure that detainees and

heir property are searched and inventoried upon arrival of the hospital.

A. Detainee’s will be given a jumpsuit to wear and their clothing will be disposed of properly. If blood exists on the clothing, it will be disposed in the bio-hazard bin.

B. If a detainee is admitted to the hospital, ensure detainee’s authorized personal

property is secured in a bag, placed in the MP Guard room, and logged on a DA Form 4137 (Chain of Custody Form).

C. Items that are not authorized for the detainee to have are confiscated, logged

on a DA Form 4137, and picked up by IHA Processing for storage or investigation.

(5) If a detainee is medically transferred out of the facility, the hospital staff and the Hospital NCOIC must notify the DOC as soon as possible. All attempts should be made to

notify the DOC before the transfer, if possible. A signed DD Form 2708 is necessary when transferring control of a detainee.

(6) Detainees assigned to the hospital that are transferred to THE TIF will be signed

over using DA Form 2708.

(7) Any transfers within the wards will be called into the DIMS operator and recorded within the DA Form 1594 Journal.

(8) If a detainee dies, CID may take custody of the detainee to conduct an

investigation. After CID investigation is concluded, the DOC and IHA will be notified. Custody will then be transferred over to IHA NCO for out-processing. Refer to Death

Processing SOP.

(9) If a civilian dies in the hospital prior to being in-processed by the IHA, he is not a detainee and therefore not a TIF responsibility.

h. Rovers

(1) Maintain security, control, discipline and accountability of all detainees within

assigned post.

(2) At the discretion of the Shift Leader, assist the Emergency Trauma Room (ETR) ward with arrivals and the Escorts with detainee appointments.

i. Wards

(1) Maintain security, control, discipline and accountability of all detainees within the

ward


193


(2) Ensure that NO armed personnel enter the ward.

(3) Allow only authorized staff to enter the ward and require all visitors to be escorted

by medical staff. Make a positive identification before allowing entry and exit to ward.

(4) Inspect and place restraints on detainees. Periodic checks are conducted to ensure the detainee’s restraints are properly placed, secure, and in accordance to the

medical staffs restrictions.

(5) Inspect ward for any hazardous or unsafe conditions. Make immediate corrections and notify medical staff of hazard or condition to prevent its reoccurrence.

(6) Inspect the hospitalized detainee’s tray after meal to ensure that all utensils are

present and disposed.

(7) Ensure detainees are appropriately covered when out of bed or when leaving the ward.

(8) Ensure detainees do not leave the ward without proper escort.

(9) Ensure translators are only translating for medical staff/guards and not conversing

with detainees alone.

(10) Maintain an orderly desk area.

(11) Log in the staff journal and notify the Shift Leader of any transfer or death or gain in detainee population.

j. Escorts

(1) Maintain security, control, discipline, and accountability of all detainees within

your escort. All escorts will ensure that no more than a 4:1 detainee-to-guard ratio is maintained.

(2) Escort appointments will be managed through the direction of the Shift Leader.

(3) To provide custodial supervision and make on-the-spot corrections when

necessary.

(4) Detainees holding area will be searched for any contraband or potential items that may be used as a weapon prior to and after detainee appointments.

(5) Detainees will be frisked prior to being placed inside of holding area IAW SOP.


194


(6) A physical check and headcount will be conducted prior to each movement by

escorts.

(7) After detainee appointments are concluded, the Shift Leader will confirm accountability and arrange for transportation back to respective compounds.

k. Isolated and Quarantined Detainees:

(1) Shift Leader will obtain specific instructions from the medical staff.

(2) Meals will be served on disposable trays.

(3) Empty trays will placed in plastic bags by the detainee or medical staff.

(4) Isolated or quarantined detainees are not allowed to intermingle with others.

l. Receiving Detainee MEDEVAC

(1) Directions to Oasis LZ:

A. Head South through the South ECP of Camp Cropper

B. Take first right and travel about 250 meters

C. Turn right onto path that leads into LZ

(2) Directions to EMEDS LZ on Sather Airfield:

A. Exit Camp Cropper at East ECP

B. Turn left and travel about 2 miles until the Sather AFB sign can be seen

C. Turn right into road leading to Sather

D. Go through Gate and follow road around to the right

E. Follow the road until a T intersection is reached

F. Take a left at the intersection and then the next right

G. Continue past the airport terminals until the EMEDS sign can be seen

H. After EMEDS sign take next left and go through gate

I. After passing through gate EMEDS will be on your left


195


J. Stage on the North (Runway side) of EMEDS next to the concrete barricades

(3) Receiving hospital guards will take required items with them to the LZ located either at the Oasis or Sather Airfield.

A. X26 Tazer with cartridge and holster

B. Two (2) sets of flex cuff restraints

C. Advanced Combat Helmet (ACH)

D. Ballistic Eye Protection

E. One (1) DA Form 4137

(4) Hospital guards will ensure the escort team provides the necessary paperwork.

One (1) Coalition Provisional Authority Forces Apprehension Form (CPA) filled out completely by the apprehending unit; to include both signatures and both pages. Minimum

of two Sworn Statements (DA Form 2823) from the apprehending unit; to include signature pages. (Note: the sworn statements can be written in Arabic).

A. If the escort cannot provide completed copies of these three forms at the time

of transfer of custody, then the hospital guard must retain the escorts and bring them back to the hospital guard desk.

B. The hospital guards will not sign for the detainee until the escort team or their

chain of command has provided the hospital guard shift leader with all the paperwork completed correctly with appropriate signatures.

C. If the escort has personal property belonging to the detainee, it should be

inventoried on the evidence property log (DA Form 4137) and custody signed over to the hospital guard. The hospital guard will not take custody of any type of weapons.

12. Detainees Suicide Watch:

a. Detainee’s clothing may be removed by medical staff with the recommendation of the

hospitals psychiatrist or psychologist, to ensure that the detainee does not hurt themselves.

b. The guard will check the suicide risk detainee every 5 minutes, and record the check on DD Form 509.

c. When the suicide risk detainee is removed from the bed or ward, the detainee will be

in full restraints.


196


d. The Hospital Guard will have TIF Form 508 on hand.

e. Suicide risk detainees will be segregated from other detainees and patients when

applicable.

f. Suicide risk detainees will be restrained IAW Restraint Procedures SOP, unless otherwise directed by the medical staff how to restrain the detainee, due to medical

reasons.

g. Civilian Patients: Civilian patients are not the responsibility of the Hospital Security Force; however, they are segregated from detainees, and accounted for by the Hospital

Security Force.

h. At no time is any guard allowed to dispense medication to a detainee, or to perform other duties normally performed by medical staff. Annotate any refusal of medication by a

detainee in DD 1594 journal and notify the hospital staff and the Shift Leader.

i. A guard will be assigned to escort each detainee during movement. The guard will use proper escort and supervision procedures when escorting detainees outside the ward

IAW Escort SOP.

j. Prior to assuming duty, incoming Hospital Guard will conduct an ISN count of every detainee within the post and confirm it with the prior shift guard. Results are noted in the

DA Form 1594 journal with a roster by name, ISN, and bed number of each detainee within their post. Any discrepancy is reported to the Shift Leader immediately. The Shift Leader

will conduct the same inspection with the entire hospital and note the results on the Roll-up Sheet. The prior shift will not be relieved until the discrepancy is resolved. The DOC will be

immediately notified of such discrepancies.

k. Detainees are not allowed to accept any gift from anyone.

l. All detainees will be restrained IAW Restraint Procedures SOP. However, due to injuries the restraints will be modified with recommendation from the medical staff and final

order by the Shift Leader.

m. Violations of rules are reported to the TIF Duty Officer or SOG immediately.

n. Incidents identified IAW SOP SIR/CCIR SOP will be reported immediately to the Hospital Guard NCOIC/BN S3/BN CDR. If the situation cannot be resolved by the Hospital

Shift Leader or NCOIC, the Sergeant of the Guard (SOG) will be notified. The Hospital Guards are responsible for the custody and control of the detainees while they are in the

hospital for any appointments, and while assigned there for treatment.

13. Outpatient Wound Care Standards and Procedures.


197


a. These defined procedures apply to all doctors, nurses, medics and medical staff who

will engage in detainee outpatient wound care. The purpose of these procedures is to establish the guidelines for the process of detainee outpatient wound care, ensure proper

follow-up and to hasten good healing.

b. Daily Tasks and Responsibilities

(1) Report time for wound care medics is 0700hrs. Doctors should be available prior to the start of patient contact, usually by 0730hrs.

(2) All bed-side stations will be clean, orderly and well stocked with all necessary

supplies to complete the day’s wound care patient load.

(3) An up-to-date roster of detainees is provided each morning by the Detainee Operations Center (DOC). This roster contains accurate detainee locations, scheduled

times of arrival and other appointments the detainees are scheduled for. This list will be retrieved each morning at 0700hrs.

(4) Bed-side stations will be fully stocked with appropriate supplies for the following

day’s patient load. Collaborate with the unit supply NCO to order and ensure the proper stockage of frequently used medical supplies.

(5) Trash bins will be emptied at the end of the wound care day, and as often as

needed during the day. Bags will be appropriately replaced with at least one bin with a red biohazard bag in it.

(6) The wound care team is responsible for cleaning the front area of the DMC. This

includes sweeping and mopping the floors, making sure all equipment is stowed properly and ensuring an overall clean and organized appearance.

c. Scheduling

(1) New patients are referred through the hospital as discharges, through the IHA as

a result of physical exams and through the level medics from sick call visits. It is important to collect as much information as possible by reading through the following sources:

A. Standard Form 558 Emergency Care and Treatment: This form is used during

emergency room treatment as a record of care provided and care to be continued once the detainee has returned to the compounds.

B. DA Form 961-R Medical Record – Patient Release: This form summarizes the

inpatient treatments a patient has received up to the date of discharge, including surgical procedures and therapy. This sheet also summarized continuing care for the patient,

including dressing change orders, and follow-up procedure dates, such at PT/OT appointments or suture removal dates.


198


C. Medic referrals written on the dry erase board: If a medic has a concern about a patient’s wound, they will provide the ISN, location and a brief description of the wound by

writing it on the dry erase board. While preparing the next day’s scheduling, this information will be entered into the monthly tracker.

D. IHA referrals and medical records: During the initial medical exam in the IHA, the screening doctor will decide to refer the patient to wound care.

1 IHA medics will bring the patient’s medical record to the DMC and leave it in the wound care record box. During scheduling, these patients will be added to the

monthly tracker for the next day.

2 Daily wound care will be performed in the IHA medical area for these

patients until they “roll down” to the compounds. Upon moving, they will be seen in the DMC for their scheduled wound care.

E. Patients with Hospital or Capturing Unit tags will sometimes be referred to wound care before they have been in-processed.

1 These patients will often have just come directly from the hospital to the IHA with post surgical wounds or have suffered minor injury before being captured.

2 Once these patients receive their new ISNs the change will be documented in the ISN Tracker spreadsheet. It is very important to check this resource to be able to track

patients as they move from the IHA to the compounds.

d. Scheduling Matrix

(1) A Microsoft Excel spreadsheet is in use for the purpose of scheduling and tracking patient visits to the wound care clinic. This spreadsheet is broken down into several

tabs: a “Daily List” tab, a “Discharge Tracker” tab, and an appropriate tab for each month.

(2) The Daily List is a schedule of the detainees with appointments for wound care.

This list is prepared and printed the evening prior to the scheduled day, and includes any new patients received that day.

(3) Once the day’s wound care day is finished, use the matrix to schedule the next day’s days patient load. Before scheduling, save a new copy of the matrix from the current

version, incrementing the date in the file name. This is for backup and auditing purposes.

(4) The Discharge The Discharge Tracker is a list of patients who have been

discharged from wound care. When a patient is discharged from wound care, their information is moved from the monthly tracker to the discharge list.


199


(5) The Monthly Tracker is a matrix of patients currently receiving wound care, their

appointment information and progress in the monthly period. This is the core of the wound care matrix and a vital tool for the scheduling process.

(6) All changes prescribed during the wound care day should also be made to the monthly tracker. Examples include:

A. Level changes, as detailed on the morning Distro Roster provided by the DOC.

B. Detainees with hospital and capture tags who have been assigned an ISN

C. Any modifications to the wound descriptions including additions or

subtractions.

D. New medication prescriptions or discontinuations.

E. Changes in treatment frequency

F. Discharges

(7) When a patient has been discharged from wound care, their information is moved from the monthly tracker to the discharge tracker. This is done selecting the entire row,

cutting and pasting the information from the monthly tracker to the bottom of the discharge tracker.

(8) Do not cut and paste the patient's information from the previous months.

e. Documentation

(1) Every patient who receives wound care will have a shadow file made. This file is separate from the patient’s medical record while he is receiving treatment, and will be

reintegrated once treatment has completed.

(2) A cover sheet is designed to give the wound care provider an at-a-glance view of

the patient’s condition and dressing change orders. The cover sheet is always the top sheet on the left side of the wound care chart.

(3) The Medication Administration Record (MAR) provides a method of monitoring the dosages of any prescribed, given, and discontinued medications. The MAR is always

located on the right side of the patient’s shadow file. If the patient receives daily medication during wound care, the sheet should be placed first, otherwise the sheet can be placed at

the back. If a detainee has not been issued an ISN, use the hospital or capture tag number until it can be assigned.

(4) The Daily Progress Flow Sheet provides an easy method of documenting a wound’s features and condition. It also creates a system that allows easy trending of a

patient’s wound progression. Consistent and accurate documentation is the key to making


200


the most out of the daily progress flow sheet. This sheet will always be placed on the right

side of the patient's shadow file.

(5) Standard Form 600, Chronological Record of Medical Treatment, will be updated

weekly for each detainee. Comments will be written for every significant change to a patient’s wound. This includes dressing change orders, complicated suture and staple

removals and acute complications that may arise. A doctor or nurse signature needs to be annotated after every written note that implies a dressing change or procedure order.

(6) Other forms may be used, these include:

A. Form 691-R, Discharge Summary will sometimes be provided with patients

who come from the hospital. This form can be retrieved from the DMC NCOIC prior to the beginning of the wound care day. The summary will be placed under the cover sheet on the

left side of the patient’s shadow file. Any initial dressing change orders and additional procedure dates will be transposed on to the cover sheet. Other documentation from

previous care will be placed under the 691-R and will be scanned for additional information pertinent to patient care.

B. Discharge note. When deemed ready for discharge, a discharge note will be written in the patient’s shadow file and signed by a nurse or physician. The completed chart

will be stored until a batch QA/QI can be done. Once the chart has been checked, the contents will be filed in the patient’s permanent file. The patient record will be appropriately

filed in the monthly tracker.

f. Clinical

(1) Orientation

A. New medics assigned to the wound care team will undergo on-the-job-training.

During this period they will work alongside experience wound care medics and learn the intricacies of wound care. After the new medics are confident in their skills, they will undergo

a Competency Based Orientation (CBO) process where their skills will be evaluated against the standard defined by the CBO sheet. The CBO sheets will be evaluated by a nurse or

physician and the medic will be given a GO/NO-GO. If a medic receives a NO-GO, he or she will repeat the orientation process again, concentrating on the problem areas. The

CBO sheet example is included in the CSH SOP.

(2) Physician examination and notation

A. A physician or nurse will examine a detainee's wounds at least every three days. The physician or nurse overseeing wound care will be notified immediately if any

signs or symptoms of infection or other complications arise.

(3) PRN Medication


201


A. Medics will be able to administer PRN medications to patients on wound care

IAW DMC PRN SOP. Any medication given to a patient must be documented in the patient's chart either in the notes of the daily flow sheet or SF 600.

(4) Sick call and prescriptions during wound care

A. Detainees receiving wound care will often not have the opportunity to attend

morning sick call. If a detainee complains of being sick during the time that he is on the bed, query the supervising physician. Any medication prescribed by the physician will be

entered into CHCS by the attending medic. The patient will be given a medication bag with enough mediation to bring them to the next medication pass. The attending medic will

make a note on the printed daily list in the patient's chart. The attending medic will inform the medic assigned to the detainee's compound so that they may add the new medication to

their matrix.

(5) Combative detainees

A. If a detainee becomes combative during wound care, call for the aid of the posted guard. If a detainee grabs a SM, take appropriate action to break free of the

detainee's grasp. Use only the minimal amount of force required to defend your self. Allow the guard to take control of the situation. Report the incident to the shift leader, DMC

OIC/NCOIC and the NCOIC of the detainee's assigned compound. After notification, complete an incident report.

(6) Bandage Markings

A. After dressing a wound, the SM will record the DTG and sign with their initials.

The only exception to this is when the bandage is too small to record the information or when no bandage is use (examples include band aids, external fixators and open air

sutures).

(7) Quality Assurance and Quality Improvement Program

A. The requirements and goals of wound care documentation differ greatly from those of other DMC activities; therefore QA/QI will be conducted and processed apart from

the QA/QC done for med-pass matrices.

B. After a wound care patient is discharged, his shadow file is placed in the

discharge drawer to await quality assurance and quality improvement (QA/QI).

C. At least once per week all discharged records will undergo QA/QI.

D. Medics performing QA/QI will check the discharged files for:

1 Adequate wound assessments, with thorough and detailed diagrams and

descriptions


202


2 Signed orders for dressing changes and prescriptions. This may also

include pointers to other signed documents if the orders have been transposed.

3 Documentation completeness

4 Dates and Times

E. Personnel performing QA/QI on wound care files will use an audit form.

Examples of this form can be found in the assigned CSH SOP.

F. (U) MNF-I Concept of Operations for Military Intelligence Support to TF 134

MP Detainee Informant Operations inside Theater Internment Facilities in the Iraq Theater of Operations (U), dated 07 March 2007.

TF 34 – Definitions

Civilian Internee (CI). A protected person, as defined by Geneva Convention IV, who is

interned during armed conflict, or occupation, for imperative reasons of security. Imperative reasons of security include the CI being a security risk, needing

protection, or having committed an offense (insurgent or criminal) against the Government of Iraq or Coalition Forces.

Crime against Humanity. A breach of humanitarian or international law committed against

an individual or group of individuals.

Criminal Detainee (CD). A person detained because he/she is reasonably suspected of having committed a crime against Iraqi nationals or Iraqi property or a crime not

related to the multinational force mission. Criminal detainees include HVCs.

Detention Review Authority (DRA). An Initial DRA is defined as the SJA or legal officer holding the authority to review detention cases and who shall make

recommendations pertaining to release or continued detention to the first O-6 in their operational chain of command.

Enemy Prisoner Of War (EPW). A member of armed or uniformed security forces that

conform to the requirements of Geneva Convention III relating to treatment of prisoners of war.

High Value Detainee (HVD). HVDs are security internees of significant intelligence or

political value. Commander MNF-I will identify and designate detainees in this classification.

High Value Criminal (HVC). HVCs are criminal detainees charged – or with charges

pending – for serious crimes; specifically, war crimes, crimes against humanity, or genocide. HVCs may also be of significant intelligence or political value.


203


Holding Areas and Temporary Detention Facilities. All other detention areas not designated as a TIF, special confinement facility or Multi- National Force holding facility.

Induction. The process by which a detainee or internee is received into the holding facility

or internment into an internment facility.

Military Intelligence (MI) Hold. A request to hold and not release a detainee/internee in the custody of Multi-National Forces, issued by a member or agent of a US military

intelligence organization, due to a reasonable belief that the detainee/internee possesses information with an intent to use that information in a way that poses an

imperative threat to security of Multi-National Forces or the GOI.

Multinational Force Holding Facility. Facility designated as the central collection facility through which all detainees/internees should be inducted before transfer to a TIF or

released.

Parole. Release of a detainee during armed conflict under conditions established in a parole agreement.

Reasonable Belief. Under the circumstances that exist at the time, there are sufficient facts

upon which a reasonable person would rely to conclude that an imperative threat to security exists, that a crime has been committed or is being committed and that the

person to be detained poses that imperative threat to security or has committed, is committing, or is aiding another to commit an offense.

Security Internee (SI). A civilian interned during conflict or occupation for their own

protection or because they pose a threat to the security or stability in Iraq. This includes persons detained for committing offenses (including attempts) against

Multi-National Forces (or previous coalition forces), members of the GOI, NGOs, state infrastructure or any person accused of committing war crimes or crimes

against humanity. Certain security internees may also be designated as high value detainees (HVD).

Serious Crime. For the purpose of detention, is any crime considered to be punishable by

more than 5 years imprisonment under the Iraqi Criminal Code of 1969. The definition includes, but is not limited to murder, rape, armed robbery, kidnapping,

abduction, state infrastructure sabotage, car-jacking, assault causing bodily harm, arson, destruction of property or theft with a value in excess of 5 hundred U.S.

dollars, or conspiracy, solicitation, acting as an accomplice or attempting to commit 1 of these offenses. A minor crime is any crime that does not rise to the level of a

serious crime.

Special Confinement Facility. Facility designated by the Multi-National Force for the detention of HVDs.


204


Theater Internment Facility (TIF). Facility designated by MNF-I for induction and long term detention of civilian internees, including EPW operations.

Third Country National (TCN). (as it relates to the detainee population) a citizen of a

country other than the United States or the country of Iraq.

War Crime. Any violation of the law of armed conflict (LOAC) as defined under international law is a war crime.

Detainee Holding Area. A temporary holding facility that provides short term security, life

support and interrogation for detainees: normally not beyond 14 days.

2. DefinitionsBrigade Holding Facility/Division Holding Facility (BHF/DHF). Facility at brigade or division

level designated as the central collection facility through which all detainees/detainees should be inducted before transfer to a theater internment

facility or released.

Civilian Detainee (CI). A person who is interned during armed conflict if he/she is considered a security risk, needs protection or has committed an offense (insurgent

or criminal) against Coalition Forces, Government of Iraq (GOI), and/or citizens of Iraq.

Conditional Release (CR). Release of a civilian detainee subject to specific conditions and

agreements intended to secure the presence of the person for coalition force purposes or trial.

Criminal Detainee (CD). A person detained because he/she is reasonably suspected of

having committed a crime against Iraqi nationals or Iraqi property or a crime not related to the multinational force mission. Criminal detainees are a subset of

civilian detainees.

Criminal Investigation Division (CID) hold. A request to hold and not release a detainee/detainee in the custody of the multinational force, issued by a member or

agent of the U.S. Army CID, due to a reasonable belief that the detainee/detainee has committed a criminal offense that warrants continued detention..

Detention Review Authority (DRA). The SJA or legal officer holding the authority to review

detention cases and who, in defined circumstances, may release or authenticate and order further detention.

Enemy Prisoner of War (EPW). A member of armed or uniformed security forces or militia

forces that conform to the requirements of article 4, Geneva Convention relating to treatment of prisoners of war.


205


High Value Criminal (HVC). Criminal detainees charged or with charges pending for serious crimes; specifically, war crimes, crimes against humanity, or genocide. HVCs may

also be of significant intelligence or political value.

High Value Detainee (HVD). HVDs are security detainees of significant intelligence or political value. C2, MNF-I, in coordination with DCG-DO will identify and designate

detainees in this classification.

Holding areas and temporary detention facilities. Detention areas not designated as a theater internment facility, special confinement facility, BHF, DHF, or multinational

force holding facility.

Military Intelligence (MI) Hold. A request to hold and not release a detainee/detainee in the custody of multinational forces, issued by a member or agent of a U.S. military

intelligence organization, due to a reasonable belief that the detainee/detainee possesses information with an intent to use that information in a way that poses an

imperative threat to security of the multinational force or the IG.

Military Police (MP) Hold. A request to hold and not release and or transfer a detainee being confined in a specific camp. Used primarily to stabilize a detainee’s location

pending a special release, visitation or trial.

Minor crime. A criminal offense that is not a serious crime.

Reasonable belief. Under the circumstances that exist at the time, there are sufficient facts upon which a reasonable person would rely to conclude that an imperative threat to

security exists, that a crime has been committed or is being committed and that the person to be detained poses that imperative threat to security or has committed, is

committing, or is aiding another to commit an offense.

Security Detainee (SI). A civilian interned during conflict or occupation for their own protection or because they pose a threat to the security of coalition forces, or its

mission. This includes persons detained for committing offenses (including attempts) against multinational forces (or previous coalition forces), members of the

IG, NGOs, state infrastructure or any person accused of committing war crimes or crimes against humanity. Certain security detainees may also be designated as a

high value detainee (HVD). Security Detainees are a subset of Civilian Detainees.

Serious crime. For the purpose of detention, is any crime considered to be punishable by more than five years imprisonment under the Iraqi criminal code 1969. The

definition includes, but is not limited to murder, rape, armed robbery, kidnapping, abduction, state infrastructure sabotage, car-jacking, assault causing bodily harm,

arson, destruction of property or theft with a value in excess of five hundred U.S.


206


dollars, or conspiracy, solicitation, acting as an accomplice or attempting to commit

one of these offenses.

Theater Internment Facility (TIF). Facility designated by multinational forces for induction and long term detention of civilian detainees, including EPW operations.

Special confinement facility. Facility designated by the multinational force for the detention

of HVDs.

War crime: Any violation of the law of war, as defined under international law, is a war crime.

Third Country National (TCN). (as it relates to the detainee population) a citizen of a

country other than the United States or the country of Iraq.

3. Definition of Common Offenses

Arson. To deliberately set fire to an object.

Assault. To attempt or offer to do bodily harm to another with unlawful force or violence, with apparent ability to do so. Throwing rocks or spitting on Cadre is considered

assault.

Assault consummated by battery. To intentionally and without consent, strike, touch or apply force to the person of another, either directly or indirectly, resulting in either

bodily harm or an offensive touching of any form.

Breach of peace. Use of rough, loud, profane or boisterous language or action which disturbs or threatens the peace and good order of the facility.

Bribery. Giving or offering anything to cadre for gain.

Cadre manipulation. Involves any manipulative action which gains any unauthorized benefit

for a detainee (s). This includes, but is not limited to, lying to a cadre member, attempting to ingratiate oneself to a cadre member, attempting to anger a cadre

member (s) or any similar activity.

Communicating a threat. Communicating verbally, in writing, or by physical gesture, a message intended to, or which may reasonably be expected to intimidate or

threaten another, either directly or indirectly. This includes conditional threats or intimidation.

Conduct which threatens. Any conduct which is likely to interfere with the orderly running or

security of the facility. Detainees must remain a minimum of 3 meters away from fence.


207


Conspiracy. Conspiring with, soliciting, or aiding another to commit, attempt, or cover up any prohibited act, to include failing to report a prohibited act. Any person who

conspires with any other person to commit an offense under this chapter shall, if one or more of the conspirators does an act to effect the object of the conspiracy,

be subject to the same punishment as the conspirator who committed the act to effect the object of the conspiracy.

Damaging or destroying property. Defacing, altering, or destroying property belonging to

the government or to an individual. Anything issued to a detainee is government property to include uniforms, cots, tent furnishings, air conditioners, equipment, etc.

This offense also includes marking, defacing, or destroying posted instructions/orders.

Disobedience. Disobeying an order given by civilian or military personnel in the

performance of their duties to include failure to comply with an order in a timely manner. This includes implied orders. It is not necessary to say, “This is an order.”

Disorderly conduct. Conduct of such a nature as to likely affect the peace and quiet of any

reasonable person who may witness it or who may be disturbed or provoked to resentment thereby. This charge could encompass all participants in a fight,

regardless of who started the fight, or against individuals who engage in disruptive conduct such as trashing the cell or tier.

Disrespect. Being disrespectful in language or actions towards or about any civilian, military

service member or branch of military service.

Escape. Leaving custodial control, including: departing the Facility, detail or job site without proper authority. (Deadly Force is Authorized)

Extortion. Demanding or receiving anything of value, to include personal services, from

another under threat of harm, exposure to authorities or disgrace.

Gambling. Participating in games of chance for anything of value to include personal services. Use of authorized recreational equipment for games of chance.

Possession of gambling paraphernalia.

Indecent exposure. Intentionally exhibiting one’s sexual parts to another.

Interfering with count. Delaying or interfering with count. Detainees will position themselves so they are readily visible to staff members conducting count.

Intoxicants. Possession, introduction, or use of any narcotic, narcotic paraphernalia, drug or

intoxicant, not prescribed by medical staff.


208


Larceny. Taking the property of another without authority.

Lock tampering. Tampering with locking devices or other Security equipment to include

obstructing doors to prevent their locking.

Medicine misuse. Use, possession or storing of medicine, to include steroids and stimulants, except as authorized by the facility medical staff. Willful failure to take

medicine as prescribed by medical staff.Mutilation. Tattooing, piercing, marking or maiming any part of the body or another person’s

body.

Open flames. There will be no Open Flames inside the compound tents.

Possession, introduction, or use of a weapon

Possession of stolen property. Having on one’s person or in one’s living area, property belonging to another which has been stolen. While actual knowledge that the

property was stolen is required, such knowledge may be inferred and proven by circumstantial evidence. (Example: possession of another detainee’s property

which has been inscribed.)

Prohibited property. Flags, pictures of political leaders and emblems are not allowed.

Provoking speeches and gestures. Verbal or written communications or physical gestures that may anger, irritate or incite another to include a breech of peace under the

circumstances.

Rules Violation. Violation of any posted or published facility rule. This includes, but is not limited to, the rules in this memorandum, rules or instructions posted on the

detainee’s bulletin board, details and other offices/work areas.

Sexual Misconduct. Soliciting, threatening or engaging in sexual or lewd conduct with another.

Solicitation. Asking, requesting, or suggesting a staff member to perform any act, or give,

provide, or make available any item for the detainee that is outside the staff member’s normal course of duty performance.

Tent/compound alteration. Making unauthorized changes to living quarters such as, but not

limited to hanging items to block the view into the living area or affixing shading devices.

Trafficking. Selling, buying, trading, giving, receiving or lending any item within the facility is

prohibited except as specifically authorized by proper authority.


209


Unauthorized assembly. Detainees will not assemble at the compound gate. Detainees will

not march or conduct military training.

Unauthorized contact with staff members. Any social, physical, telephonic or other verbal/written contact between detainees and staff members other than during

normal course of duty performance is prohibited.

Unauthorized writing. Writing, distributing, or possessing with the intent to distribute, any written motto, creed, saying or drawing within the detainee population whose

content is designed to disrupt the facility by encouraging strikes, riots, fights, racial or religious hatred, or other prohibited acts. Correspondence with cadre or former

cadre, except as authorized by this facility, is prohibited. Passing of notes from one compound to another compound is prohibited.

Unsanitary or Untidy. Failing to keep one’s person, clothing or living area sanitary and in

accordance with prescribed standards.


210


TF 35 – Acronyms

http://c2cace.s-iraq.centcom.smil.mil/webs/C2_CACE/Acronyms/ACRONYMS

%20TITLE.htm

AAR

After Action Review

AFME

Armed Forces Medical Examiner

BATS

Biometrics Automated Tool Set

BBA

Bilingual Bicultural Advisor

BL

Black List

CCI

Comfort Items, Counter Intelligence

CDR

Commander

CID

Criminal Investigated Division

COIN

Counter Insurgency

COMSEC

Communications Security

CR

Compassionate Release

CRRB

Combined review and release Board

C2

Command and Control

DAT

Detainee Air Transfer

DCG-DO

Deputy Commanding General- Detention Operations

DL

Detainee Library

DMPC

Detainee Mail Processing Center

DO

Duty Officer

DOC

DOC

DOCEX


211


Document Exploitation

DRA

Detention Review Authority

DRS

Detainee Reporting System

DTF

DOCEX Template Format

DTG

Date Time Group

DV

Distinguished Visitor

EC

Evidence Custodian

EEFI

Essential Elements of Friendly Information

ER

Expedited Release

ETA

Estimated Time of Arrival

FBI

Federal Bureau of Investigation

FPCON

Force Protection Condition

GWOT

Global War On Terrorism

HMMWV

High Mobility Multipurpose Wheeled Vehicle

HQDA

Headquarters, Department of the Army

HVD

High Value Detainee

HVDSRC

High Value Detainee Special Review Committee

IAW

In Accordance With

ICO

Iraqi Corrections Officer

ICRC

International Committee of the Red Cross

ID

Identity

IG

Inspector General

IMD


212


Internee Management Database

INTREP

Intelligence Report

INTSUM

Intelligence Summary

IRF

Immediate Reactionary Force

ISN

Internment Serial Number

ITO

Iraqi Theater of Operations

JIDC

Joint Interrogation Debriefing Center

JTF

Joint Task Force

MACP

Mortuary Affairs Control Point

MFR

Memorandum for Record

MI

Military Intelligence

MMS

Mail Management System

MNFRC

Multi National Forces Review Committee

MOD

Medical Officer of the Day

MoD

Ministry of Defense

MoHR

Ministry of Human Rights

MPH

Miles Per Hour

MRE

Meals Ready to Eat

MTF

Medical Treatment Facility

MTS

Mail Transmittal Sheet

MWD

Military Working Dog

NAI

Named Areas of Interest

NCA


213


National Command Authority

NCO

Non Commissioned Officer

NCOIC

Non Commissioned Officer in Charge

NDRC

National Detainee Records Center

NLW

Non-Lethal Weapons

NOK

Next of Kin

OIF

Operation Iraqi Freedom

OML

Order of Merit List

OC

Oleoresin/Capsicum: Pepper Spray

OIC

Officer in Charge

OPORD

Operations Order

PA

Physician’s Assistant

PAO

Public Affairs Officer

PBO

Property Book Officer

PID

Positive Identification

PL

Platoon Leader

PMCS

Preventive Maintenance, Checks, and Services

POC

Point Of Contact

PS

Processing Section

QRF

Quick Reaction Force

RAM

Random Anti-Terrorism Measure

RCF

Riot Control Force

ROI


214


Rules of Interaction

ROE

Rules Of Engagement

RUF

Rules for Use of Force

R&U

Repair and Utility

SBF

Support-By-Fire

SECDEF

Secretary of Defense

SHUSpecial Housing Unit

SIGACT

Significant Activity

SIR

Serious Incident Report

SFCE

Standard Intelligence Reporting Form

SOG

SOG

SPOTREP

Spot Report

SR

Special release

TIF

Theater Internment Facility

TIFRC

Theater Internment Facility Reintegration Center

TTP

Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures

SSO

Special Security Officer

STU

Secure Telephone Unit

THREATCON

Threat Condition

TR

Transmittal Record

T-SCIF

Top-Secret Compartmented Information Facility

UCMJ

Uniform Code of Military Justice

UN


215


United nations

USAF

United States Air Force

VIP

Very Important Person


216


TF 36 – References

(S//NF) References.

a. (U) Geneva Conventions Relative to the Protection of Civilian Persons in a Time of War

(GCIV), 12 Aug 1949

b. (U) Geneva Conventions Relative to the Treatment of Prisoners of War (GPW), 12 Aug 1949

c. (U) United Nations Security Council Resolution (UNSCR) 1546, 8 Jun 2004

d. (U) United Nations Security Council Resolution (UNSCR) 1637, 11 Nov 2005

e. (U) United Nations Security Council Resolution (UNSCR) 1723, 28 Nov 2006

f. (U) Detainee Treatment Act of 2005, Title 28 U.S.C. § 2241

g. (U) Coalition Provisional Authority (CPA) Memoranda No. 2, 8 Jun 2003

h. (U) Coalition Provisional Authority (CPA) Memoranda No. 3 (revised), 27 Jun 2004

i. (U) Coalition Provisional Authority (CPA) Order No. 3 (revised) (amended), 31 Dec 2003

j. (U) Coalition Provisional Authority (CPA) Order No. 7, (9 June 2003)

k. (U) Coalition Provisional Authority (CPA) Order No. 13 (revised) (amended), section 19,

22 Apr 2004

l. (U) MOU for Custodial Support to Detainees between MNF-I and Iraqi Minister of Justice

m. CJCS 3121.01B, Standing Rules of Engagement/Standing Rules for the Use of Force for US Forces, 13 Jun 2005

n. (S) JS MSG 032132Z Mar 04 Global Screening Criteria Guidance

o. (U) DoD Instruction 2310.01E, Medical Program Support for Detainee Operations, 6 Jun

2006

p. (U) DoD Directive 5100.77, DoD Law of War Program, 9 Dec 1998

q. (S//NF) Secretary of Defense Memorandum, 20 Sep 2005, Policy on Assigning Detainee Internment Serial Numbers (ISNs)


217


r. (S//NF) Secretary of Defense Memorandum, 1 Jun 2007, Exception to Policy on

Assigning Detainee Internment Serial Numbers (ISNS)

s. (S) Deputy Secretary of Defense Memorandum, 16 Sep 2005, Policy Guidance on DoD Detention Operations in Iraq

t. (S) Deputy Secretary of Defense Memorandum, 23 Jun 2006, Implementing Guidance

for Access to Persons in DoD legal Control in Iraq

u. (U) Deputy Secretary of Defense Memorandum, 7 Jul 2006, Application of Common Article 3 of the Geneva Conventions to the Treatment of Detainees in the Department of

Defense

v. (S) Deputy Secretary of Defense Memorandum, 29 Nov 2006, Implementing Guidance Concerning the Release and Transfer of Third Country Nationals in the Custody of Multi-

National Force-Iraq

w. (U) Armed Forces Pest Management Board Technical Guide, 13 Apr 2001

x. (S//REL TO USA, MCFI) CDRUSCENTCOM Memorandum, “Request for Authority to Sub-delegate release Authority for Third Country Nationals Held in MNF-I Facilities,” 14 Sep

2005

y. (U) CDRUSCENTCOM Policy Prohibiting Photographing or Filming Detainees or Human Casualties or Possessing, Distributing, or Posting Visual Images Depicting Human

Casualties, 21 Oct 2005

z. (S//NF) CDRUSCENTCOM MSG DTG 171649Z May 05, Subj: USCENTCOM Third Country National Detainee Policy

aa.(S//NF) CFC FRAGO 09-707, 21 Jan 05 (and Mod 1, 10 Apr 06), Detainee Operations

Responsibilities

bb.(S) CFC FRAGO 09-1028, 13 Jun 06, Implementing Guidance for Detention Operations in Iraq

cc. (U) USCENTCOM Regulation 195-1, Serious Incident Reporting Requirements, 23 Mar

2005

dd.(S//REL TO USA, MCFI) MNF-I Memorandum, “Delegation of Release Authority for Third Country Nationals,” 20 Sep 2005

ee.(S//REL TO USA, MCFI) MNF-I Memorandum, 12 Mar 06, Combined Intelligence

Interrogation and Debriefing Operations with the Office of Regional Affairs (ORA) and the Iraqi National Intelligence Service (INIS)


218


ff. (S//REL TO USA, MCFI) MNF-I FRAGO 06-509, 12 Oct 06, Responsibilities for Oversight of Iraqi Detention Operations

gg.(S//NF) MNF-I Policy 07-01 (Interrogation Policy), 18 Feb 2007

hh.(S//NF) MNF-I Memorandum for Commander, MNC-I, Exception to Policy on Assigning

Detainee Internment Serial Numbers, 4 Jun 2007

ii. (U) AR 40-3, Medical, Dental, and Veterinary Care, 3 Apr 2006

jj. (U) AR 40-5, Preventive Medicine, 25 May 2007

kk. (U) AR 40-66, Medical Records Administration, 21 Jun 2006

ll. (U) AR 190-45, Law Enforcement Reporting, 30 Mar 2007

mm.(U) AR 190-47, The Army Corrections System, 15 Jun 2006

nn.(U) AR 190-8, Enemy Prisoners of War, Retained Personnel, Civilian Internees and Other Detainees, 1 Oct 1997

oo.(U) AR 195-2, Criminal Investigation Activities, 30 Oct 1985

pp.(U) ST 4-02.46, Medical Support to Detainee Operations, Sep 2005

rr. (U//FOUO) FM 2-22.3, Human Intelligence Collector Operations, Sep 2006.

ss. (U) FM 3-19.40, Military Police Internment / Resettlement Operations, 1 Aug 2001

tt. AR 190-8, Enemy Prisoners of War, Retained Personnel, Civilian Detainees and Other

Detainees, 1 October 1997.

uu.FM 3-19-40, Internment Resettlement Operations, 01 August 2001.

vv.FMI 3-63.6, Command and Control of Detainee Operations, 23 September 2005.

ww.Joint Doctrine for Detainee Operations, Joint Publication 3-63, 23 March 2005.

xx. MNF-I Policy Memorandum 11-1.

yy. (U) Executive Order 12333 -- United States Intelligence Activities, dated 04 December 1981 (U)

zz. (U) CENTCOM Memo: Exception to Policy, Army Regulation 381-172 (S//NF)


219


TF 37 – Combined Annexes

J3 Annexes:


220


ANNEX 1, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, CCIR INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS# CCIR Conditions/Criteria Information Requirements OLD SJA

MATRIX

CURRENT

REPORTING

1 Status change of Key

Infrastructure or

Essential Services

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D

• Change, due to damage, failure, attack,

repair or completion of works that will result

in an increase or decrease in capability of or

capacity for:

� Oil production, distribution and export.

Includes but not limited to:

� Crude exports fall below 1 million

barrels per day

� FPS fails to provide refinery or oil

storage security

� ISF fails to provide off-shore oil

facility security

� Power generation and distribution.

Includes but not limited to:

� DOS of Electricity Production Fuels

goes below 15 days

� Any province or major

neighborhood goes below 2 on/4 off

hours of electricity supply

� FPS fails to secure transformer

yards, power plants or power lines

� Gas distribution network

� Potable water production and supply

• DOS of wheat or rice goes below 30 days

• Changes in the status of BIAP

• Significant changes in the status of airfields

supporting CF/ISF operations

• Changes in the status of bridges that will

affect CF/ISF LOC

Changes in the status of rail networks that will

affect CF/ISF LOC

• Change, due to damage, failure,

attack, repair or completion of

works that will result in an increase

or decrease in capability of or

capacity for:

� Oil production, distribution and

export. Includes but not limited

to:

� Crude exports fall below 1

million barrels per day

� FPS fails to provide

refinery or oil storage

security

� ISF fails to provide off-

shore oil facility security

� Power generation and

distribution. Includes but not

limited to:

� DOS of Electricity

Production Fuels goes

below 15 days

� Any province or major

neighborhood goes below

2 on/4 off hours of

electricity supply

� FPS fails to secure

transformer yards, power

plants or power lines

� Gas distribution network

� Potable water production and

supply

• DOS of wheat or rice goes below

30 days

• Changes in the status of BIAP

• Significant changes in the status of

airfields supporting CF/ISF

operations

• Changes in the status of bridges

No JA

Requirement

REQUIRED

JA: Not

reporting


221


ANNEX 1, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, CCIR INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTSthat will affect CF/ISF LOC

• Changes in the status of rail

networks that will affect CF/ISF

LOC

2 Assassination, attack

on, kidnap, release or

attempt on leadership

(Iraqi/Coalition/US)

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D, E, R

Leadership is defined as:

• Iraqi COR Members

• Iraqi Ministers

• All country ambassadors, deputy

ambassadors, or envoys

• key Iraqi tribal leaders

• key Iraqi religious leaders

• CF commanders (brigade and higher)

• ISF commanders (brigade and higher –

includes IPS equivalents , i.e.; City Police

Chief, Provincial Police Chief, National

Police Brigade commander)

Leadership is defined as:

• Iraqi COR Members

• Iraqi Ministers

• All country ambassadors, deputy

ambassadors, or envoys

• key Iraqi tribal leaders

• key Iraqi religious leaders

• CF commanders (brigade and

higher)

ISF commanders (brigade and higher –

includes IPS equivalents , i.e.; City

Police Chief, Provincial Police Chief,

National Police Brigade commander)

No JA

Requirement

REQUIRED

JA: Not

reporting

3 Status change of

regional/local security

and stability

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, & D (implied

generally), P, Q

This requirement focuses on actions or a series

of actions that indicate a change in regional or

local security and stability.

It can be called out for positive events (e.g.

improvement in local policing capabilities) for

negative events (e.g. the assassination of a

tribal leader or provincial governor), it may be

called out for an indication of a significant failure

in security (e.g. AIF attack in platoon strength or

more) or it may be called out following analysis

of a number of connected events or incidents.

Examples of connected events or incidents

would include, but is not limited to, developing

patterns or trends relating to:

• GoI capability to provide basic needs

• GoI capability to provide governance

• GoI capability to be responsible for the

health and welfare of the population

• GoI capability to fund long term strategic

development programs

• GoI capability to develop relationships with

neighbor nations, partner nations, UN and

This requirement focuses on actions or

a series of actions that indicate a

change in regional or local security and

stability.

It can be called out for positive events

(e.g. improvement in local policing

capabilities) for negative events (e.g.

the assassination of a tribal leader or

provincial governor), it may be called

out for an indication of a significant

failure in security (e.g. AIF attack in

platoon strength or more) or it may be

called out following analysis of a

number of connected events or

incidents.

Examples of connected events or

incidents would include, but is not

limited to, developing patterns or trends

relating to:

• GoI capability to provide basic

needs

• GoI capability to provide

Item not listed

on previous

matrix

Not Required


222


ANNEX 1, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, CCIR INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

IO/NGO

• ISF capability to establish and maintain

regional control

• Increase in threat to CF operating bases

• SAFIRE threats to aviation force elements

• MSR/ASR security

• Increase in sectarian violence

• Increase in militia activity

Status change of regional/local security and

stability or of an area of IRQ not under ISF or CF

control, and reporting if ISF move out of the

battle space

governance

• GoI capability to be responsible for

the health and welfare of the

population

• GoI capability to fund long term

strategic development programs

• GoI capability to develop

relationships with neighbor nations,

partner nations, UN and IO/NGO

• ISF capability to establish and

maintain regional control

• Increase in threat to CF operating

bases

• SAFIRE threats to aviation force

elements

• MSR/ASR security

• Increase in sectarian violence

• Increase in militia activity

Status change of regional/local security

and stability or of an area of IRQ not

under ISF or CF control, and reporting if

ISF move out of the battle space

4 Possible/confirmed

friendly fire incident or

action conducted by

ISF that impedes a CF,

ISF or Contractor

mission

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D, J, T, U, V,

W

a. Criteria includes any incidents of shots fired

by CF (blue), ISF (green), CF Contractor, or

PSD (white) against blue, green or white force

elements that results in casualties or significant

damage (defined as property damage in excess

of $2,500). Example: During low light

conditions, IPS fired on IA soldiers after

mistaking them for AIF, resulting in one KIA.

b. Any time, while conducting combat or support

operations, a CF (blue), ISF (green) or CF

Contractor (white) is unnecessarily prevented or

delayed by ISF from accomplishing their

mission. Example: While conducting a combat

logistics patrol, an IP checkpoint prohibited B

Company from passing through.

a. Criteria includes any incidents of

shots fired by CF (blue), ISF (green),

CF Contractor, or PSD (white) against

blue, green or white force elements that

results in casualties or significant

damage (defined as property damage in

excess of $2,500). Example: During

low light conditions, IPS fired on IA

soldiers after mistaking them for AIF,

resulting in one KIA.

b. Any time, while conducting combat or

support operations, a CF (blue), ISF

(green) or CF Contractor (white) is

unnecessarily prevented or delayed by

ISF from accomplishing their mission.

Example: While conducting a combat

logistics patrol, an IP checkpoint

JA: Blue on

Blue only

Blue on Green

and Blue on

White

OPSLAW

assess

REQUIRED

JA: Blue on

Blue only


223


ANNEX 1, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, CCIR INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTSprohibited B Company from passing

through.

5 Events that may elicit

political, media, or

international reaction

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D, N

While potentially subjective, this CCIR provides

for any event or incident that may be likely to

generate media interest. That media interest

may be local or international but should be called

out to provide for the following circumstances:

• To ensure Senior Commander’s do not have

first advice of any significant event or

incident from open source press

• Where STRATEFF may need to develop

and issue defensive or offensive themes and

messages IAW the approved IO Campaign

Criteria would include but is not limited to:

• Detention of an individual on the MNF-I

Restricted List

• Death of non US CF soldier

• Kidnapping/murder of a CF member national

civilian, representative of the UN or

International NGO

• Capture/release of an International civilian

hostage

• Verification of CF/IZ partnerships with

opposition state or non-state actors

• Death of an international journalist

• Targeting of places named on the restricted

places list

• Substantial attack damage to sensitive areas

such as mosques, schools, hospitals

• Any incident of an Escalation Of Force

(EOF) by CF (blue) or Contractor/PSD

(white) resulting in a civilian death(s) or

injury resulting in hospitalization of civilian.

• An incident is not to be classified as an

EOF if it is confirmed that:

� The personnel are identified as AIF

� The personnel are in possession of:

� Crew served, RPG, IDF or SAM

weapon systems

While potentially subjective, this CCIR

provides for any event or incident that

may be likely to generate media

interest. That media interest may be

local or international but should be

called out to provide for the following

circumstances:

• To ensure Senior Commander’s do

not have first advice of any

significant event or incident from

open source press

• Where STRATEFF may need to

develop and issue defensive or

offensive themes and messages

IAW the approved IO Campaign

Criteria would include but is not limited

to:

• Detention of an individual on the

MNF-I Restricted List

• Death of non US CF soldier

• Kidnapping/murder of a CF member

national civilian, representative of

the UN or International NGO

• Capture/release of an International

civilian hostage

• Verification of CF/IZ partnerships

with opposition state or non-state

actors

• Death of an international journalist

• Targeting of places named on the

restricted places list

• Substantial attack damage to

sensitive areas such as mosques,

schools, hospitals

• Any incident of an Escalation Of

Force (EOF) by CF (blue) or

Contractor/PSD (white) resulting in

No JA

Requirement

REQUIRED

JA: Forwards

all events


224



� Ammunition for crew served,

RPG, IDF or SAM weapon

systems

� IED or IED components

� Explosives/UXO or Explosive

manufacturing ingredients

a civilian death(s) or injury resulting

in hospitalization of civilian.

• An incident is not to be

classified as an EOF if it is

confirmed that:

� The personnel are

identified as AIF

� The personnel are in

possession of:

� Crew served, RPG, IDF

or SAM weapon systems

� Ammunition for crew

served, RPG, IDF or

SAM weapon systems

� IED or IED components

Explosives/UXO or Explosive

manufacturing ingredients

6 Action or incident

resulting in significant

military/civilian

casualties

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D, E,

This CCIR will only be ‘called out’ if the action or

incident is reported against in SIGACT or CIDNE

databases

Criteria (include non-battle incidents) provides

for CF/ISF and civilians:

• Seven or more casualties in total, or

• Three or more fatalities

Note: An attack is not a complex attack by virtue

of the combination of weapon

systems/platforms. A complex attack should

require a degree of AIF sophistication in respect

to planning, preparation and conduct that

demonstrates AIF leadership, C3 and

anticipation of CF/ISF TTP and response.

This CCIR will only be ‘called out’ if the

action or incident is reported against in

SIGACT or CIDNE databases

Criteria (include non-battle incidents)

provides for CF/ISF and civilians:

• Seven or more casualties in total,

or

• Three or more fatalities

Note: An attack is not a complex attack

by virtue of the combination of weapon

systems/platforms. A complex attack

should require a degree of AIF

sophistication in respect to planning,

preparation and conduct that

demonstrates AIF leadership, C3 and

anticipation of CF/ISF TTP and

response.

JA: (a) CF

casualties >10

in single

incident

(b) Fatalities >3

or casualties >7

REQUIRED

JA: (a) CF

casualties >10

in single

incident

(b) Fatalities

>3 or

casualties >7

7 Change in capability to

execute operations

REFERENCES:

This requirement focuses on the maintenance of

MNC-I and ISF combat power, force projection,

and capabilities.

Criteria includes but is not limited to:

• Change in ISF readiness assessment criteria

This requirement focuses on the

maintenance of MNC-I and ISF combat

power, force projection, and

capabilities.

Criteria includes but is not limited to:

Item not listed

on previous

matrix

Not Required


225


ANNEX 1, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, CCIR INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTSA, B, C, & D (implied

generally), O, P, S

at BDE level or higher

• ISF assuming responsibility of battlespace

for independent operations [14 days prior to

assumption]

• Significant change in status of critical

equipment, personnel or ammunition

availability affecting CF/ISF BN capability

• Significant change in availability of tactical lift

platforms

• Issue of SAFETY messages that impact on

the conduct of operations

• Indicators of ISF supporting or not

prosecuting operations against sectarian

violence

• Change in ISF readiness

assessment criteria at BDE level or

higher

• ISF assuming responsibility of

battlespace for independent

operations [14 days prior to

assumption]

• Significant change in status of

critical equipment, personnel or

ammunition availability affecting CF/

ISF BN capability

• Significant change in availability of

tactical lift platforms

• Issue of SAFETY messages that

impact on the conduct of operations

Indicators of ISF supporting or not

prosecuting operations against

sectarian violence

8 CF or ISF alleged or

actual involvement in

LOAC violations, ROE

violations, misconduct,

or detainee abuse /

death, or

disproportionate

response to an incident

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D, F, G, H, I, J,

K, L, M, N

This CCIR provides for:

• all potential violations of international

conventions, accords, LOAC by CF or ISF

• possible violations of MNF-I issued and

endorsed ROE

• possible allegations or actual misconduct

relating to criminal or illegal activities

involving CF

• allegations or actual abuse of detainees by

CF or ISF

• death of a detainee while in the custody of

CF/ISF

• allegation of or actual disproportionate

response to a threat, or perceived threat, by

CF or ISF

This CCIR provides for:

• all potential violations of

international conventions, accords,

LOAC by CF or ISF

• possible violations of MNF-I issued

and endorsed ROE

• possible allegations or actual

misconduct relating to criminal or

illegal activities involving CF

• allegations or actual abuse of

detainees by CF or ISF

• death of a detainee while in the

custody of CF/ISF

allegation of or actual disproportionate

response to a threat, or perceived

threat, by CF or ISF

JA: LOAC,

ROE, detainee

abuse, death or

injury

REQUIRED

JA: Forwards

all events

9 Confirmed kill or

capture of Individuals of

Interest

REFERENCES:

Criteria includes:

• Foreign fighters killed or captured

• FRE/ HVI (Divisional or higher) killed or

detained

• Muqtada Militia members killed or captured

• PKK members killed or detained

Criteria includes:

• Foreign fighters killed or captured

• FRE/ HVI (Divisional or higher)

killed or detained

• Muqtada Militia members killed or

captured

JA: Forwards

all events

REQUIRED

JA: Forwards

all events


226


ANNEX 1, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, CCIR INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTSA, B, C, & D, N • Restricted list personnel • PKK members killed or detained

Restricted list personnel

10 Cross border incidents

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D, M, N

This CCIR will only be ‘called out’ if the action or

incident is reported against in SIGACT or CIDNE

databases.

Criteria includes:

• Incidents of cross border fires

• Force elements physically crossing a border

This CCIR will only be ‘called out’ if the

action or incident is reported against in

SIGACT or CIDNE databases.

Criteria includes:

• Incidents of cross border fires

Force elements physically crossing a

border

No JA

Requirement

REQUIRED

JA: Not

reporting

11 Events that affect

International Zone (IZ)

security

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D, E

Criteria includes:

• AIF attacks, including IDF

• Force protection improvements

• Verification/indications of intimidation of Iraqi

nationals employed within the IZ that

suggests IZ security may have been

compromised by local nationals coerced into

cooperating with AIF.

• Additional measures of FP that change,

decrease, or are added to FP posture.

Criteria includes:

• AIF attacks, including IDF

• Force protection improvements

• Verification/indications of

intimidation of Iraqi nationals

employed within the IZ that

suggests IZ security may have

been compromised by local

nationals coerced into cooperating

with AIF.

Additional measures of FP that change,

decrease, or are added to FP posture.

OPSLAW

assess

REQUIRED

JA: Forwards

all events

12 Damage/Downing of

aircraft

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D

Criteria include any event or incident that results

in the hard landing (but not precautionary

landing), damage or downing of any CF or ISF

aircraft to include any aircraft under contract to

USG (ie, Skylink, FedEx, DHL)

Criteria include any event or incident

that results in the hard landing (but not

precautionary landing), damage or

downing of any CF or ISF aircraft to

include any aircraft under contract to

USG (ie, Skylink, FedEx, DHL)

Item not listed

on previous

matrix

REQUIRED

JA: Not

reporting

13 Use or attempted use

or discovery of

weapons of mass

destruction (WMD)

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D

MSC must report any actual use of WMD

immediately by the fastest means available.

CCIR call out from the SOC will immediately

follow.

This CCIR will also be called out if there is a

discovery of WMD storage/cache reported

against in SIGACT or CIDNE databases.

MSC must report any actual use of

WMD immediately by the fastest means

available. CCIR call out from the SOC

will immediately follow.

This CCIR will also be called out if there

is a discovery of WMD storage/cache

reported against in SIGACT or CIDNE

databases.

No JA

Requirement

REQUIRED

JA: Not

reporting

14 Significant events

illustrating ISF

effectiveness or

This CCIR calls out any events or incidents that

provide evidence of the capability for ISF to

conduct successful independent operations

This CCIR calls out any events or

incidents that provide evidence of the

capability for ISF to conduct successful

Item not listed

on previous

matrix

Not Required


227


ANNEX 1, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, CCIR INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTSineffectiveness

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, & D (implied

generally), I, O, S

The evidence can support either an increase or

decrease in capability

• AWOL and desertion are to be reported

where; in the Cdr’s, MiTT/SPTT’s or

Partnership Member’s opinion, the AWOL

or desertion renders a Bn sized unit or

equivalent combat ineffective.

independent operations

The evidence can support either an

increase or decrease in capability

• AWOL and desertion are to be

reported where; in the Cdr’s, MiTT/

SPTT’s or Partnership Member’s

opinion, the AWOL or desertion

renders a Bn sized unit or

equivalent combat ineffective.

15 Activities indicating

potential or actual

sectarian violence

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D, P, Q

This CCIR focuses on actions or a series of

actions that indicate a change in regional or local

security and stability with specific reference to

sectarian violence or potential violence.

It can be called out for negative events (e.g.

attack on a Mosque), it may be called out for an

indication of a significant failure in security (e.g.

AIF attack in platoon strength or more) or it may

be called out following analysis of a number of

connected events or incidents.

Examples of connected events or incidents

would include, but is not limited to, developing


• ISF have moved into unauthorized

battlespace.

• Unusual movement or posture of ISF

• Larger than normal crowd gathering around

Mosques

other religious sites.

• Any demonstrations that involve people

carrying weapons or turn violent.

• Information depicting movement, or potential

movement, of large crowds (in excess of

1000).

• Religious, Tribal or Political leaders

preaching inflammatory messages inciting

actions that may result in violence or limit

CF/ISF effectiveness.

• Assassination or kidnapping of any religious

leaders.

This CCIR focuses on actions or a

series of actions that indicate a change

in regional or local security and stability

with specific reference to sectarian

violence or potential violence.

It can be called out for negative events

(e.g. attack on a Mosque), it may be

called out for an indication of a

significant failure in security (e.g. AIF

attack in platoon strength or more) or it

may be called out following analysis of

a number of connected events or

incidents.

Examples of connected events or

incidents would include, but is not

limited to, developing patterns or trends

relating to:

• ISF have moved into unauthorized

battlespace.

• Unusual movement or posture of

ISF

• Larger than normal crowd gathering

around Mosques

other religious sites.

• Any demonstrations that involve

people carrying weapons or turn

violent.

• Information depicting movement, or

potential movement, of large

crowds (in excess of 1000).

Item not listed

on previous

matrix

REQUIRED

JA: Forwards

all events


228



• ISF capability to establish and maintain

regional control.

• Any noticed increase in border traffic.

• Any activity targeting or limits the use of

CF/ISF lines of communication.

• Any overt harassment (verbal or otherwise)

of Iraqi civilians, ISF, CF, Foreigners by

either ISF or Iraqi civilians

• Religious, Tribal or Political leaders

preaching inflammatory messages

inciting actions that may result in

violence or limit CF/ISF

effectiveness.

• Assassination or kidnapping of any

religious leaders.

• ISF capability to establish and

maintain regional control.

• Any noticed increase in border

traffic.

• Any activity targeting or limits the

use of CF/ISF lines of

communication.

Any overt harassment (verbal or

otherwise) of Iraqi civilians, ISF, CF,

Foreigners by either ISF or Iraqi

civilians

16 Events that may

indicate the Iraqi

populous are tending

towards large scale civil

conflict.

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D, P, Q

This CCIR provides for any event or incident that

indicates the population is being polarized,

sectarian identities are hardening and there is a

move towards sectarian mobilization in support

of a civil conflict. This CCIR should be called out

to provide for, but is not limited to, developing


• Change in the nature of violence from

attacks on CF and ISF to sectarian attacks.

• Hardening of ethnic identities and the growth

of sectarian militias.

• The mobilization of sectarian forces, the

stockpiling of arms and ammunition.

• Movement or relocation of the population to

avoid potential areas of ethnic conflict.

It can be called out for positive events relating to

measures taken to restrict movement or calm

the situation.

This CCIR provides for any event or

incident that indicates the population is

being polarized, sectarian identities are

hardening and there is a move towards

sectarian mobilization in support of a

civil conflict. This CCIR should be called

out to provide for, but is not limited to,

developing patterns or trends relating

to:

• Change in the nature of violence

from attacks on CF and ISF to

sectarian attacks.

• Hardening of ethnic identities and

the growth of sectarian militias.

• The mobilization of sectarian

forces, the stockpiling of arms and

ammunition.

• Movement or relocation of the

population to avoid potential areas

of ethnic conflict.

It can be called out for positive events

relating to measures taken to restrict

Item not listed

on previous

matrix

Not Required


229


ANNEX 1, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, CCIR INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTSmovement or calm the situation.

17 Significant action by

AIF

REFERENCES:

A, B, C, D, E, P, Q

This requirement focuses on actions or a series

of actions whereby AIF attacks/defends in force

or is engaged in other activities in force (in force

meaning greater than 25x) against CF, ISF, or

civilians. It can be called out for positive events

(e.g. AIF coordinated or complex attack in force

which is repelled with minimal casualties by CF /

ISF) for negative events (e.g. kidnapping of a

large group of civilians by AIF) or for a series of

connected events or incidents relating to

coordination between AIF squad size units which

demonstrate leadership and/or detailed

planning. It is to include the use of IDF in such

volume to exceed the average; such as 4 or

more separate IDF attacks upon a single

installation or designated area within a 24h

period, or single attacks where the number of

rounds fired upon a single target in a single

attack exceeds 10 rounds of any IDF munitions.

Temporary designated areas will be

promulgated via FRAGO or verbal order. It also

includes any enemy use of VBIEDs, SVBIEDs,

or SVest in attacks, even in situations where

Iraqi or Coalition forces discover these munitions

and disarm/defeat them prior to detonation or

when the attacks cause no casualties or

damages.

This requirement focuses on actions or

a series of actions whereby AIF attacks/

defends in force or is engaged in other

activities in force (in force meaning

greater than 25x) against CF, ISF, or

civilians. It can be called out for

positive events (e.g. AIF coordinated or

complex attack in force which is

repelled with minimal casualties by CF /

ISF) for negative events (e.g.

kidnapping of a large group of civilians

by AIF) or for a series of connected

events or incidents relating to

coordination between AIF squad size

units which demonstrate leadership

and/or detailed planning. It is to include

the use of IDF in such volume to

exceed the average; such as 4 or more

separate IDF attacks upon a single

installation or designated area within a

24h period, or single attacks where the

number of rounds fired upon a single

target in a single attack exceeds 10

rounds of any IDF munitions.

Temporary designated areas will be

promulgated via FRAGO or verbal

order. It also includes any enemy use

of VBIEDs, SVBIEDs, or SVest in

attacks, even in situations where Iraqi

or Coalition forces discover these

munitions and disarm/defeat them prior

to detonation or when the attacks cause

no casualties or damages.

Item not listed

on previous

matrix

REQUIRED

JA: Forwards

all events


230


ANNEX 2, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, NOTIFICATION MATRIX

J3 ANNEX 3B, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP XX, SPOT REPORT (8-LINER)


NOTIFICATION MATRIX

***This Incident Matrix is for incidents occurring during duty hours; does NOT include wake-up criteria***

***All Staff Sections must provide wake-up criteria to the Battle Staff if 24-hour notification is necessary***

INCIDENT CG COS DCO J3 CSM J1 J2 J4 J6 SJA PAO MNCI

KIA / WIA -- TF 134 X X X X X X X X

KIA / WIA -- CF X X

Detainee Death/SI X X X X X X X X X X

Detainee Escape X X X X X X X X

Detainee Abuse X X X X X X X X

Major Fire in TIF X X X X X X X X X

Detainee Riot/Disturbance X X X X X X X X

IED Attack X X X X X

IED Found X X

SAF X X X X

IDF X X X X X

COMSEC Compromise X X X

Red Cross Message X X

NHD/NHI/Serious Illness X X X X X X

Site #2 Issues X X X X X

Law of War Violation X X X X X X X X

Female detained X X X X

231


ANNEX 2, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, NOTIFICATION MATRIX


Line # Field Data

SPOTREP

1 Unit

2 Unit Activity Combat Logistics Patrol, Mounted Patrol, Dismounted Patrol,

QRF/EOD Response, Personal Security Detachment (PSD),

Check Point, Other:

3 DTG of Incident (Local

Time)

Example: 10 1200 APR 06

4 Location (MGRS) & Route Example: 38S MB 1234 5678; MSR TAMPA

5 Type of IED Event Found, Detonation, Cache, Hoax

6 Type of IED Single IED, Multiple IEDs, Complex Attack, VBIED, SVBIED,

Suicide Vest, Other (Use Comments Below)

7 Initial BDA WIA (CF/ISF/CIV); KIA (CF/ISF/CIV)

8 Optional – determined by

unit

Other information, such as vehicle type and status (ie. 1x

M114 destroyed), IED information (ie. 1x130mm with RC

initiator), or CREW information, such as type of CREW device

and blast distance from CREW device (ie. Red/Green Combo,

100m)

232


ANNEX 3, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, SPOT REPORT ACTIVITY TITLES

Spot Report Activity Titles

Spot Report Title Spot Report Activity

Accident Any accident involving (Vehicles, Army machinery, etc.)

Alleged Detainee Abuse (SIR Required)Incidents that appear to be Detainee Abuse

Apprehension Apprehension of (person of interest, wanted visitor, AIF, Insurgent, sniper, TCN)

Arson To deliberately set fire to an object and/or property

Assault on SM, BBA, Interpreter, ICO, etc. Any assault or attempted assault against an SM by Detainee (ie, hit, spit, kick, thrown projectile)

Attempted Escape Detainees outside some portion of the compound

Communicating a ThreatAny verbal exchange/gesture deemed threatening in nature (ie. Finger across throat, make a fist)

Contraband Prohibited PropertyContraband that is found, turned in or discovered during a search

Detainee/Refugee Assault (SIR Required for serious detainee injuries)Any physical altercation between Detainees/Refugees

Detainee/Refugee/LN Death (SIR Required)Any report that has a dead Detainee/SM/Refugee/ICO/LN

Detainee/Refugee/LN Injury Injury not caused by assault or self harm

Detainee/Refugee Medical Emergency (SIR Required for life threatening)Imminent or possible Death due to natural causes/old age, etc

Detainee/Refugee Medical IssueA serious, but not life threatening issue (chest pains, asthma, etc)

Damaging or Destroying Govt PropertyDefacing, altering, or destroying property belonging to the government

Disabling Security EquipmentAny tampering or alteration or disabling of equipment intended to provide a safe and secure environment to GF and detainees (IE~

Cameras TADS, Restraints, Locks)

DisobedienceNon hostile violation of Camp rules or GF Orders (refusing moves/orders/head-ISN count, etc.)

Disturbance 10 - 99 detainees throwing items, yelling, chanting, etc.

ECP Closure Closure of ECP leading in AOR (Ashraf City)

EOF (warning shot, disabling shot, etc.)Any escalation of force that includes warning, disabling shots. Not to be used for activities inside the TIF

Equipment InoperativeAny installed or required equipment Malfunction/Breakage

Escape (SIR Required)Detainees unaccounted for; evidence of escape exists

Found UXO UXO

Weapons Cache Weapons Cache

Hunger StrikeReports where detainee has declared a hunger strike or has missed 5 or more meals

ICO/LN/Press Detained Any report of LN/ICO/Press detention

ICO MisconductAny alleged poor treatment of detainees or anything dealing with misconduct of ICOs

IDF Attack (SIR Required if any SM casualties or serious equipment loss e.g. destroyed HMMV)Mortar or Rocket attacks

IED or PIED (SIR Requirements same as above) For IED and Possible IED's. IF PIED is discovered and verified as an IED, title on update should change.

Inciting a DisturbanceAny attempt to organize more than 10 detainees to violently engage GF

LN MEDEVAC Any medical evacuation of local nationals in which coalition forces assisted in the treatment and evac

Lost Equipment (Equipment type)Any equipment that is lost, unaccounted for, or missing that is NOT a sensitive item (i.e. Pro-mask)

Lost Sensitive Item (Weapon, SINGARS etc.)(SIR Required)Any equipment that is lost, unaccounted for, or missing that is a sensitive item

Manipulation of the wire/FenceFence manipulated at different points on the perimeter

Manufactured Weapon Possession/Introduction/Manufacturing/Use of WeaponReports that contain Manufactured Weapons whether found or turned in

Missing DetaineesDetainees that are missing with no evidence of foul play and/or escape

Negligent DischargeNegligent Discharge of any lethal or non-lethal weapon system


233


ANNEX 3, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, SPOT REPORT ACTIVITY TITLES

New Defector Any Report of New Defector Arrival at ARC (Planned or Unplanned)

New Female Detainee Any report of a New Female Detainee

New Juvenile DetaineeAny report of a New Juvenile Detainee WHO IS UNDER THE AGE OF 16

Property Damage (cause of damage)Any Non-Combat Damage (ie. Fire, Flooding, weather or unknown)

Recapture Any detainee who was a Pledge release and has been recaptured

Received IntelligenceIntelligence received from outside source (LN/Detainee/Refugee)

Recovered Equipment/Sensitive ItemWhen the item they lost is found or recovered

Refusal of TADATWhen numerous detainees refuse to TADAT or ISN Count. This title is for non-violent refusals.

Repatriation Repatriation of Refugee

Riot (SIR Required for serious injuries/death/major damage)100 or more detainees throwing items, yelling/chanting, destroying property (ie. Fires)

SAF SAF to FOB, LSA, Unit, Patrol, etc.

Self Harm Suicide attempts, suicidal gestures, self inflicted injuries

Sexual Misconduct/AssaultSoliciting, threatening or engaging in sexual or lewd conduct with another or towards Guard Force

SM Injury/Medical Issue/Death (Type of injury)(SIR if SM is MEDEVAC'ed for emergency not scheduled appointment) Non hostile injury to SM (cut by razor

wire) or issue as yet not clarified (chest pains)

Suspicious Activity/Vehicle/PackageAny observed action/vehicle/package of Suspicious nature (ie. Photography, Possible Misconduct)

Tunnel Discovery Any tunnel or hole within compound or around perimeter

Unauthorized Communication-Airmail/Crosstalking/AssemblyAny passing of contraband between compounds or zones by throwing notes or objects over fence or

wire, to have unsanctioned meetings, or verbally communicate with detainees in other compounds/areas

Wounded SM/AIF/LNPoint Aim, Sniper, Ricochet, Stray Bullet/Indiscriminate Fire, IDF, Mortar, Rocket, Knife, sharp object

NL UOF (Wpn type/count listed on line 6 of SPOT REPORT)Add-on for Any incident where a Non-Lethal weapon is employed (ie: Detainee Disobedience/NL

UOF)

Note: Non-hostile violations of camp rules is (CONGREGATIONS OF DETAINEES IS CLASSIFIED AS ) DISOBEDIENCE (PEACEFUL

PROTEST/COORDINATED DISOBEDIENCE). Once chanting, yelling and throwing of items occurs it becomes a DISTURBANCE. If there are more than 100

chanting, yelling and throwing items or there is property damage, it becomes a RIOT.

DUE TO THE NATURE OF DETENTION OPERATIONS NOT ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION WILL BE CLASSIFIED IN THIS CHART PLEASE DON’T

ALLOW CLASSIFICATION GUIDANCE PREVENT DISSEMINATION OF DATA MEETING TF 134 REQUIREMENTS. **TITLES CAN CHANGE ON UPDATES,

HIGHLIGHT THE APPROPRIATE CHANGES TO INCLUDE TITLE E.G. LOST SENSITIVE ITEM WHEN FOUND BECOMES RECOVERED. You can have

multiple titles listed, but in such cases always list the most serious first. Remember, not every situation can be covered by this Matrix. If a situation occurs where

the Battle Desk is unsure, use your best judgement or call TF 134.


234


ANNEX 3A, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, PROCESSING SPOT REPORTS

PROCESSING SPOT REPORTS

Once you receive a SR from a BN, open the SR and save it to the BDE SPOT Report Folder in the proper month and date saving it as:

ex. 16 SR 070718-01 Detainee Disturbance-NL OUF (RK-30A)(Takfiri)(FN303)

Assign the report a Brigade Control # at the top (they will go in sequence for the day in order of receipt. Reporting time is 0001-2359)

ex. BRIGADE CONTROL # 070718-01(This is the 1st report on 18JUL07)

In the TOP RIGHT corner, place the DTG that you received the SR. The time below will be when the BN received the SR.

Make sure that the information in lines 1-10 is correct.

Line 1 SIZE: # of Subjects/ Should not include ISN’s on this line.

Line 2 ACTIVITY: SR title should match TF 134 approved SPOT Report Title Index

Line 3 LOCATION: Compound, Grid with area name also or Facility (CCCI)

Line 4 UNIT/GROUP: ie. Takfiri. Shia, LN, AIF, etc.) ISN of Detainee

Line 5 DATE/TIME: DTG of incident

Line 6 EQUIPMENT: Include Number/Type of all NL Munitions expended during incident.

Line 7 SOURCE OF REPORT: Becomes the BN that sent the report

Line 8 REPORTING UNIT: becomes 16th MP BDE (ABN) or 177th MP BDE

Line 9 POC and TELEPHONE: becomes 16th MP BDE(ABN), S-3, BTL CPT / NCO

@ 242-5122 / 5124 [email protected] or

177th MP BDE, S-3, BTL CPT / NCO

@ 242-0107 [email protected]

Line 10 ACTION TAKEN: Review to make sure it is clear, concise and grammatically correct.

Ensure to answer the 5 W’s: (WHO, WHAT, WHEN, WHERE AND WHY)

If you feel there are any unanswered questions, call the BN to clarify or get more information if it is available. Any unavailable information

should be sent up in an update once it is received. As with SIR’s you should not delay due to lack of information. You can send an

update.


235


ANNEX 3A, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, PROCESSING SPOT REPORTS


236


ANNEX 3B, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, SPOT REPORT 8-LINER


Line # Field Data

SPOTREP

1 Unit

2 Unit Activity Combat Logistics Patrol, Mounted Patrol, Dismounted Patrol,

QRF/EOD Response, Personal Security Detachment (PSD),

Check Point, Other:

3 DTG of Incident (Local

Time)

Example: 10 1200 APR 06

4 Location (MGRS) & Route Example: 38S MB 1234 5678; MSR TAMPA

5 Type of IED Event Found, Detonation, Cache, Hoax

6 Type of IED Single IED, Multiple IEDs, Complex Attack, VBIED, SVBIED,

Suicide Vest, Other (Use Comments Below)

7 Initial BDA WIA (CF/ISF/CIV); KIA (CF/ISF/CIV)

8 Optional – determined by

unit

Other information, such as vehicle type and status (ie. 1x

M114 destroyed), IED information (ie. 1x130mm with RC

initiator), or CREW information, such as type of CREW device

and blast distance from CREW device (ie. Red/Green Combo,

100m)

237


ANNEX 3C, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, BLUE 3 SPOT REPORT

16th MILITARY POLICE BDE (ABN)

BLUE-3 SPOT REPORTBRIGADE CONTROL #

DTG Sent �181830DJUL07

LINE 1: SIZE: 1 � Number of Individuals (Detainees/Refugees/SM’s) for

which Spot Report is written

LINE 2: ACTIVITY: Detainee Disobedience/NL UOF� Action warranting Spot

Report with NL UOF add-on if applicable.

LINE 3: LOCATION: Compound 2A, Camp Remembrance II, Iraq: 38S MB

2700778832� Location and Grid If Known

LINE 4: UNIT/GROUP ID: Detainee (Set) � Religious Group If Known

(ie. Mod Sunni, Takfiri, AQIZ, Shia, etc.)

LINE 5: TIME: 191800DSEP06 � Date Time Group of incident

LINE 6: EQUIPMENT: (1) FN 303 Marker Round � (Shots Fired) NL

Weapons System used.

LINE 7: SOURCE OF REPORT: 148th IN CO � Unit On The Ground

LINE 8: REPORTING UNIT: 324th MP BN � Higher Unit Reporting

LINE 9: POC AND TELEPHONE: 324th MP BN BTL NCO @ 243-4320

LINE 10: ACTION TAKEN: (Who, What, When, Where, Why) At 191800DSEP06, in

Compound 2A, SM observed detainee (ISN 123456) out side after curfew. SM told

detainee to go back inside, detainee failed to comply and attempted to flee. SM fired

one FN 303 in an attempt to mark detainee striking the detainee on the right buttocks.

Detainee was taken to trauma and evaluated.


238


ANNEX 3D, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, RED SPOT

TO BE USED BY SUBMITTING UNIT

TYPE OF REPORT RED PRIORITY 1

LINE 1: SIZE

LINE 2: ACTIVITY

LINE 3: LOCATION

LINE 4: UNIT

LINE 5: TIME

LINE 6: EQUIPMENT

LINE 7: SOURCE OF REPORT

LINE 8: REPORTING UNIT

ACTION TAKEN:

LINE 9: POC:

DSN:

SEC:

E-MAIL:

LINE 10: UPDATES (PROVIDE DTG FOR EACH UPDATE)

43RD

MP BRIGADE USE ONLY

DTG RECEIVED BRIGADE REPORT NUMBER

INCLUDED ON SIGACTS LOG INCLUDED ON DA 1594

POSTED TO IWS


239


ANNEX 3D, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, RED SPOT


240


ANNEX 4, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, IED POST PATROL DEBRIEF (64 LINER)

IED Post Patrol DebriefLine # Field Data

CORRELATION

1 DTG of Incident (Local Time) as

reported in SPOTREP

151741DSEP06

2 Location (MGRS) as reported in

SPOTREP

38S MC 2931 2351

VEHICLE DATA3 Number of Vehicles in Convoy/Patrol 6

4 Average distance Between Vehicles

(m)10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, >100, Unknown

5 Average Speed Of Vehicles 45 – 50

6 Position in convoy of Vehicle Hit N/A IED strike went off between vehicles

7 Type of Vehicle Hit (Nomenclature) Attempt to hit M1114

8 IED Impact Point Other IED detonated in front of the M1114 vehicle was not

actually hit

9 Vehicle Armor Type(s) FRAG 5

10 Vehicle Status Operational

11 ECM type on vehicle hit Red

12 ECM Loadset Date N/A

13 ECM Status On Off N/A

14 If ECM Off, Why NA, Commo interference, CREW NMC,

Interference with other CREW

15 Other Countermeasures

on Vehicle HitRhino, Dragonspike, Other __________

16 Preceding Vehicle ECM Type Red, R/G Combo, LX, ICE, SSVJ, MMBJ, mICE, Duke,

Unknown, N/A, Other __________


18 Preceding Vehicle ECM Status On Off N/A



20 Trailing Vehicle ECM Type Red, R/G Combo, LX, ICE, SSVJ, MMBJ, mICE, Duke,

Unknown, N/A, Other __________


22 Trailing Vehicle ECM Status On Off N/A



24 Nearest ECM distance from IED (m) 150 meters

25 Nearest ECM distance from vehicle

hit (m)N/A

EFFECTS DATA

26 Number/Type of WIA ___ CF, ___ IA, ___ IP, ___ Civilian; N/A

27 WIA Category N/A

28 WIA Position/Location N/A

29 WIA type of injury N/A

30 Number/Type of KIA N/A

31 KIA Position/Location N/A

32 KIA type of injury N/A

SITE DATASECRET/REL TO USA and MCFI

241



33 IED Placement Buried, Surface of Road, Elevated

34 IED Location Left Side of Road, Median, Right Side of Road,

35 Method of Concealment Bag, Dirt, Concrete, Animal Carcass, Blast Crater, Foam

Concealer, Garbage Pile, Guard Rail, Inner Tube, Light Pole,

Road Side Barrier, Road Sign, Tire, Tree, Vegetable Oil Can,

Vehicle Concealed, Water Boxes, Unknown, None, Other

36 How was the IED Spotted? Visual, Thermal, LN Tip, Mechanical (Metal Detector), N/A

Other __________

37 Who found the IED? N/A

38 Site Marked (Indicator to locals that

IED is present)Yes No Unknown

39 If Site Marked, describe

N/A

40 Civilian Activity in Area Unknown, N/A, Normal activity, Crowds, Taking cover, Area

vacated (normally civilians present), No civilians present in

area (civilians not normally present)

41 Was there an aiming point or

reference pointYes No Unknown

42 Describe aiming point or reference

point N/A

43 Light Conditions Daytime, Twilight, Night

44 Weather Sunny/Clear, Rain, Fog/Limited visibility, Dust

45 How often is the route patrolled(if

known)?Hourly, Twice per day, Daily, Weekly, Monthly, N/A

46 When was the route last cleared (if

known)?Unknown: Route Assessment conducted through Sheriff

IED DEVICE DATA

47 Type of IED Initiation (if known) Command, Victim Operated (VO), Time, None, Unknown

48 Type of initiator Command Radio Control: LRCT-BS / LRCT-HS / PMR / Dual PMR /

Telemetry Device / Wireless Doorbell / RC Car /

Appliance Controller / Keyless Entry / Car Alarm / Pager

/ Other / Unknown

Command Wire: Battery / Blasting Machine / Other

Pull Switch

Hand Grenade Fuze

Switch (Normal electrical switch of any type)

Other

48 Type of initiator Time unknown

49 Type of initiator Victim Operated

unknown

50 Type of initiator unknown

51 Type of initiator None

52 Type of initiator MAKE unknown

53 Type of initiator MODEL unknown

54 Munitions Type Unknownunknown

55 Munitions Type Container Propane Tank / Fire Extinguisher /

Directional Blast Charge / Shaped Charge / EFP / Drum /

Bag / Other: unknown


242



56 Munitions Type Commercial unknown




58 Munitions Type HMEunknown




60 Munitions Type Military Ordnance 57mm / 60mm / 82mm / 105mm / 107mm / 115mm / 120mm /

122mm / 125mm / 130mm / 155mm / White Phosphorous /

Illumination / Other unknown

61 Munitions Type Raw Components unknown

62 Munitions Type Raw Components Drum / Bag / Other unknown

63 Munitions NEW PoundsN/A

64 Narrative/Notes

Anything out of the ordinary

observed during this incident?

Comments on TTP.

Mission leader reported nothing out of the ordinary observed.


243




244


ANNEX 5, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, RED CROSS MESSAGE

RED CROSS MESSAGE

DTG: 120346DJUL07

CASE #: #2065493

NOTIFIED BY: RED CROSS Jessica 242-7332

SERVICE MEMBER: Name (Last, First, MI): Smith, John

Grade/Rank: E-8/MSG

SSN: 123-45-6789

Unit: 1/10/213/42 FA BN,

MESSAGE: SM’s mother Anita Lot requests presence due to being sick and tired. Sick and tired status verified by

Father.

Presence Recommended

DIAGNOSIS: Acute Sick and Tired

PROGNOSIS: Not Good

CURRENT CONDITION: Over it

LIFE EXPECTENCY: Could be an Issue for Husband

MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: SFC Mongo

Task Force 134

Battle NCO

MESSAGE FORWARDED TO: CPT Dick

1/10/213/42 FA BN


245


ANNEX 5, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, RED CROSS MESSAGE

Battle Captain

120350DJUL07


246

SECRET//REL TO USA and MCFI

ANNEX 6, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, DETAINEE RELEASE PROCESS

1SECRET//REL TO USA, MCFI/20171231

SECRET//REL TO USA, MCFI/20171231

Modified Detainee Release Process (1 of 2)

SCREENINGTF 134 forwards to MNC-Idetainee board list for the

next month’s boards.

MNFRC BoardsPanels review cases by MND/F

AO and make release recommendations and forward

for vetting each week.

Bi-Weekly OE assessment

VETTINGMNC-I, TF 714, C2X, etc. conduct vetting; must object within 14 days.

VETTINGFSEC simultaneous

review (is there reconciliation

leverage?)

DECISIONTF 134 consolidates

recommendations & objections;presents cases to

DCG-DO.

•TF 134 Legal forwards list first day

of the month preceding the board to

MNC-I PMO.

•Detainees with detainers against

them will be segregated by reason

for detainer.

•TF 134 Legal compiles

weekly MNFRC release

recommendations and

disseminates for vetting

to MNC-I PMO and other

reviewing activities.

•NLT 14 days after

receipt, MNC-I PMO and

other reviewing activities

provide GO-level

endorsed objections to

TF 134 Legal .

•NLT 14 days after

receipt, FSEC

provides TF 134

Legal reconciliation

recommendations.

Continue to release process (slide 2)

TF 134 prepares files for DCG-DO.

•TF 134 Legal

presents files

to DCG-DO for

final decision.

•NLT 3 days after

receipt, DCG-DO

signs

authorizations or

denies release.

DetainDetain

DenyRelease

ApproveRelease

Objection to MNFRC

TF 134 reviews files for

recommendation to DCG-DO.

Concur w/ MNFRC

Objection

A C

D

EFH

G

I

K

Decisions counter to objections

submitted to adjudication panel

for decision.

•MNC-I C-3 provides TF

134 Legal battlespace

Bi-weekly assessment

for board SA every other

Thursday prior to the

board.

SCREENINGMNC-I reviews each

detainee record

B

K

ApproveRelease

DenyAdjudicationGO Release

Adjudication Boarddecides final disposition

J


247





Modified Detainee Release Process (2 of 2)

DECISIONto release made by DCG-DO or GORAB.

PREPARATION FOR RELEASEMovement to Camp Cropper;

administrative tasks.

PREPARATION FOR RELEASEOPERATION LIONS DAWN

Release Ceremony (up to 300) (FRAGO NLT3 wks prior).

RELEASETF 134 out-processing; turn-

over to MNC-I; release.

PUBLISHTF 134 synchronizes new list with existing list and provides

to MNC-I.

•At 1400 on Friday of each week

TF 134 J3 publishes list of

detainees approved for release

to MNC-I PMO.

PREPARATION FORRELEASE

Approved detaineesprepared for

release.

•TF 134 J3 prepares

flight manifests and

moves detainees to

Cropper IOT meet MNC-I

release plan timelines.

•About once a month TF 134 J3 will

conduct a public release ceremony

orchestrated with the movement plan

(not to interfere with release

schedules).

Preparation for ReleaseMNC-I establishes release

priorities for the week.

Preparation for ReleaseMNC-I subordinates decidewhich detainees to release

by AO.

•MNC-I subordinates

respond to MNC-I

PMO with BCT level

manifests of

detainees to be

released.

PREPARATION FORRELEASE

MNC-I and TF 134 compile manifests and establish

release schedule.

• 7 Days after publication approved release

list (Block L), MNC-I PMO coordinates with

TF 134 to develop movement and

release schedule.

•By the scheduled

DTG, TF 134 J3 will

complete detainee out

processing.

FromSlide 1

ApprovedRelease

I

LM

NO

P

QR

S

K

•MNC-I PMO forwards

list of approved releases

to subordinates and

provides response at

next Friday mtg (7 days

from L to O).

14 Days

J


248





Special Release Requests

MNC-I SJA presents release requests

directly to TF 134 for action.

VETTINGTF 134 vets requests internally

and w/TF 714 & C2X.

DECISIONDCG-DO will approve/deny

recommendations.

(1) MNC-I

Release

•NLT 14 days after receipt, TF 134 Legal notifies MNC-I PMO of decision for each case.

Deny

Approve

Consult commanders over problematic cases

Release denials that cannot be

resolved with BSO commanders

will be submitted to adjudication

panel for decision.

1 2

3

AdjudicationGO Release

Adjudication Board

4


249





Requests of strategic importance received

by CG, Personal Staff, Directorates or MSCs

VETTINGWarranted requests forwarded to

STRATOPS for vetting with TF 134, MNC-I, C2X, TF 714, and

FSEC using RFI process. STRATOPS packages staffed

response and presents to CG for decision

(2) Strategic significance

Strategic Detainee Release Requests

DECISIONCG will approve/deny

recommendations.

•IAW suspense indicted on RFI, notify CG XO of recommendation.

ReleaseRelease

DetainDetainDeny

Approve

1 2

3


250




251





Non-Strategic Detainee Release Requests

(3) Detainee release requests not of strategic significance

SCREENINGNominations compiled into docket; sent to screening

and presentation to MNFRC.

MNFRC BoardAt this point nominations are

treated like due course recommendations.

DECISIONDCG-DO will approve/deny

recommendations.

•NLT 14 days after receipt, TF 134 Legal notifies requesting activity of decision for each case through completion of the staff action

MSCs, Directorates andTF 714 submit routine

special requests to TF 134 as staff actions

ReleaseRelease

Deny

Approve

Release denials that cannot be

resolved with nominator will be

submitted to adjudication panel

for decision.

14

2

• TF 134 forwards to C2X, MNC-I; FSEC and interested directorates

as staff action with 14 day suspense.

General Officer Release Adjudication Board

(GORAB)

3

5


252




253


ANNEX 7, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, COMMANDER’S SITREP

COMMANDER’S SITREP

DTG: ��

FROM: CDR, �� BN

TO:

ENEMY SITUATION AND ASSESSMENT

LAST 24 HOURS:

NSTR

NEXT 24 HOURS:

NSTR

ENEMY TTPS:

NSTR

UNUSUAL EQUIPMENT CAPTURED:

NSTR

ASSESSMENT OF AREA OF RESPONSIBILITY

SECURITY:

NSTR

GOVERNANCE:

NSTR

ECONOMICS:

NSTR

COMMUNICATIONS:

NSTR

COMMANDER’S ASSESSMENT

TRENDS:

NSTR

INITIATIVES:

NSTR

ENEMY TTPS:

NSTR

FORCE FLOW:

NSTR

PLANS/FUTURE OPS:

NSTR

FRICTION:

NSTR

ISSUES:

NSTR

PERSONNEL:

NSTR

BATTLE LOSSES:

NSTR

COMBATE POWER:

NSTR

SUPPLY:

NSTR


254



IA ISSUES:

NSTR

DETAINEE FACILITIES:

NSTR

REMARKS:

NSTR

ACKNOWLEDGE:

��

��

OFFICIAL:

��

BATTLE CAPTAIN


255




256


ANNEX 8, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, BATTLE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT TEMPLATE

BATTLE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT

DTG RECEIVED �� BDA NUMBER 43-BDA-��

REPORTING UNIT USE ONLY

REPORTING UNIT: �� REPORT DTG ��

TYPE INITIAL SUBMITED BY (NAME) ��

DTG OCCURED �� MSC AO MND-B

LOCATION (NAME) �� LOCATION (GRID) ��

ACTIVITY: ��

SUMMARY: ��

NARRATIVE:

��

WEAPON:

��

VEHICLE:

��

TARGET:

��

WIA ENEMY:

��

WIA COALITION:

��

WIA ISF:

��

WIA NEUTRAL:

��

KIA ENEMY:

��

KIA COALITION:

��

KIA ISF:

��

KIA NEUTRAL:

��

DETAINED:

��

REMARKS:

��


257


ANNEX 9, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, WEEKLY CG UPDATE

DCG-DO Situation Report

(As of XX JAN XX)

SUMMARYThe highlights for this week were …

Noteworthy events for next week include …

POPULATIONAs of XX December, there were 000 detainees in Theatre Internment Facilities. 000 detainees are in transit or in the DIF/BIFs.

• Population by Religion

• Shiite – 0 - 00%

• Sunni – 0- 00%

• Special Population Groups

• High Value Detainees- 00

• High Value Criminals- 00

• Juveniles- 000

• Females- 00

• American Citizens- 0

• Third Country Nationals- 00

• Ministry of Justice Transfers: 0

RELEASE FORECAST

CAPACITY• Camp Bucca: 0%

� Capacity: 0

� Population: 0

• Camp Remembrance II: 0%

� Capacity: 0

� Population: 0

• Camp Cropper: 0%


��ABCD

EF��

��

��

A�A

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��B ��

��!" � ##### � � � � � �

��$!E � ##### � � � � � �

��$!� � ##### � � � � � �

��$!� � ##### � � � � � �

��%��&'�

�'A�'�'�� '$ � #####

�B �� ##### � � � � � �

258



� Capacity: 000

� Population: 000

CONSTRUCTION STATUS• Camp Bucca: Construction

• Camp Bucca: Repair

• Taji TIFRC:

• Ramadi TIFRC: 0Workers on site.

TASK FORCE MP SOUTH • NOTES

TASK FORCE MP NORTH • NOTES

TF LEGAL• Magistrate Cell

• New Cases this week: 0

• Approved Expedites: 0

• CCCI

• Hearings: 0 (0 total for the year)

• Trials: 0(0 total for the year)

• Convicted: 0 (0 total for the year)

• Rates: 0% (Week) 0% (Year)

• CRRB

• Reviews: 0 (0 total for the year)

• Releases: 0 (0 total for the year)

• MNFRC

• Hearings: 0 (0 total for the year)

• Release: 0

• Rate: 0%

• TIFRC: 0

• Intern: 0

• Pledge Program

• Complete: 0 (0 total for the year)

• Scheduled: 0

• Pending: 0

IZ ABUSE SUMMARY


259




260

SECRET/REL to USA, AUS, CAN, GBR

ANNEX 10, DETAINEE OPERATIONS SOP, SUSPENSE SHEET

TF 134 RECORD AND SUSPENSE SHEET

TODAY'S DATE:

SUSPENSE DATE:

DOCUMENT TITTLE:

UNIT DATE RECEIVED DATE RETURNED SIGNATURE

NOTES: Return the signed copy of the Record and Suspense Sheet including all comments, concurrence

and/or non-concurrence via "digital send" to the POC's e-mail address below and "CC" to TF 134 Battle

Desk. Suspense extentions will be requested in a formal memorandum and only authorized by the POC.

POC for this action is __________________ @s-centocm.smil.mil, XXX-XXXX (SVOIP), XXX-XXXX

(NIPER).

261